JP6717362B2 - Amusement machine - Google Patents

Amusement machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP6717362B2
JP6717362B2 JP2018233218A JP2018233218A JP6717362B2 JP 6717362 B2 JP6717362 B2 JP 6717362B2 JP 2018233218 A JP2018233218 A JP 2018233218A JP 2018233218 A JP2018233218 A JP 2018233218A JP 6717362 B2 JP6717362 B2 JP 6717362B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
light
tubular member
sphere
visually recognized
ball
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2018233218A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2019037869A (en
Inventor
賢一郎 津田
賢一郎 津田
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd filed Critical Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd
Priority to JP2018233218A priority Critical patent/JP6717362B2/en
Publication of JP2019037869A publication Critical patent/JP2019037869A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6717362B2 publication Critical patent/JP6717362B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Description

本発明は、パチンコ機などの遊技機に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

パチンコ機等の遊技機において、遊技盤に配設される拡散部材と、その拡散部材の背面側に配設される光照射装置とを備え、その光照射装置から照射される光が拡散部材により拡散され、拡散部材の正面側に配設される装飾部材が照らされる遊技機が知られている(特許文献1)。 In a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a diffusing member arranged on the game board and a light irradiation device arranged on the back side of the diffusing member are provided, and the light emitted from the light irradiation device is diffused by the diffusing member. A gaming machine is known in which a decorative member that is diffused and arranged on the front side of the diffusing member is illuminated (Patent Document 1).

特開2008−113910号公報JP, 2008-113910, A

上述した従来の遊技機では、光照射装置から照射される光が遊技者に視認される態様は、限定的であるという問題点を有していた。 In the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that the mode in which the light emitted from the light emitting device is visually recognized by the player is limited.

本発明は、上記例示した問題点を解決するためになされたものであり、光の明るさの度合いが強く視認される位置や範囲もしくは弱く視認される位置や範囲を変化させることができる遊技機を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made to solve the above illustrated problem, a game that can change the position and range of the degree of brightness of the light is visible position or range or weakly visible strongly The purpose is to provide a machine.

この目的を達成するために請求項1記載の遊技機は、遊技盤に回転可能に軸支されると共に所定の厚みを有する光透過部と、筒状部と、その筒状部の内側に形成され直線方向に延びる貫通路とを有する回転部材と、前記遊技盤の前方に向けて光を照射する光照射装置と、を備え、前記回転部材は、第1の光の透過率で構成される部分であり、前記筒状部の周面に形成され、前記回転部材が回転されることにより一方向視において視認される位置が変化される態様で形成される第1透過率部と、その第1透過率部より高い透過率で光を透過する第2の透過率部と、を備えると共に、遊技盤を流下する遊技球の運動エネルギーが伝達されることにより回転され、流下する遊技球の前側に位置する前記第2の透過率部を透過した前記光照射装置から照射される光の視認される模様を変更可能に構成される。 In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 is rotatably supported by the gaming board and has a light transmitting portion having a predetermined thickness, a tubular portion, and an inner portion of the tubular portion. It is provided with a rotary member having a through-passage Ru extending in a linear direction, and a light irradiation device which irradiates light toward the front of the game board, said rotary member is composed of a transmittance of the first optical And a first transmissive portion formed on the peripheral surface of the tubular portion and in which the position visually recognized in one direction is changed by rotating the rotating member, and A second transmissivity part that transmits light with a higher transmissivity than the first transmissivity part is provided, and is rotated by the kinetic energy of the game ball flowing down the game board being transmitted, and the flow down of the game ball. The visible pattern of the light emitted from the light irradiation device that has passed through the second transmittance portion located on the front side can be changed.

請求項2記載の遊技機は、請求項1記載の遊技機において、前記回転部材は回転可能とされるA gaming machine according to a second aspect is the gaming machine according to the first aspect, wherein the rotating member is rotatable .

請求項1記載の遊技機によれば、光の明るさの度合いが強く視認される位置や範囲もしくは弱く視認される位置や範囲を変化させることができるAccording to claim 1 the gaming machine described in the as possible out thereby change the position and range of the degree of brightness of the light is visible position or range or weakly visible strongly.

請求項2記載の遊技機によれば、請求項1記載の遊技機の奏する効果に加え、回転部材を回転可能とすることができる。 According to the gaming machine of the second aspect, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine of the first aspect, the rotating member can be rotatable.

第1実施形態におけるパチンコ機の正面図である。It is a front view of the pachinko machine in the first embodiment. パチンコ機の遊技盤の正面図である。It is a front view of the game board of the pachinko machine. パチンコ機の背面図である。It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. パチンコ機の電気的構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. 第1実施形態における光演出装置の正面斜視図であるIt is a front perspective view of the light production device in 1st Embodiment. 光演出装置の正面分解斜視図である。It is a front exploded perspective view of a light production device. 組立状態における導入筒、筒状部材及び案内部材の部分断面図である。FIG. 6 is a partial cross-sectional view of an introduction tube, a tubular member, and a guide member in an assembled state. (a)から(c)は、筒状部材及び案内部材の断面図であり、(d)は、図8(b)の矢印VIIId方向視における筒状部材の側面図である。8A to 8C are cross-sectional views of the tubular member and the guide member, and FIG. 8D is a side view of the tubular member as viewed in the direction of arrow VIIId in FIG. 8B. 筒状部材の軸心を通る平面で断面視した筒状部材の部分断面図である。FIG. 6 is a partial cross-sectional view of the tubular member as viewed in a cross section taken along a plane passing through the axis of the tubular member. 組立状態における光演出装置の正面図である。It is a front view of the light production device in an assembled state. (a)から(c)は、光演出装置の正面図である。(A)-(c) is a front view of a light production device. (a)は、装飾部材の正面図であり、(b)は、装飾部材の背面図であり、(c)は、図12(a)の矢印XIIc方向視における装飾部材の側面図であり、(d)は、図12(a)のXIId−XIId線における装飾部材の部分断面図であり、(e)は、図12(a)の矢印XIIe方向視における装飾部材の部分側面図である。(A) is a front view of the decorative member, (b) is a rear view of the decorative member, (c) is a side view of the decorative member in the arrow XIIc direction of FIG. 12(a), 12D is a partial cross-sectional view of the decorative member taken along the line XIId-XIId in FIG. 12A, and FIG. 12E is a partial side view of the decorative member as viewed in the direction of arrow XIIe in FIG. 光演出装置の正面図である。It is a front view of a light production device. 光の経路を模式的に図示した模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which illustrated the path|route of light typically. (a)から(c)は、光演出装置の部分拡大正面図である。(A) to (c) are partially enlarged front views of the light production device. (a)及び(b)は、光演出装置の正面図である。(A) And (b) is a front view of a light production device. 第2実施形態における光演出装置の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of the light production device in 2nd Embodiment. 筒状部材の部分拡大断面図である。It is a partial expanded sectional view of a cylindrical member. (a)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の正面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の側面図である。(A) is a front view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device, and (b) is a side view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device. (a)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の正面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の側面図である。(A) is a front view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device, and (b) is a side view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device. (a)は、光照射装置の上面図であり、(b)は、光照射装置の正面図であり、(c)は、光照射装置の側面図である。(A) is a top view of a light irradiation device, (b) is a front view of a light irradiation device, (c) is a side view of a light irradiation device. (a)及び(b)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の上面図であり、(c)及び(d)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の正面図である。(A) And (b) is a top view of a cylindrical member and a light irradiation device, (c) and (d) are front views of a cylindrical member and a light irradiation device. 筒状部材の展開図である。It is a development view of a cylindrical member. (a)は、装飾部材の正面図であり、(b)は、装飾部材の背面図であり、(c)は、装飾部材の上面図である。(A) is a front view of a decoration member, (b) is a rear view of a decoration member, (c) is a top view of a decoration member. (a)から(c)は、組立状態における筒状部材、案内部材及び装飾部材の正面図である。(A) to (c) are front views of the tubular member, the guide member, and the decorative member in the assembled state. (a)から(c)は、組立状態における筒状部材、案内部材及び装飾部材の正面図である。(A) to (c) are front views of the tubular member, the guide member, and the decorative member in the assembled state. (a)及び(b)は、装飾部材の部分拡大正面図である。(A) And (b) is a partially expanded front view of a decorative member. 第3実施形態における光演出装置の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of the light production device in 3rd Embodiment. (a)は、筒状部材の本体部の上面図であり、(b)は、図29(a)のXXIXb−XXIXb線における伝達部の断面図であり、(c)は、図29(a)のXXIXc−XXIXc線における伝達部の断面図である。29A is a top view of the main body of the tubular member, FIG. 29B is a cross-sectional view of the transmission part taken along line XXIXb-XXIXb in FIG. 29A, and FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the transmission portion taken along line XXIXc-XXIXc in FIG. 導入筒及び筒状部材の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of an introduction cylinder and a cylindrical member. (a)から(c)は、光演出装置の正面図である。(A)-(c) is a front view of a light production device. 第4実施形態における光演出装置の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of the light production device in 4th Embodiment. (a)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の側面図であり、(b)及び(c)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の上面図である。(A) is a side view of a cylindrical member and a light irradiation device, and (b) and (c) are top views of a cylindrical member and a light irradiation device. (a)及び(b)は、光照射装置の基盤部及び屈折部材の上面図である。(A) And (b) is a top view of the base part and refraction|bending member of a light irradiation device. 筒状部材及び光照射装置の正面図である。It is a front view of a cylindrical member and a light irradiation device. 筒状部材及び光照射装置の正面図である。It is a front view of a cylindrical member and a light irradiation device. (a)は、第5実施形態における筒状部材の上面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材の正面図である。(A) is a top view of the cylindrical member in 5th Embodiment, (b) is a front view of a cylindrical member. (a)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の上面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の正面図である。(A) is a top view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device, (b) is a front view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device. (a)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の上面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の正面図である。(A) is a top view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device, (b) is a front view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device. (a)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の上面図であり、(b)は、筒状部材及び光照射装置の正面図である。(A) is a top view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device, (b) is a front view of a tubular member and a light irradiation device.

以下、本発明の実施形態について、添付図面を参照して説明する。まず、図1から図16を参照し、第1実施形態として、本発明をパチンコ遊技機(以下、単に「パチンコ機」という)10に適用した場合の一実施形態について説明する。図1は、第1実施形態におけるパチンコ機10の正面図であり、図2はパチンコ機10の遊技盤13の正面図であり、図3はパチンコ機10の背面図である。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 16, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) 10 will be described as a first embodiment. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

図1に示すように、パチンコ機10は、略矩形状に組み合わせた木枠により外殻が形成される外枠11と、その外枠11と略同一の外形形状に形成され外枠11に対して開閉可能に支持された内枠12とを備えている。外枠11には、内枠12を支持するために正面視(図1参照)左側の上下2カ所に金属製のヒンジ18が取り付けられ、そのヒンジ18が設けられた側を開閉の軸として内枠12が正面手前側へ開閉可能に支持されている。 As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 having substantially the same outer shape as that of the outer frame 11. And an inner frame 12 that is openably and closably supported. To support the inner frame 12, metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower positions on the left side in front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided serves as an opening/closing shaft. The frame 12 is supported openably and closably on the front side.

内枠12には、多数の釘や入賞口63,64等を有する遊技盤13(図2参照)が裏面側から着脱可能に装着される。この遊技盤13の正面を球(遊技球)が流下することにより弾球遊技が行われる。なお、内枠12には、球を遊技盤13の正面領域に発射する球発射ユニット112a(図4参照)やその球発射ユニット112aから発射された球を遊技盤13の正面領域まで誘導する発射レール(図示せず)等が取り付けられている。 A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails, winning holes 63, 64, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 12 from the back side. A ball game is performed by flowing a ball (game ball) in front of the game board 13. In addition, in the inner frame 12, a ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) that launches a ball to the front area of the game board 13 and a launch that guides the ball launched from the ball launch unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. Rails (not shown) and the like are attached.

内枠12の正面側には、その正面上側を覆う正面枠14と、その下側を覆う下皿ユニット15とが設けられている。正面枠14及び下皿ユニット15を支持するために正面視(図1参照)左側の上下2カ所に金属製のヒンジ19が取り付けられ、そのヒンジ19が設けられた側を開閉の軸として正面枠14及び下皿ユニット15が正面手前側へ開閉可能に支持されている。なお、内枠12の施錠と正面枠14の施錠とは、シリンダ錠20の鍵穴21に専用の鍵を差し込んで所定の操作を行うことでそれぞれ解除される。 On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached at two upper and lower positions on the left side in a front view (see FIG. 1), and the side provided with the hinges 19 is used as an opening/closing shaft. The lower plate unit 14 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported openably and closably on the front side. Note that the locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

正面枠14は、装飾用の樹脂部品や電気部品等を組み付けたものであり、その略中央部には略楕円形状に開口形成された窓部14cが設けられている。正面枠14の裏面側には2枚の板ガラスを有するガラスユニット16が配設され、そのガラスユニット16を介して遊技盤13の正面がパチンコ機10の正面側に視認可能となっている。 The front frame 14 is assembled with a decorative resin component, an electrical component, and the like, and a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two glass plates is arranged on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

正面枠14には、球を貯留する上皿17が前方へ張り出して上面を開放した略箱状に形成されており、この上皿17に賞球や貸出球などが排出される。上皿17の底面は正面視(図1参照)右側に下降傾斜して形成され、その傾斜により上皿17に投入された球が球発射ユニット112a(図4参照)へと案内される。また、上皿17の上面には、枠ボタン22が設けられている。この枠ボタン22は、例えば、第3図柄表示装置81(図2参照)で表示される演出のステージを変更したり、スーパーリーチの演出内容を変更したりする場合などに、遊技者により操作される。 An upper plate 17 that stores balls is formed in the front frame 14 in a substantially box shape with an upper surface protruding and protruding toward the front, and prize balls, rental balls, and the like are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed so as to descend to the right in a front view (see FIG. 1), and the ball introduced into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 4) by the inclination. A frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or when changing the effect contents of the super reach. It

正面枠14には、その周囲(例えばコーナー部分)に各種ランプ等の発光手段が設けられている。これら発光手段は、大当たり時や所定のリーチ時等における遊技状態の変化に応じて、点灯又は点滅することにより発光態様が変更制御され、遊技中の演出効果を高める役割を果たす。窓部14cの周縁には、LED等の発光手段を内蔵した電飾部29〜33が設けられている。パチンコ機10においては、これら電飾部29〜33が大当たりランプ等の演出ランプとして機能し、大当たり時やリーチ演出時等には内蔵するLEDの点灯や点滅によって各電飾部29〜33が点灯または点滅して、大当たり中である旨、或いは大当たり一歩手前のリーチ中である旨が報知される。また、正面枠14の正面視(図1参照)左上部には、LED等の発光手段が内蔵され賞球の払い出し中とエラー発生時とを表示可能な表示ランプ34が設けられている。 The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front frame 14 (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means change the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking according to the change of the game state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach, and play a role of enhancing the effect effect during the game. On the periphery of the window portion 14c, there are provided illumination portions 29 to 33 having a light emitting means such as an LED built therein. In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination parts 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as a jackpot lamp, and during the jackpot or reach effect, the illumination parts 29 to 33 are turned on by turning on or blinking the built-in LED. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is in progress or that the reach before the jackpot is in progress. Further, in the upper left portion of the front frame 14 as viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), a light emitting means such as an LED is provided and a display lamp 34 capable of displaying during payout of a prize ball and when an error occurs is provided.

また、右側の電飾部32下側には、正面枠14の裏面側を視認できるように裏面側より透明樹脂を取り付けて小窓35が形成され、遊技盤13正面の貼着スペースK1(図2参照)に貼付される証紙等がパチンコ機10の正面から視認可能とされている。また、パチンコ機10においては、より煌びやかさを醸し出すために、電飾部29〜33の周りの領域にクロムメッキを施したABS樹脂製のメッキ部材36が取り付けられている。 In addition, a small window 35 is formed on the lower side of the right illumination portion 32 so that the rear surface side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized, and a small window 35 is formed. The certificate or the like attached to (see 2) is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, a plating member 36 made of ABS resin, which is plated with chrome, is attached to a region around the electric decorations 29 to 33 in order to bring out more brilliance.

窓部14cの下方には、貸球操作部40が配設されている。貸球操作部40には、度数表示部41と、球貸しボタン42と、返却ボタン43とが設けられている。パチンコ機10の側方に配置されるカードユニット(球貸しユニット)(図示せず)に紙幣やカード等を投入した状態で貸球操作部40が操作されると、その操作に応じて球の貸出が行われる。具体的には、度数表示部41はカード等の残額情報が表示される領域であり、内蔵されたLEDが点灯して残額情報として残額が数字で表示される。球貸しボタン42は、カード等(記録媒体)に記録された情報に基づいて貸出球を得るために操作されるものであり、カード等に残額が存在する限りにおいて貸出球が上皿17に供給される。返却ボタン43は、カードユニットに挿入されたカード等の返却を求める際に操作される。なお、カードユニットを介さずに球貸し装置等から上皿17に球が直接貸し出されるパチンコ機、いわゆる現金機では貸球操作部40が不要となるが、この場合には、貸球操作部40の設置部分に飾りシール等を付加して部品構成は共通のものとしても良い。カードユニットを用いたパチンコ機と現金機との共通化を図ることができる。 A ball rental operation unit 40 is arranged below the window 14c. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball rental operation unit 40 is operated in a state where banknotes, cards, etc. are inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is operated according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the balance information of a card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED is turned on to display the balance as a number as the balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as there is a balance on the card or the like. To be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting return of a card or the like inserted in the card unit. It should be noted that the ball rental operation unit 40 is not necessary in a so-called cash machine, which is a pachinko machine in which a ball is directly lent to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without a card unit, but in this case, the ball rental operation unit 40 is used. It is also possible to add a decorative seal or the like to the installation portion of to make the parts configuration common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

上皿17の下側に位置する下皿ユニット15には、その中央部に上皿17に貯留しきれなかった球を貯留するための下皿50が上面を開放した略箱状に形成されている。下皿50の右側には、球を遊技盤13の正面へ打ち込むために遊技者によって操作される操作ハンドル51が配設される。 In the lower plate unit 15 located below the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed in a central portion of the lower plate unit 15 in an approximately box shape with an open upper surface. There is. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by the player to drive the ball into the front of the game board 13 is provided.

操作ハンドル51の内部には、球発射ユニット112aの駆動を許可するためのタッチセンサ51aと、押下操作している期間中には球の発射を停止する発射停止スイッチ51bと、操作ハンドル51の回動操作量(回動位置)を電気抵抗の変化により検出する可変抵抗器(図示せず)などが内蔵されている。操作ハンドル51が遊技者によって右回りに回動操作されると、タッチセンサ51aがオンされると共に可変抵抗器の抵抗値が回動操作量に対応して変化し、その可変抵抗器の抵抗値に対応した強さ(発射強度)で球が発射され、これにより遊技者の操作に対応した飛び量で遊技盤13の正面へ球が打ち込まれる。また、操作ハンドル51が遊技者により操作されていない状態においては、タッチセンサ51aおよび発射停止スイッチ51bがオフとなっている。 Inside the operation handle 51, a touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the ball firing unit 112a, a firing stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball during the pressing operation, and a rotation of the operation handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) for detecting a dynamic operation amount (rotational position) by a change in electric resistance is incorporated. When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the rotation operation amount, and the resistance value of the variable resistor is changed. The ball is fired with a strength (firing strength) corresponding to, and thereby the ball is driven in front of the game board 13 with a jump amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are off.

下皿50の正面下方部には、下皿50に貯留された球を下方へ排出する際に操作するための球抜きレバー52が設けられている。この球抜きレバー52は、常時、右方向に付勢されており、その付勢に抗して左方向へスライドさせることにより、下皿50の底面に形成された底面口が開口して、その底面口から球が自然落下して排出される。この球抜きレバー52の操作は、通常、下皿50の下方に下皿50から排出された球を受け取る箱(一般に「千両箱」と称される)を置いた状態で行われる。下皿50の右方には、上述したように操作ハンドル51が配設され、下皿50の左方には灰皿53が取り付けられている。 At the lower part of the front surface of the lower plate 50, there is provided a ball removing lever 52 for operating when the balls stored in the lower plate 50 are discharged downward. The ball-pulling lever 52 is always biased to the right, and by sliding it to the left against the bias, the bottom opening formed on the bottom of the lower plate 50 opens, The sphere falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 52 is usually performed in a state in which a box (generally referred to as a “thousand box”) for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50. As described above, the operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower tray 50, and the ashtray 53 is attached on the left side of the lower tray 50.

図2に示すように、遊技盤13は、正面視略正方形状に切削加工したベース板60に、球案内用の多数の釘(図示せず)や風車(可動部材310を図示し、その他は図示せず)の他、レール61,62、一般入賞口63、第1入賞口64、第2入賞口640、第一可変入賞装置65、第2可変入賞装置650、スルーゲート67、可変表示装置ユニット80等を組み付けて構成され、その周縁部が内枠12(図1参照)の裏面側に取り付けられる。ベース板60は光透過性の樹脂材料からなり、その正面側からベース板60の背面側に配設された各種構造体を遊技者に視認させることが可能に形成される。一般入賞口63、第1入賞口64、第2入賞口640、第1可変入賞装置65、第2可変入賞装置650、可変表示装置ユニット80は、ルータ加工によってベース板60に形成された貫通穴に配設され、遊技盤13の正面側からタッピングネジ等により固定されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding a ball, and a wind turbine (the movable member 310 is shown, and others are shown). In addition to (not shown), rails 61, 62, general winning opening 63, first winning opening 64, second winning opening 640, first variable winning device 65, second variable winning device 650, through gate 67, variable display device. The unit 80 and the like are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is attached to the back surface side of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 1). The base plate 60 is made of a light transmissive resin material, and is formed so that the player can visually recognize various structural bodies arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side. The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the first variable winning device 65, the second variable winning device 650, and the variable display device unit 80 are through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. And is fixed by a tapping screw or the like from the front side of the game board 13.

遊技盤13の正面中央部分は、正面枠14の窓部14c(図1参照)を通じて内枠12の正面側から視認することができる。以下に、主に図2を参照して、遊技盤13の構成について説明する。 The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. The configuration of the game board 13 will be described below mainly with reference to FIG.

遊技盤13の正面には、帯状の金属板を略円弧状に屈曲加工して形成した外レール62が植立され、その外レール62の内側位置には外レール62と同様に帯状の金属板で形成した円弧状の内レール61が植立される。この内レール61と外レール62とにより遊技盤13の正面外周が囲まれ、遊技盤13とガラスユニット16(図1参照)とにより前後が囲まれることにより、遊技盤13の正面には、球の挙動により遊技が行われる遊技領域が形成される。遊技領域は、遊技盤13の正面であって2本のレール61,62とレール間を繋ぐ樹脂製の外縁部材73とにより区画して形成される領域(入賞口等が配設され、発射された球が流下する領域)である。 An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 13, and the strip-shaped metal plate is located inside the outer rail 62 similarly to the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed in step 1 is planted. The front outer periphery of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62, and the front and rear are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1), so that the front of the game board 13 has a ball. A game area in which a game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is a front area of the game board 13 and is defined by two rails 61 and 62 and an outer edge member 73 made of resin that connects the rails (a winning opening or the like is provided and fired). The area where the sphere flows down).

2本のレール61,62は、球発射ユニット112a(図4参照)から発射された球を遊技盤13上部へ案内するために設けられたものである。内レール61の先端部分(図2の左上部)には戻り球防止部材68が取り付けられ、一旦、遊技盤13の上部へ案内された球が再度球案内通路内に戻ってしまうといった事態が防止される。外レール62の先端部(図2の右上部)には、球の最大飛翔部分に対応する位置に返しゴム69が取り付けられ、所定以上の勢いで発射された球は、返しゴム69に当たって、勢いが減衰されつつ中央部側へ跳ね返される。 The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip portion (upper left portion of FIG. 2) of the inner rail 61 to prevent a situation in which the ball guided to the upper part of the game board 13 returns to the ball guide passage again. To be done. At the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right part in FIG. 2), a return rubber 69 is attached at a position corresponding to the maximum flight part of the ball, and the ball launched with a predetermined or more momentum hits the return rubber 69 to generate momentum. Is attenuated and bounces back toward the center.

遊技領域の正面視左側下部(図2の左側下部)には、発光手段である複数のLED及び7セグメント表示器を備える第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bが配設されている。第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bは、主制御装置110(図4参照)で行われる各制御に応じた表示がなされるものであり、主にパチンコ機10の遊技状態の表示が行われる。本実施形態では、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bは、球が、第1入賞口64へ入賞したか、第2入賞口640へ入賞したかに応じて使い分けられるように構成されている。具体的には、球が、第1入賞口64へ入賞した場合には、第1図柄表示装置37Aが作動し、一方で、球が、第2入賞口640へ入賞した場合には、第1図柄表示装置37Bが作動するように構成されている。 The first symbol display device 37A, 37B provided with a plurality of LEDs, which are light emitting means, and a 7-segment display is disposed on the lower left side of the game area in front view (lower left side of FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are displays according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4), and mainly display the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are configured to be used properly depending on whether the ball has won the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640. Specifically, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64, the first symbol display device 37A operates, while when the ball wins the second winning opening 640, the first The symbol display device 37B is configured to operate.

また、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bは、LEDにより、パチンコ機10が確変中か時短中か通常中であるかを点灯状態により示したり、変動中であるか否かを点灯状態により示したり、停止図柄が確変大当たりに対応した図柄か普通大当たりに対応した図柄か外れ図柄であるかを点灯状態により示したり、保留球数を点灯状態により示すと共に、7セグメント表示装置により、大当たり中のラウンド数やエラー表示を行う。なお、複数のLEDは、それぞれのLEDの発光色(例えば、赤、緑、青)が異なるよう構成され、その発光色の組み合わせにより、少ないLEDでパチンコ機10の各種遊技状態を示唆することができる。 Further, the first symbol display device 37A, 37B, by the LED, indicates whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the process of positive change, time saving, or normal by the lighting state, or by indicating whether it is changing or not by the lighting state. , The stop symbol indicates whether it is a symbol corresponding to the probability variation jackpot, a symbol corresponding to the normal jackpot or a symbol that is out of sync with the lighting state, and the number of reserved balls is indicated by the lighting state, and the 7-segment display device gives a round during the jackpot. Display numbers and errors. In addition, the plurality of LEDs are configured such that the respective LEDs have different emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue), and the combination of the emission colors may suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. it can.

尚、本パチンコ機10では、第1入賞口64及び第2入賞口640へ入賞があったことを契機として抽選が行われる。パチンコ機10は、その抽選において、大当たりか否かの当否判定(大当たり抽選)を行うと共に、大当たりと判定した場合はその大当たり種別の判定も行う。ここで判定される大当たり種別としては、15R確変大当たり、4R確変大当たり、15R通常大当たりが用意されている。第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bには、変動終了後の停止図柄として抽選の結果が大当たりであるか否かが示されるだけでなく、大当たりである場合はその大当たり種別に応じた図柄が示される。 In the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed when the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 are won. In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not it is a big hit (big hit lottery), and when it is a big hit, also makes a determination of the big hit type. As the types of jackpots determined here, 15R certainty jackpots, 4R certainty jackpots, and 15R regular jackpots are prepared. The first symbol display devices 37A, 37B not only show whether or not the result of the lottery is a big hit as a stop symbol after the end of variation, but if it is a big hit, a symbol according to the big hit type is shown. ..

ここで、「15R確変大当たり」とは、最大ラウンド数が15ラウンドの大当たりの後に高確率状態へ移行する確変大当たりのことであり、「4R確変大当たり」とは、最大ラウンド数が4ラウンドの大当たりの後に高確率状態へ移行する確変大当たりのことである。また、「15R通常大当たり」は、最大ラウンド数が15ラウンドの大当たりの後に、低確率状態へ移行すると共に、所定の変動回数の間(例えば、100変動回数)は時短状態となる大当たりのことである。 Here, the "15R probability variation jackpot" is a probability variation jackpot in which the maximum round number shifts to a high probability state after the 15 rounds jackpot, and the "4R probability variation jackpot" is a jackpot with a maximum round number of 4 rounds. It is a certainty jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after. In addition, "15R regular jackpot" is a jackpot that shifts to a low-probability state after the jackpot with a maximum round number of 15 rounds and becomes a short-time state for a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). is there.

また、「高確率状態」とは、大当たり終了後に付加価値としてその後の大当たり確率がアップした状態、いわゆる確率変動中(確変中)の時をいい、換言すれば、特別遊技状態へ移行し易い遊技の状態のことである。本実施形態における高確率状態(確変中)は、後述する第2図柄の当たり確率がアップして第2入賞口640へ球が入賞し易い遊技の状態を含む。「低確率状態」とは、確変中でない時をいい、大当たり確率が通常の状態、即ち、確変の時より大当たり確率が低い状態をいう。また、「低確率状態」のうちの時短状態(時短中)とは、大当たり確率が通常の状態であると共に、大当たり確率がそのままで第2図柄の当たり確率のみがアップして第2入賞口640へ球が入賞し易い遊技の状態のことをいう。一方、パチンコ機10が通常中とは、確変中でも時短中でもない遊技の状態(大当たり確率も第2図柄の当たり確率もアップしていない状態)である。 Also, the "high probability state" is a state in which the jackpot probability increases after the jackpot as an added value, that is, when the probability is changing (probably changing), in other words, a game that easily transitions to a special game state. Is the state of. The high-probability state (probably changing) in the present embodiment includes a state of a game in which the probability of hitting a second symbol, which will be described later, increases and the ball easily wins in the second winning opening 640. The "low probability state" refers to a state where the probability of big jackpot is not occurring, and the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state where the jackpot probability is lower than that during the probability variation. In addition, the short-time state (in the time-shortening state) of the “low probability state” is a state in which the jackpot probability is a normal state, and the jackpot probability remains the same, and only the hit probability of the second symbol is increased to the second winning opening 640. It is a game state in which the ball is easy to win. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is normal, it is a state of the game which is neither probable change nor short time (a state in which neither the jackpot probability nor the hit probability of the second symbol is improved).

確変中や時短中は、第2図柄の当たり確率がアップするだけではなく、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aが開放される時間も変更され、通常中と比して長い時間が設定される。電動役物640aが開放された状態(開放状態)にある場合は、その電動役物640aが閉鎖された状態(閉鎖状態)にある場合と比して、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞しやすい状態となる。よって、確変中や時短中は、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞し易い状態となり、大当たり抽選が行われる回数を増やすことができる。 During the probability change or time saving, not only the probability of hitting the second symbol is increased, but also the time for which the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened is changed, which is a long time compared to the normal time. Is set. When the electric accessory 640a is in an open state (open state), a ball is won in the second winning opening 640 as compared to when the electric accessory 640a is in a closed state (closed state). It will be in an easy state. Therefore, during the probability change or shortening of time, it becomes easy for the ball to win the second winning opening 640, and the number of times of the jackpot lottery can be increased.

なお、確変中や時短中において、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aの開放時間を変更するのではなく、または、その開放時間を変更することに加えて、1回の当たりで電動役物640aが開放する回数を通常中よりも増やす変更を行うものとしてもよい。また、確変中や時短中において、第2図柄の当たり確率は変更せず、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aが開放される時間および1回の当たりで電動役物640aが開放する回数の少なくとも一方を変更するものとしてもよい。また、確変中や時短中において、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aが開放される時間や、1回の当たりで電動役物640aを開放する回数はせず、第2図柄の当たり確率だけを、通常中と比してアップするよう変更するものであってもよい。 It should be noted that, during the probability change or shortening of time, the opening time of the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is not changed, or in addition to changing the opening time, the electric power is changed by one hit. The number of times that the accessory 640a is opened may be changed to be larger than that in the normal state. Also, during the probability change or shortening time, the winning probability of the second symbol is not changed, and the electric accessory 640a is opened at the time and once when the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened. At least one of the numbers of times may be changed. In addition, during the probability change or shortening of time, the time when the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened, or the number of times the electric accessory 640a is opened in one hit is not adjusted, and the second symbol is hit. Only the probability may be changed so as to be higher than that in the normal state.

遊技領域には、球が入賞することにより5個から15個の球が賞球として払い出される複数の一般入賞口63が配設されている。また、遊技領域の中央部分には、可変表示装置ユニット80が配設されている。可変表示装置ユニット80には、第1入賞口64及び第2入賞口640への入賞(始動入賞)をトリガとして、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bにおける変動表示と同期させながら、第3図柄の変動表示を行う液晶ディスプレイ(以下単に「表示装置」と略す)で構成された第3図柄表示装置81と、スルーゲート67の球の通過をトリガとして第2図柄を変動表示するLEDで構成される第2図柄表示装置(図示せず)とが設けられている。また、可変表示装置ユニット80には、第3図柄表示装置81の外周を囲むようにして、センターフレーム86が配設されている。 In the game area, a plurality of general winning openings 63 are provided in which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls are won. A variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the center of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is triggered by the winning (starting winning) to the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640, while synchronizing with the variable display in the first symbol displaying devices 37A and 37B, It is composed of a third symbol display device 81 which is composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as "display device") which performs variable display, and an LED which variably displays the second symbol triggered by passage of a ball of the through gate 67. A second symbol display device (not shown) is provided. Further, the variable display device unit 80 is provided with a center frame 86 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81.

また、正面視において第3図柄表示装置81の左方に、光演出装置1000が配設される。光演出装置1000は、背面から照射される光を上下方向に移動させる演出を行う装置であるが、詳細は後述する。 Further, the light production device 1000 is arranged on the left side of the third symbol display device 81 in a front view. The light effect device 1000 is a device that performs an effect of vertically moving the light emitted from the back surface, which will be described later in detail.

第3図柄表示装置81は9インチサイズの大型の液晶ディスプレイで構成されるものであり、表示制御装置114(図4参照)によって表示内容が制御されることにより、例えば上、中及び下の3つの図柄列が表示される。各図柄列は複数の図柄(第3図柄)によって構成され、これらの第3図柄が図柄列毎に横スクロールして第3図柄表示装置81の表示画面上にて第3図柄が可変表示されるようになっている。本実施形態の第3図柄表示装置81は、主制御装置110(図4参照)の制御に伴った遊技状態の表示が第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bで行われるのに対して、その第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bの表示に応じた装飾的な表示を行うものである。なお、表示装置に代えて、例えばリール等を用いて第3図柄表示装置81を構成するようにしても良い。 The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display contents are controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4 ), for example, upper, middle and lower 3 Two symbol columns are displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols (third symbol), these third symbols are horizontally scrolled for each symbol column, and the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. It is like this. In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the display of the game state accompanied by the control of the main controller 110 (see FIG. 4) is performed on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, whereas the first The decorative display is performed according to the display of the symbol display devices 37A and 37B. Instead of the display device, for example, a reel or the like may be used to configure the third symbol display device 81.

第2図柄表示装置は、球がスルーゲート67を通過する毎に表示図柄(第2図柄(図示せず))としての「○」の図柄と「×」の図柄とを所定時間交互に点灯させる変動表示を行うものである。パチンコ機10では、球がスルーゲート67を通過したことが検出されると、当たり抽選が行われる。その当たり抽選の結果、当たりであれば、第2図柄表示装置において、第2図柄の変動表示後に「○」の図柄が停止表示される。また、当たり抽選の結果、外れであれば、第2図柄表示装置において、第3図柄の変動表示後に「×」の図柄が停止表示される。 The second symbol display device alternately turns on the symbol "o" and the symbol "x" as a display symbol (second symbol (not shown)) every time the ball passes through the through gate 67 for a predetermined time. It is a variable display. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed through the through gate 67, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if it is a win, the symbol “◯” is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the second symbol on the second symbol display device. As a result of the winning lottery, if the result is off, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the third symbol on the second symbol display device.

パチンコ機10は、第2図柄表示装置における変動表示が所定図柄(本実施形態においては「○」の図柄)で停止した場合に、第2入賞口640に付随された電動役物640aが所定時間だけ作動状態となる(開放される)よう構成されている。 In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device is stopped by a predetermined symbol (in the present embodiment, a symbol "○"), the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is for a predetermined time. It is configured to be activated (opened).

第2図柄の変動表示にかかる時間は、遊技状態が通常中の場合よりも、確変中または時短中の方が短くなるように設定される。これにより、確変中および時短中は、第2図柄の変動表示が短い時間で行われるので、当たり抽選を通常中よりも多く行うことができる。よって、当たり抽選において当たりとなる機会が増えるので、第2入賞口640の電動役物640aが開放状態となる機会を遊技者に多く与えることができる。よって、確変中および時短中は、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞しやすい状態とすることができる。 The time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set to be shorter during the probability change or during the time saving than when the game state is normal. As a result, during the probability change and the time reduction, the variable display of the second symbol is performed in a short time, so that the winning lottery can be performed more than usual. Therefore, the chances of winning in the winning lottery increase, so that the player can be given many opportunities to open the electric auditors product 640a of the second winning opening 640. Therefore, the ball can easily enter the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and the shortened working hours.

なお、確変中または時短中において、当たり確率を高める、1回に当たりに対する電動役物640aの開放時間や開放回数を増やすなど、その他の方法によっても、確変中または時短中に第2入賞口640へ球が入賞しやすい状態としている場合は、第2図柄の変動表示にかかる時間を遊技状態にかかわらず一定としてもよい。一方、第2図柄の変動表示にかかる時間を、確変中または時短中において通常中よりも短く設定する場合は、当たり確率を遊技状態にかかわらず一定にしてもよいし、また、1回の当たりに対する電動役物640aの開放時間や開放回数を遊技状態にかかわらず一定にしてもよい。 In addition, during the probability change or the shortening, the winning probability is increased, and the opening time of the electric accessory 640a per hit is increased or the number of times of opening is increased by other methods. When the ball is in a state of easy winning, the time required for variable display of the second symbol may be constant regardless of the gaming state. On the other hand, when the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set to be shorter than the normal time during the probability change or the shortened time, the hit probability may be constant regardless of the gaming state, or one hit. The opening time and the number of times of opening the electric accessory 640a may be constant regardless of the game state.

スルーゲート67は、可変表示装置ユニット80の下側の領域における右方において遊技盤に組み付けられ、遊技盤に発射された球のうち、遊技盤の右方を流下する球の一部が通過可能に構成されている。スルーゲート67を球が通過すると、第2図柄の当たり抽選が行われる。当たり抽選の後、第2図柄表示装置にて変動表示を行い、当たり抽選の結果が当たりであれば、変動表示の停止図柄として「○」の図柄を表示し、当たり抽選の結果が外れであれば、変動表示の停止図柄として「×」の図柄を表示する。 The through gate 67 is attached to the game board on the right side in the lower region of the variable display device unit 80, and among the balls emitted to the game board, a part of the ball flowing down on the right side of the game board can pass through. Is configured. When the ball passes through the through gate 67, a winning lottery for the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery, the variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a win, the symbol “○” is displayed as the stop symbol of the variable display, and the result of the winning lottery is out. For example, the symbol "x" is displayed as the variable display stop symbol.

球のスルーゲート67の通過回数は、合計で最大4回まで保留され、その保留球数が上述した第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bにより表示されると共に第2図柄保留ランプ(図示せず)においても点灯表示される。第2図柄保留ランプは、最大保留数分の4つ設けられ、第3図柄表示装置81の下方に左右対称に配設されている。 The number of times the ball passes through the through gate 67 is held up to a maximum of four times in total, and the number of holding balls is displayed by the above-mentioned first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and at the second symbol holding lamp (not shown). Is also lit. Four second design holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are symmetrically arranged below the third design display device 81.

なお、第2図柄の変動表示は、本実施形態のように、第2図柄表示装置において複数のランプの点灯と非点灯を切り換えることにより行うものの他、第1図柄表示装置37A,37B及び第3図柄表示装置81の一部を使用して行うようにしても良い。同様に、第2図柄保留ランプの点灯を第3図柄表示装置81の一部で行うようにしても良い。また、スルーゲート67の球の通過に対する最大保留球数は4回に限定されるものでなく、3回以下、又は、5回以上の回数(例えば、8回)に設定しても良い。また、スルーゲート67の組み付け数は1つに限定されるものではなく、複数(例えば、2つ)であっても良い。また、スルーゲート67の組み付け位置は可変表示装置ユニット80の右方に限定されるものではなく、例えば、可変表示装置ユニット80の左方でも良い。また、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bにより保留球数が示されるので、第2図柄保留ランプにより点灯表示を行わないものとしてもよい。 The variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching the lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, as well as the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third. It may be performed by using a part of the symbol display device 81. Similarly, the second symbol holding lamp may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of retained balls for the passage of the ball through the through gate 67 is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (e.g., eight times). Further, the number of through gates 67 to be assembled is not limited to one, but may be plural (for example, two). Further, the mounting position of the through gate 67 is not limited to the right side of the variable display device unit 80, and may be, for example, the left side of the variable display device unit 80. Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, it is possible not to perform lighting display by the second symbol reservation lamp.

可変表示装置ユニット80の下方には、球が入賞し得る第1入賞口64が配設されている。この第1入賞口64へ球が入賞すると遊技盤13の裏面側に設けられる第1入賞口スイッチ(図示せず)がオンとなり、その第1入賞口スイッチのオンに起因して主制御装置110(図4参照)で大当たりの抽選がなされ、その抽選結果に応じた表示が第1図柄表示装置37Aで示される。 Below the variable display device unit 80, a first winning opening 64 through which a ball can be won is arranged. When a ball wins the first winning opening 64, a first winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the turning on of the first winning opening switch. (Refer to FIG. 4) A big hit lottery is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37A.

一方、第1入賞口64の正面視右方には、球が入賞し得る第2入賞口640が配設されている。この第2入賞口640へ球が入賞すると遊技盤13の裏面側に設けられる第2入賞口スイッチ(図示せず)がオンとなり、その第2入賞口スイッチのオンに起因して主制御装置110(図4参照)で大当たりの抽選がなされ、その抽選結果に応じた表示が第1図柄表示装置37Bで示される。 On the other hand, on the right side of the first winning opening 64 in a front view, a second winning opening 640 through which a ball can win is arranged. When a ball wins the second winning opening 640, a second winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the turning on of the second winning opening switch. (Refer to FIG. 4) A big hit lottery is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37B.

また、第1入賞口64および第2入賞口640は、それぞれ、球が入賞すると5個の球が賞球として払い出される入賞口の1つにもなっている。なお、本実施形態においては、第1入賞口64へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数と第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数とを同じに構成したが、第1入賞口64へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数と第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数とを異なる数、例えば、第1入賞口64へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数を3個とし、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数を5個として構成してもよい。 In addition, each of the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 is also one of the winning openings through which five balls are paid out as winning balls when a ball wins. In addition, in the present embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the first winning opening 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the second winning opening 640 are the same. , The number of prize balls paid out when a ball is won in the first winning opening 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when a ball is winning in the second winning opening 640, for example, a ball to the first winning opening 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when a prize is won may be set to 3, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball is won to the second winning port 640 may be set to 5.

第2入賞口640には電動役物640aが付随されている。この電動役物640aは開閉可能に構成されており、通常は電動役物640aが閉鎖状態(縮小状態)となって、球が第2入賞口640へ入賞しにくい状態となっている。一方、スルーゲート67への球の通過を契機として行われる第2図柄の変動表示の結果、「○」の図柄が第2図柄表示装置に表示された場合、電動役物640aが開放状態(拡大状態)となり、球が第2入賞口640へ入賞しやすい状態となる。 An electric accessory 640a is attached to the second winning opening 640. The electric accessory 640a is configured to be openable and closable, and normally, the electric accessory 640a is in a closed state (reduced state), which makes it difficult for a ball to enter the second winning opening 640. On the other hand, as a result of the variable display of the second symbol that is performed upon the passage of the ball to the through gate 67, when the symbol "○" is displayed on the second symbol display device, the electric accessory 640a is in the open state (enlarged). State), and the ball is in a state where it is easy to enter the second winning opening 640.

上述した通り、確変中および時短中は、通常中と比して第2図柄の当たり確率が高く、また、第2図柄の変動表示にかかる時間も短いので、第2図柄の変動表示において「○」の図柄が表示され易くなって、電動役物640aが開放状態(拡大状態)となる回数が増える。更に、確変中および時短中は、電動役物640aが開放される時間も、通常中より長くなる。よって、確変中および時短中は、通常時と比して、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞しやすい状態を作ることができる。 As described above, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than that in the normal state during the probability change and the shortening of the time, and the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is also short, so in the variable display of the second symbol, “○” is displayed. Is easily displayed, and the number of times the electric accessory 640a is in the open state (enlarged state) increases. Furthermore, the time during which the electric accessory 640a is opened during the probability change and the shortening of time is longer than that during the normal time. Therefore, during the probability change and the shortened working hours, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is more likely to win the second winning opening 640 than in the normal time.

ここで、第1入賞口64に球が入賞した場合と第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合とで、大当たりとなる確率は、低確率状態であっても高確率状態でも同一である。しかしながら、大当たりとなった場合に選定される大当たりの種別として15R確変大当たりとなる確率は、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合のほうが第1入賞口64へ球が入賞した場合よりも高く設定されている。一方、第1入賞口64は、第2入賞口640にあるような電動役物は有しておらず、球が常時入賞可能な状態となっている。 Here, the probability of a jackpot is the same in the case where the ball wins the first winning opening 64 and the case where the ball wins the second winning opening 640 in the low probability state and the high probability state. However, when the jackpot is a big hit, the probability that the 15R probability variation jackpot is selected as a jackpot type is higher when the ball is won at the second winning port 640 than when the ball is won at the first winning port 64. It is set. On the other hand, the first winning opening 64 does not have an electric accessory like the second winning opening 640, and the ball is always ready for winning.

よって、通常中においては、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物が閉鎖状態にある場合が多く、第2入賞口640に入賞しづらいので、電動役物のない第1入賞口64へ向けて、可変表示装置ユニット80の左方を球が通過するように球を発射し(所謂「左打ち」)、第1入賞口64への入賞によって大当たり抽選の機会を多く得て、大当たりとなることを狙った方が、遊技者にとって有利となる。 Therefore, during normal operation, the electric winning object associated with the second winning opening 640 is often closed, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 640. Then, the ball is fired so that the ball passes the left side of the variable display device unit 80 (so-called "left hitting"), and a lot of chances of the big hit lottery are obtained by winning the prize at the first winning a prize port 64, which is a big hit. It is advantageous for the player to aim for that.

一方、確変中や時短中は、スルーゲート67に球を通過させることで、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aが開放状態となりやすく、第2入賞口640に入賞しやすい状態であるので、第2入賞口640へ向けて、可変表示装置80の右方を球が通過するように球を発射し(所謂「右打ち」)、スルーゲート67を通過させて電動役物を開放状態にすると共に、第2入賞口640への入賞によって15R確変大当たりとなることを狙った方が、遊技者にとって有利となる。 On the other hand, during the probability change or shortening of time, by passing the ball through the through gate 67, the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning port 640 is likely to be opened, and the second winning port 640 is easily won. Therefore, the ball is fired toward the second winning opening 640 so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display device 80 (so-called “right hit”), and the electric accessory is opened by passing through the through gate 67. At the same time, it is more advantageous for the player to aim for the 15R certainty variation jackpot by winning the second winning opening 640.

このように、本実施形態のパチンコ機10は、パチンコ機10の遊技状態(確変中であるか、時短中であるか、通常中であるか)に応じて、遊技者に対し、球の発射の仕方を「左打ち」と「右打ち」とに変えさせることができる。よって、遊技者に対して、球の打ち方に変化をもたらすことができるので、遊技を楽しませることができる。 In this way, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment shoots a ball at the player according to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether it is in a sudden change, during a shortening time, or during a normal time). Can be changed to "left-handed" and "right-handed". Therefore, the player can be changed in how to hit the ball, and the game can be enjoyed.

第1入賞口64の下方右側には第1可変入賞装置65が配設されており、その略中央部分に横長矩形状の第1特定入賞口(大開放口)65aが設けられている。また、第1入賞口64の下方左側には第2可変入賞装置650が配設されており、その略中央部分に他の入賞口63,64,640と同程度の大きさの円形形状からなる第2特定入賞口650aが設けられている。パチンコ機10においては、第1入賞口64又は第2入賞口640への入賞に起因して行われた大当たり抽選が大当たりとなると、所定時間(変動時間)が経過した後に、大当たりの停止図柄となるよう第1図柄表示装置37A又は第1図柄表示装置37Bを点灯させると共に、その大当たりに対応した停止図柄を第3図柄表示装置81に表示させて、大当たりの発生が示される。その後、球が入賞し易い特別遊技状態(大当たり)に遊技状態が遷移する。この特別遊技状態として、通常時には閉鎖されている特定入賞口65a,650aが、所定時間(例えば、30秒経過するまで、或いは、球が10個入賞するまで)開放される。 A first variable winning device 65 is arranged on the lower right side of the first winning opening 64, and a horizontally-long rectangular first specific winning opening (large opening) 65a is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A second variable winning device 650 is arranged on the lower left side of the first winning opening 64, and has a circular shape having the same size as the other winning openings 63, 64, 640 at the substantially central portion thereof. The second specific winning opening 650a is provided. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning of the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640 becomes a big hit, after a predetermined time (variable time) has passed, a big hit stop symbol and The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on so that the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and the occurrence of the jackpot is shown. After that, the game state transitions to a special game state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. In this special game state, the specific winning openings 65a and 650a that are normally closed are opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds elapse or until 10 balls are won).

この特定入賞口65a,650aは、所定時間が経過すると閉鎖され、その閉鎖後、再度、その特定入賞口65a,650aが所定時間開放される。この特定入賞口65a,650aの開閉動作は、最高で例えば15回(15ラウンド)繰り返し可能にされている。この開閉動作が行われている状態が、遊技者にとって有利な特別遊技状態の一形態であり、遊技者には、遊技上の価値(遊技価値)の付与として通常時より多量の賞球の払い出しが行われる。 The specific winning openings 65a and 650a are closed after a predetermined time has passed, and after the closing, the specific winning openings 65a and 650a are opened again for a predetermined time. The opening/closing operation of the specific winning openings 65a and 650a can be repeated, for example, 15 times (15 rounds) at the maximum. The state in which this opening/closing operation is performed is one form of a special game state that is advantageous to the player, and the player is given a larger amount of prize balls than usual in order to give a game value (game value). Is done.

第1可変入賞装置65は、具体的には、第1特定入賞口65aを覆う横長矩形状の開閉板と、その開閉板の下辺を軸として前方側に開閉駆動するための大開放口ソレノイド(図示せず)とを備えている。第1特定入賞口65aは、通常時は、球が入賞できないか又は入賞し難い閉状態になっている。大当たりの際には大開放口ソレノイドを駆動して開閉板を正面下側に傾倒し、球が第1特定入賞口65aに入賞しやすい開状態を一時的に形成し、その開状態と通常時の閉状態との状態を交互に繰り返すように作動する。 Specifically, the first variable winning device 65 has a horizontally long rectangular opening/closing plate that covers the first specific winning port 65a and a large opening solenoid (for opening and closing the front side with the lower side of the opening/closing plate as an axis). (Not shown). The first specific winning opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which a ball cannot be won or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the large opening solenoid is driven to tilt the open/close plate to the lower front side to temporarily form an open state in which the ball easily wins the first specific winning opening 65a. It operates so that the closed state and the closed state of are alternately repeated.

第2可変入賞装置650は、具体的には、第2特定入賞口650aへ球を案内する案内路と、その案内路の第2特定入賞口650a側とは反対側となる開口部である開口651と、その開口651の開放および閉鎖を行うための駆動役物650bと、その駆動役物650bを開口651の下辺を軸に左右方向に開閉駆動するための小開放口ソレノイド(図示せず)とを備えている。第2特定入賞口650aは、通常時は、球が入賞できないか又は入賞し難い閉状態になっている。大当たりの際には小開放口ソレノイドを駆動して駆動役物650bを右方に傾倒し、球が第2特定入賞口650aに入賞しやすい開状態を一時的に形成し、その開状態と通常時の閉状態との状態を交互に繰り返すように作動する。 Specifically, the second variable winning device 650 is an opening that is a guide path that guides the ball to the second specific winning opening 650a and an opening that is on the opposite side of the guide path from the second specific winning opening 650a side. 651, a driving member 650b for opening and closing the opening 651, and a small opening solenoid (not shown) for driving the driving member 650b to open and close in the left-right direction about the lower side of the opening 651. It has and. The second specific winning opening 650a is normally in a closed state in which the ball cannot be won or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the small opening opening solenoid is driven to tilt the driving accessory 650b to the right to temporarily form an open state in which the ball easily wins the second specific winning opening 650a. It operates to alternate between the closed state and the closed state.

なお、上記した形態に特別遊技状態は限定されるものではない。特定入賞口65a,650aとは別に開閉される大開放口を遊技領域に設け、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bにおいて大当たりに対応したLEDが点灯した場合に、特定入賞口65a,650aが所定時間開放され、その特定入賞口65a,650aの開放中に、球が特定入賞口65a,650a内へ入賞することを契機として特定入賞口65a,650aとは別に設けられた大開放口が所定時間、所定回数開放される遊技状態を特別遊技状態として形成するようにしても良い。また、特定入賞口65a,650aは1つに限るものではなく、1つ若しくは2以上の複数(例えば3つ)を配置しても良く、また配置位置も第1入賞口64の下方右側や、第1入賞口64の下方左側に限らず、例えば、可変表示装置ユニット80の左方でも良い。 The special game state is not limited to the above-mentioned form. The special winning opening 65a, 650a is provided with a large opening which is opened and closed separately in the game area, and when the LED corresponding to the big hit in the first symbol display device 37A, 37B is lit, the specific winning opening 65a, 650a is a predetermined time. During the opening of the specific winning opening 65a, 650a, a large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a, 650a in response to a ball winning into the specific winning opening 65a, 650a during a predetermined time, The game state opened a predetermined number of times may be formed as a special game state. Further, the specific winning openings 65a and 650a are not limited to one, and one or a plurality of two or more (for example, three) may be arranged, and the arrangement position is also on the lower right side of the first winning opening 64, Not only the lower left side of the first winning opening 64, but also the left side of the variable display device unit 80, for example.

遊技盤13の下側における右隅部には、証紙や識別ラベル等を貼着するための貼着スペースK1が設けられ、貼着スペースK1に貼られた証紙等は、正面枠14の小窓35(図1参照)を通じて視認することができる。 A sticking space K1 for sticking a stamp or an identification label is provided in the lower right corner of the game board 13, and the sticker or the like stuck to the sticking space K1 is a small window of the front frame 14. 35 (see FIG. 1).

遊技盤13には、第1アウト口71及び第2アウト口72が設けられている。遊技領域を流下する球であって、いずれの入賞口63,64,65a,640,650aにも入賞しなかった球は、第1アウト口71又は第2アウト口72を通って図示しない球排出路へと案内される。第1アウト口71は、第1入賞口64の下方に配設される一方、第2アウト口72は、第2特定入賞口650aの左側に配設される。即ち、第2アウト口72は、第2特定入賞口650aを挟んで第1アウト口71の反対側に配設される。 The game board 13 is provided with a first outlet 71 and a second outlet 72. Balls flowing down the game area that have not won any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640, 650a are discharged through the first out opening 71 or the second out opening 72, not shown. You will be guided to the road. The first outlet 71 is arranged below the first winning opening 64, while the second outlet 72 is arranged on the left side of the second specific winning opening 650a. That is, the second outlet 72 is arranged on the opposite side of the first outlet 71 with the second specific winning opening 650a interposed therebetween.

よって、遊技領域を流下する球であって、第2特定入賞口650aよりも正面視右側(図2右側)において遊技領域の下端(内レール61又は外縁部材73)に達した球は、内レール61又は外縁部材73の傾斜に沿って流下され、第1アウト口71を通って球排出路へ案内される一方、第2特定入賞口650aよりも正面視左側において遊技領域の下端(内レール61)に達した球は、内レール61の傾斜(湾曲)に沿って流下され、第2アウト口72を通って球排出路へ案内される。 Therefore, a ball that flows down the game area and reaches the lower end (inner rail 61 or outer edge member 73) of the game area on the right side in front view (the right side in FIG. 2) from the second specific winning opening 650a is the inner rail. 61 or along the inclination of the outer edge member 73, and is guided to the ball discharge path through the first outlet 71, while the lower end of the game area (inner rail 61 on the left side in front view with respect to the second specific winning port 650a). ) That has reached (), flows down along the inclination (curvature) of the inner rail 61 and is guided to the ball discharge path through the second outlet 72.

遊技盤13には、球の落下方向を適宜分散、調整等するために多数の釘が植設されているとともに、風車等の各種部材(役物)とが配設されている。 On the game board 13, a large number of nails are planted in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the balls, and various members (features) such as a wind turbine are arranged.

図3に示すように、パチンコ機10の背面側には、制御基板ユニット90,91と、裏パックユニット94とが主に備えられている。制御基板ユニット90は、主基板(主制御装置110)と音声ランプ制御基板(音声ランプ制御装置113)と表示制御基板(表示制御装置114)とが搭載されてユニット化されている。制御基板ユニット91は、払出制御基板(払出制御装置111)と発射制御基板(発射制御装置112)と電源基板(電源装置115)とカードユニット接続基板116とが搭載されてユニット化されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control device 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a firing control board (firing control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

裏パックユニット94は、保護カバー部を形成する裏パック92と払出ユニット93とがユニット化されている。また、各制御基板には、各制御を司る1チップマイコンとしてのMPU、各種機器との連絡をとるポート、各種抽選の際に用いられる乱数発生器、時間計数や同期を図る場合などに使用されるクロックパルス発生回路等が、必要に応じて搭載されている。 The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a payout unit 93. In addition, each control board is used for MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for communicating with various devices, a random number generator used for various lottery, time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generating circuit and the like are installed as needed.

なお、主制御装置110、音声ランプ制御装置113及び表示制御装置114、払出制御装置111及び発射制御装置112、電源装置115、カードユニット接続基板116は、それぞれ基板ボックス100〜104に収納されている。基板ボックス100〜104は、ボックスベースと該ボックスベースの開口部を覆うボックスカバーとを備えており、そのボックスベースとボックスカバーとが互いに連結されて、各制御装置や各基板が収納される。 The main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. .. The board boxes 100 to 104 each include a box base and a box cover that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to house each control device and each board.

また、基板ボックス100(主制御装置110)及び基板ボックス102(払出制御装置111及び発射制御装置112)は、ボックスベースとボックスカバーとを封印ユニット(図示せず)によって開封不能に連結(かしめ構造による連結)している。また、ボックスベースとボックスカバーとの連結部には、ボックスベースとボックスカバーとに亘って封印シール(図示せず)が貼着されている。この封印シールは、脆性な素材で構成されており、基板ボックス100,102を開封するために封印シールを剥がそうとしたり、基板ボックス100,102を無理に開封しようとすると、ボックスベース側とボックスカバー側とに切断される。よって、封印ユニット又は封印シールを確認することで、基板ボックス100,102が開封されたかどうかを知ることができる。 Further, in the board box 100 (main controller 110) and the board box 102 (payout controller 111 and firing controller 112), the box base and the box cover are connected by a sealing unit (not shown) in an unopenable manner (caulking structure). (Consolidated by). Further, a seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover so as to extend over the box base and the box cover. The seal sticker is made of a brittle material. If the seal sticker is peeled off to open the board boxes 100 and 102, or if the board boxes 100 and 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are closed. Be cut to the side and. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened.

払出ユニット93は、裏パックユニット94の最上部に位置して上方に開口したタンク130と、タンク130の下方に連結され下流側に向けて緩やかに傾斜するタンクレール131と、タンクレール131の下流側に縦向きに連結されるケースレール132と、ケースレール132の最下流部に設けられ、払出モータ216(図4参照)の所定の電気的構成により球の払出を行う払出装置133とを備えている。タンク130には、遊技ホールの島設備から供給される球が逐次補給され、払出装置133により必要個数の球の払い出しが適宜行われる。タンクレール131には、当該タンクレール131に振動を付加するためのバイブレータ134が取り付けられている。 The payout unit 93 is located at the uppermost part of the back pack unit 94 and opens upward, the tank rail 131 connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and the downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 that is vertically connected to the side, and a payout device 133 that is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and that pays out the balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 4). ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with the balls supplied from the island facility of the game hall, and the required number of balls is appropriately dispensed by the dispensing device 133. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

また、払出制御装置111には状態復帰スイッチ120が設けられ、発射制御装置112には可変抵抗器の操作つまみ121が設けられ、電源装置115にはRAM消去スイッチ122が設けられている。状態復帰スイッチ120は、例えば、払出モータ216(図4参照)部の球詰まり等、払出エラーの発生時に球詰まりを解消(正常状態への復帰)するために操作される。操作つまみ121は、発射ソレノイドの発射力を調整するために操作される。RAM消去スイッチ122は、パチンコ機10を初期状態に戻したい場合に電源投入時に操作される。 Further, the payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated to eliminate the ball clogging (return to the normal state) when a dispensing error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when it is desired to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

次に、図4を参照して、本パチンコ機10の電気的構成について説明する。図4は、パチンコ機10の電気的構成を示すブロック図である。 Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

主制御装置110には、演算装置である1チップマイコンとしてのMPU201が搭載されている。MPU201には、該MPU201により実行される各種の制御プログラムや固定値データを記憶したROM202と、そのROM202内に記憶される制御プログラムの実行に際して各種のデータ等を一時的に記憶するためのメモリであるRAM203と、そのほか、割込回路やタイマ回路、データ送受信回路などの各種回路が内蔵されている。主制御装置110では、MPU201によって、大当たり抽選や第1図柄表示装置37A,37B及び第3図柄表示装置81における表示の設定、第2図柄表示装置における表示結果の抽選といったパチンコ機10の主要な処理を実行する。 The main control unit 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 storing various control programs executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 202. In addition to a certain RAM 203, various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit are built in. In the main controller 110, by the MPU 201, major processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as jackpot lottery, setting of display on the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results on the second symbol display device. To execute.

なお、払出制御装置111や音声ランプ制御装置113などのサブ制御装置に対して動作を指示するために、主制御装置110から該サブ制御装置へ各種のコマンドがデータ送受信回路によって送信されるが、かかるコマンドは、主制御装置110からサブ制御装置へ一方向にのみ送信される。 Note that various commands are transmitted from the main control unit 110 to the sub control unit by the data transmitting/receiving circuit in order to instruct the sub control unit such as the payout control unit 111 and the voice lamp control unit 113 to operate. Such a command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device only in one direction.

RAM203は、各種エリア、カウンタ、フラグのほか、MPU201の内部レジスタの内容やMPU201により実行される制御プログラムの戻り先番地などが記憶されるスタックエリアと、各種のフラグおよびカウンタ、I/O等の値が記憶される作業エリア(作業領域)とを有している。なお、RAM203は、パチンコ機10の電源の遮断後においても電源装置115からバックアップ電圧が供給されてデータを保持(バックアップ)できる構成となっており、RAM203に記憶されるデータは、すべてバックアップされる。 The RAM 203 stores, in addition to various areas, counters, and flags, a stack area in which the contents of internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of a control program executed by the MPU 201 are stored, various flags, counters, I/O, and the like. And a work area (work area) in which values are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to be able to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. ..

停電などの発生により電源が遮断されると、その電源遮断時(停電発生時を含む。以下同様)のスタックポインタや、各レジスタの値がRAM203に記憶される。一方、電源投入時(停電解消による電源投入を含む。以下同様)には、RAM203に記憶される情報に基づいて、パチンコ機10の状態が電源遮断前の状態に復帰される。RAM203への書き込みはメイン処理(図示せず)によって電源遮断時に実行され、RAM203に書き込まれた各値の復帰は電源投入時の立ち上げ処理(図示せず)において実行される。なお、MPU201のNMI端子(ノンマスカブル割込端子)には、停電等の発生による電源遮断時に、停電監視回路252からの停電信号SG1が入力されるように構成されており、その停電信号SG1がMPU201へ入力されると、停電時処理としてのNMI割込処理(図示せず)が即座に実行される。 When the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the RAM 203 stores the stack pointer when the power is cut off (including the occurrence of a power failure. The same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register. On the other hand, at the time of power-on (including power-on by eliminating power failure. The same applies to the following), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before power-off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by a main process (not shown) when the power is cut off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed by a startup process (not shown) when the power is turned on. The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 is configured to receive the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is shut off due to a power failure or the like, and the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201. When input to, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

主制御装置110のMPU201には、アドレスバス及びデータバスで構成されるバスライン204を介して入出力ポート205が接続されている。入出力ポート205には、払出制御装置111、音声ランプ制御装置113、第1図柄表示装置37A,37B、第2図柄表示装置、第2図柄保留ランプ、特定入賞口65aの開閉板の下辺を軸として前方側に開閉駆動するための大開放口ソレノイドや電動役物を駆動するためのソレノイドなどからなるソレノイド209が接続され、MPU201は、入出力ポート205を介してこれらに対し各種コマンドや制御信号を送信する。 An input/output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. In the input/output port 205, the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol display device, the second symbol holding lamp, the lower side of the opening/closing plate of the specific winning opening 65a is an axis. Is connected to a solenoid 209 including a large opening solenoid for opening/closing driving forward and a solenoid for driving an electric accessory, and the MPU 201 sends various command and control signals to them via an input/output port 205. To send.

また、入出力ポート205には、図示しないスイッチ群およびスライド位置検出センサSや回転位置検出センサRを含むセンサ群などからなる各種スイッチ208、電源装置115に設けられた後述のRAM消去スイッチ回路253が接続され、MPU201は各種スイッチ208から出力される信号や、RAM消去スイッチ回路253より出力されるRAM消去信号SG2に基づいて各種処理を実行する。 Further, the input/output port 205 includes various switches 208 including a switch group (not shown) and a sensor group including the slide position detection sensor S and the rotational position detection sensor R, and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 described later provided in the power supply device 115. Are connected, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

払出制御装置111は、払出モータ216を駆動させて賞球や貸出球の払出制御を行うものである。演算装置であるMPU211は、そのMPU211により実行される制御プログラムや固定値データ等を記憶したROM212と、ワークメモリ等として使用されるRAM213とを有している。 The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to perform payout control of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory and the like.

払出制御装置111のRAM213は、主制御装置110のRAM203と同様に、MPU211の内部レジスタの内容やMPU211により実行される制御プログラムの戻り先番地などが記憶されるスタックエリアと、各種のフラグおよびカウンタ、I/O等の値が記憶される作業エリア(作業領域)とを有している。RAM213は、パチンコ機10の電源の遮断後においても電源装置115からバックアップ電圧が供給されてデータを保持(バックアップ)できる構成となっており、RAM213に記憶されるデータは、すべてバックアップされる。なお、主制御装置110のMPU201と同様、MPU211のNMI端子にも、停電等の発生による電源遮断時に停電監視回路252から停電信号SG1が入力されるように構成されており、その停電信号SG1がMPU211へ入力されると、停電時処理としてのNMI割込処理(図示せず)が即座に実行される。 The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. , I/O and the like are stored in the work area (work area). The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Like the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to receive the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

払出制御装置111のMPU211には、アドレスバス及びデータバスで構成されるバスライン214を介して入出力ポート215が接続されている。入出力ポート215には、主制御装置110や払出モータ216、発射制御装置112などがそれぞれ接続されている。また、図示はしないが、払出制御装置111には、払い出された賞球を検出するための賞球検出スイッチが接続されている。なお、該賞球検出スイッチは、払出制御装置111に接続されるが、主制御装置110には接続されていない。 An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main controller 110, the payout motor 216, the firing controller 112, etc. are connected to the input/output port 215. Further, although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch for detecting the paid prize balls. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111, but is not connected to the main control device 110.

発射制御装置112は、主制御装置110により球の発射の指示がなされた場合に、操作ハンドル51の回動操作量に応じた球の打ち出し強さとなるよう球発射ユニット112aを制御するものである。球発射ユニット112aは、図示しない発射ソレノイドおよび電磁石を備えており、その発射ソレノイドおよび電磁石は、所定条件が整っている場合に駆動が許可される。具体的には、遊技者が操作ハンドル51に触れていることをタッチセンサ51aにより検出し、球の発射を停止させるための発射停止スイッチ51bがオフ(操作されていないこと)を条件に、操作ハンドル51の回動操作量(回動位置)に対応して発射ソレノイドが励磁され、操作ハンドル51の操作量に応じた強さで球が発射される。 The firing control device 112 controls the ball firing unit 112a so that when the main control device 110 issues an instruction to fire a sphere, the sphere launching unit 112a has a launching strength corresponding to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. .. The ball firing unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet, which are not shown, and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when a predetermined condition is satisfied. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on the condition that the firing stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited according to the amount of rotation operation (rotational position) of the handle 51, and a ball is emitted with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

音声ランプ制御装置113は、音声出力装置(図示しないスピーカなど)226における音声の出力、ランプ表示装置(電飾部29〜33、表示ランプ34など)227における点灯および消灯の出力、変動演出(変動表示)や予告演出といった表示制御装置114で行われる第3図柄表示装置81の表示態様の設定などを制御するものである。演算装置であるMPU221は、そのMPU221により実行される制御プログラムや固定値データ等を記憶したROM222と、ワークメモリ等として使用されるRAM223とを有している。 The voice lamp control device 113 outputs a voice in a voice output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs a light and a light in a lamp display device (such as the illumination units 29 to 33 and the display lamp 34) 227, and produces a variation (variation). This is for controlling the setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81, which is performed by the display control device 114 such as display) and notice production. The MPU 221 which is an arithmetic unit has a ROM 222 which stores a control program executed by the MPU 221 and fixed value data and the like, and a RAM 223 which is used as a work memory and the like.

音声ランプ制御装置113のMPU221には、アドレスバス及びデータバスで構成されるバスライン224を介して入出力ポート225が接続されている。入出力ポート225には、主制御装置110、表示制御装置114、音声出力装置226、ランプ表示装置227、その他装置228、枠ボタン22などがそれぞれ接続されている。 An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the display control device 114, the audio output device 226, the lamp display device 227, the other device 228, the frame button 22, etc. are connected to the input/output port 225, respectively.

音声ランプ制御装置113は、主制御装置110から受信した各種のコマンド(変動パターンコマンド、停止種別コマンド等)に基づいて、第3図柄表示装置81の表示態様を決定し、決定した表示態様をコマンド(表示用変動パターンコマンド、表示用停止種別コマンド等)によって表示制御装置114へ通知する。また、音声ランプ制御装置113は、枠ボタン22からの入力を監視し、遊技者によって枠ボタン22が操作された場合は、第3図柄表示装置81で表示されるステージを変更したり、スーパーリーチ時の演出内容を変更したりするように、表示制御装置114へ指示する。ステージが変更される場合は、変更後のステージに応じた背面画像を第3図柄表示装置81に表示させるべく、変更後のステージに関する情報を含めた背面画像変更コマンドを表示制御装置114へ送信する。ここで、背面画像とは、第3図柄表示装置81に表示させる主要な画像である第3図柄の背面側に表示される画像のことである。表示制御装置114は、この音声ランプ制御装置113から送信されるコマンドに従って、第3図柄表示装置81に各種の画像を表示する。 The voice lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and commands the determined display mode. (Display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.) is used to notify the display control device 114. Further, the voice lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is changed or the super reach is performed. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the contents of the effect at that time. When the stage is changed, in order to display the rear image corresponding to the changed stage on the third symbol display device 81, a rear image change command including information about the changed stage is transmitted to the display control device 114. .. Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol which is the main image displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 according to the command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113.

また、音声ランプ制御装置113は、表示制御装置114から第3図柄表示装置81の表示内容を表すコマンド(表示コマンド)を受信する。音声ランプ制御装置113では、表示制御装置114から受信した表示コマンドに基づき、第3図柄表示装置81の表示内容に合わせて、その表示内容に対応する音声を音声出力装置226から出力し、また、その表示内容に対応させてランプ表示装置227の点灯および消灯を制御する。 Further, the voice lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) indicating the display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. In the voice lamp control device 113, based on the display command received from the display control device 114, in accordance with the display content of the third symbol display device 81, the voice corresponding to the display content is output from the voice output device 226, and also. Lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled in accordance with the displayed contents.

表示制御装置114は、音声ランプ制御装置113及び第3図柄表示装置81が接続され、音声ランプ制御装置113より受信したコマンドに基づいて、第3図柄表示装置81における第3図柄の変動演出などの表示を制御するものである。また、表示制御装置114は、第3図柄表示装置81の表示内容を通知する表示コマンドを適宜音声ランプ制御装置113へ送信する。音声ランプ制御装置113は、この表示コマンドによって示される表示内容にあわせて音声出力装置226から音声を出力することで、第3図柄表示装置81の表示と音声出力装置226からの音声出力とをあわせることができる。 The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, such as variation effect of the third symbol in the third symbol display device 81. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the voice lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs a voice from the voice output device 226 in accordance with the display content indicated by this display command, thereby matching the display of the third symbol display device 81 and the voice output from the voice output device 226. be able to.

電源装置115は、パチンコ機10の各部に電源を供給するための電源部251と、停電等による電源遮断を監視する停電監視回路252と、RAM消去スイッチ122(図3参照)が設けられたRAM消去スイッチ回路253とを有している。電源部251は、図示しない電源経路を通じて、各制御装置110〜114等に対して各々に必要な動作電圧を供給する装置である。その概要としては、電源部251は、外部より供給される交流24ボルトの電圧を取り込み、各種スイッチ208などの各種スイッチや、ソレノイド209などのソレノイド、モータ等を駆動するための12ボルトの電圧、ロジック用の5ボルトの電圧、RAMバックアップ用のバックアップ電圧などを生成し、これら12ボルトの電圧、5ボルトの電圧及びバックアップ電圧を各制御装置110〜114等に対して必要な電圧を供給する。 The power supply unit 115 is provided with a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each unit of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to power failure, etc., and a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3). And an erase switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies a necessary operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an outline thereof, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 V AC supplied from the outside, and 12 V voltage for driving various switches such as various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, and motors, A voltage of 5 V for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and the voltages of 12 V, 5 V, and backup voltage are supplied to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like as necessary.

停電監視回路252は、停電等の発生による電源遮断時に、主制御装置110のMPU201及び払出制御装置111のMPU211の各NMI端子へ停電信号SG1を出力するための回路である。停電監視回路252は、電源部251から出力される最大電圧である直流安定24ボルトの電圧を監視し、この電圧が22ボルト未満になった場合に停電(電源断、電源遮断)の発生と判断して、停電信号SG1を主制御装置110及び払出制御装置111へ出力する。停電信号SG1の出力によって、主制御装置110及び払出制御装置111は、停電の発生を認識し、NMI割込処理を実行する。なお、電源部251は、直流安定24ボルトの電圧が22ボルト未満になった後においても、NMI割込処理の実行に充分な時間の間、制御系の駆動電圧である5ボルトの電圧の出力を正常値に維持するように構成されている。よって、主制御装置110及び払出制御装置111は、NMI割込処理(図示せず)を正常に実行し完了することができる。 The power outage monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting the power outage signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power outage or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of DC stable 24 V which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power cut, power cut) occurs when this voltage becomes less than 22 V. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. Note that the power supply unit 251 outputs the voltage of 5 V which is the drive voltage of the control system for a sufficient time to execute the NMI interrupt processing even after the voltage of DC stable 24 V becomes less than 22 V. Is maintained at a normal value. Therefore, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).

RAM消去スイッチ回路253は、RAM消去スイッチ122(図3参照)が押下された場合に、主制御装置110へ、バックアップデータをクリアさせるためのRAM消去信号SG2を出力するための回路である。主制御装置110は、パチンコ機10の電源投入時に、RAM消去信号SG2を入力した場合に、バックアップデータをクリアすると共に、払出制御装置111においてバックアップデータをクリアさせるための払出初期化コマンドを払出制御装置111に対して送信する。 The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data, and the payout control device 111 issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data. It is transmitted to the device 111.

次いで、図5及び図6を参照して、第3図柄表示装置81(図2参照)の正面視左方に配設され、筒状部材1200、案内部材1300、光照射装置1400及び装飾部材1500から構成される光演出装置1000の構造について説明する。 Next, referring to FIGS. 5 and 6, the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) is arranged on the left side in front view, and the tubular member 1200, the guide member 1300, the light irradiation device 1400, and the decorative member 1500. The structure of the light production device 1000 configured from will be described.

図5は、光演出装置1000の正面斜視図であり、図6は、光演出装置1000の正面分解斜視図である。なお、図6は、筒状部材1200を軸心を含む平面で半分に分割した形状からなる第1半筒部材1201が背面側に配置された状態が図示され、その第1半筒部材1201と一対をなし、正面側に配置される第2半筒部材1202(図5参照)の図示が省略される。 FIG. 5 is a front perspective view of the light production device 1000, and FIG. 6 is a front exploded perspective view of the light production device 1000. Note that FIG. 6 illustrates a state in which a first semi-cylindrical member 1201 having a shape obtained by dividing the tubular member 1200 in a plane including the axis is arranged on the back side. The illustration of the second half-cylindrical member 1202 (see FIG. 5) forming a pair and arranged on the front side is omitted.

図5及び図6に示すように、光演出装置1000は、遊技盤13(図2参照)の正面側に壁状に立設される外壁部82の下方に形成される。詳述すると、その外壁82には球が流下可能に穿設される孔が形成され、その孔の下方には、光演出装置1000の筒状部材1200を外嵌する金属製の導入筒83が延設される。 As shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, the light production device 1000 is formed below an outer wall portion 82 that is erected in a wall shape on the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2). More specifically, a hole through which a sphere can flow is formed in the outer wall 82, and below the hole, a metal introduction tube 83 for externally fitting the tubular member 1200 of the light production device 1000 is installed. It will be extended.

即ち、光演出装置1000は、球が導入筒83を流下する場合に通過する経路に配設されるものであり、導入筒83に回転可能に外嵌される筒状の筒状部材1200と、その筒状部材1200の内面側に形成されると共に球を所定の経路で案内する案内部材1300(図6参照)と、導入筒83に回転不能に外嵌されると共に筒状部材1200へ向けて光を照射する光照射装置1400と、筒状部材1200の正面側に配設されると共に光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される装飾部材1500と、を備える。 That is, the light production device 1000 is arranged in a path through which the sphere passes when it flows down the introduction tube 83, and a cylindrical tubular member 1200 rotatably fitted to the introduction tube 83. A guide member 1300 (see FIG. 6) that is formed on the inner surface side of the tubular member 1200 and that guides the sphere along a predetermined path; and a guide member 1300 that is non-rotatably fitted onto the introduction barrel 83 and that faces the tubular member 1200. A light irradiation device 1400 that irradiates light and a decoration member 1500 that is disposed on the front side of the tubular member 1200 and that is formed of a light-transmissive resin material are provided.

なお、樹脂材料としては、PET、PC、アクリル等の樹脂材料が例示される。 Examples of the resin material include PET, PC, acrylic and other resin materials.

筒状部材1200、案内部材1300、光照射装置1400及び装飾部材1500の位置関係について説明すると、装飾部材1500が最も遊技者に近い正面側に配設され、その装飾部材1500の背面側に筒状部材1200とその筒状部材1200に内包される案内部材1300(図6参照)とが配設され、筒状部材1200及び案内部材1300の背面側に光照射装置1400が配設される。ここで、装飾部材1500は光透過性の樹脂材料から形成されるので、正面視において、装飾部材1500が透けて視認され、装飾部材1500の背面側に配設される筒状部材1200を視認することができる。 Explaining the positional relationship among the tubular member 1200, the guide member 1300, the light irradiation device 1400, and the decoration member 1500, the decoration member 1500 is disposed on the front side closest to the player, and the tubular shape is on the back side of the decoration member 1500. A member 1200 and a guide member 1300 (see FIG. 6) included in the tubular member 1200 are provided, and a light irradiation device 1400 is provided on the back side of the tubular member 1200 and the guide member 1300. Here, since the decoration member 1500 is formed of a light-transmissive resin material, the decoration member 1500 is seen through when viewed from the front, and the tubular member 1200 arranged on the back side of the decoration member 1500 is viewed. be able to.

筒状部材1200は、第1半筒部材1201及び第2半筒部材1202が互いに嵌め合わせられることで断面円形状の筒形状に組み立てられ、組立状態(図5参照)において、導入筒83の外嵌溝83a(図6参照)に回転可能に外嵌軸支される。このとき、筒状部材1200は、導入筒83に片持ちで軸支されるので、筒状部材1200の回転時の摩擦は筒状部材1200の両端で発生するわけではなく、摺動端部1211に発生する摩擦に限定される。よって、筒状部材1200の回転時の摩擦を低減することができる。 The tubular member 1200 is assembled into a tubular shape having a circular cross section by fitting the first half tubular member 1201 and the second half tubular member 1202 to each other, and in the assembled state (see FIG. 5 ), the outside of the introduction tube 83. The external fitting shaft is rotatably supported by the fitting groove 83a (see FIG. 6). At this time, since the tubular member 1200 is cantilevered by the introduction barrel 83, friction during rotation of the tubular member 1200 does not occur at both ends of the tubular member 1200, but rather the sliding end portion 1211. Limited to the friction that occurs in the. Therefore, friction during rotation of the tubular member 1200 can be reduced.

更に、筒状部材1200は、導入筒83の外嵌溝83aに外嵌される摺動端部1211を一方の端部に備え、その一方の端部から他方に向けて拡径して形成されると共に金属材料から形成される拡径部1210と、その拡径部1210の一方の端部とは反対側の他方の端部に外嵌固定され、軸心方向に渡って同径の円筒形状に形成されると共に、光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される本体部1220と、を備える。即ち、筒状部材1200は、一対の半筒形状の部材から形成される拡径部1210と、一対の半筒形状の部材から形成される本体部1220との計4部材が互いに嵌め合わせられ組立てられることで形成される。 Further, the tubular member 1200 is provided with a sliding end portion 1211 fitted to the outer fitting groove 83a of the introduction barrel 83 at one end portion, and is formed by expanding the diameter from one end portion to the other. In addition, the enlarged diameter portion 1210 formed of a metal material and the outer diameter of the enlarged diameter portion 1210, which is opposite to one end portion of the enlarged diameter portion 1210, are externally fitted and fixed, and have a cylindrical shape having the same diameter in the axial direction. And a main body portion 1220 formed of a light-transmissive resin material. That is, the tubular member 1200 is assembled by assembling a total of four members, that is, the expanded diameter portion 1210 formed of a pair of semi-cylindrical members and the main body portion 1220 formed of a pair of semi-cylindrical members. It is formed by being processed.

筒状部材1200を形成する4部材を嵌め合わせる方法は、特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、各部材の対向する向きに嵌め合い用の爪(図示せず)を形成し、爪の嵌め合いで各部材を嵌め合わせる方法でも良いし、例えば、各部材の対向する箇所に円柱状の凸部(図示せず)を形成すると共に、その円柱状の凸部に対応する位置に、円柱状の凸部の径より若干小さな径の円形孔(図示せず)を形成し、円形孔に円柱状の凸部を嵌め込むことで各部材を嵌め合わせる方法でも良い。 The method of fitting the four members forming the tubular member 1200 is not particularly limited. For example, fitting claws (not shown) are formed in opposite directions of the respective members, and the fitting of the claws is performed. It is also possible to fit each member together with each other by, for example, forming a columnar convex portion (not shown) at an opposed position of each member and forming a cylindrical columnar portion at a position corresponding to the columnar convex portion. It is also possible to form a circular hole (not shown) having a diameter slightly smaller than the diameter of the convex portion, and fit the respective members by fitting a cylindrical convex portion into the circular hole.

拡径部1210は、金属材料から形成されるため、摺動端部1211が外嵌溝83aに摺動される際に部材が変形したり、削れたりすることを抑制でき、筒状部材1200の耐久性を向上させることができる。また、摺動摩擦により、筒状部材1200が回転しづらくなった場合でも、導入筒83と筒状部材1200の拡径部1210との間に油をさすことで、筒状部材1200を回転しやすくすることができる。なお、拡径部1210を形成する金属材料としては、真鍮やアルミニウム等が例示される。 Since the enlarged diameter portion 1210 is formed of a metal material, it is possible to prevent the member from being deformed or scraped when the sliding end portion 1211 is slid in the outer fitting groove 83a, and thus the tubular member 1200 has a larger diameter. The durability can be improved. Even when the tubular member 1200 becomes difficult to rotate due to sliding friction, it is easy to rotate the tubular member 1200 by putting oil between the introduction tube 83 and the expanded diameter portion 1210 of the tubular member 1200. can do. Examples of the metal material forming the expanded diameter portion 1210 include brass and aluminum.

本体部1220は、その内周面に上端部から下端部に亘って2重らせん状に張り出して形成されると共に、案内部材1300に沿って流下する球に上側(図7上側)の側面が当接される低透過率部1230と、低透過率部1230の形成される周面以外の周面であって径方向の厚みが一定とされる周面部1240と、を備え、拡径部1210と連設される端部の反対側の端部は開放される。なお、低透過率部1230の断面形状については後述する。 The main body portion 1220 is formed on the inner peripheral surface thereof so as to extend from the upper end portion to the lower end portion in a double spiral shape, and the side surface on the upper side (the upper side in FIG. 7) contacts the sphere flowing along the guide member 1300. A low-transmittance portion 1230 that is in contact with the low-transmittance portion 1230; and a peripheral surface portion 1240 that is a peripheral surface other than the peripheral surface on which the low-transmittance portion 1230 is formed and has a constant radial thickness. The end portion on the opposite side of the connected end portions is opened. The cross-sectional shape of the low transmittance portion 1230 will be described later.

案内部材1300は、導入筒83の内部を流下する球を所定経路で流下させるためのレールとなる部材であって、無色で光透過性のシリコンゴム等の弾性材料により形成され、導入筒83の先端部に外嵌固定されるリング部1310と、そのリング部1310の図6正面視下端部右端から左下方向へ延設されると共に組立状態(図5参照)において筒状部材1200の本体部1220の側面に内側から近づけられる態様で形成される滑り部1320と、その滑り部1320の延設端から鉛直下方向へ延設される落下案内部1330と、その落下案内部1330の球が流下する側(図6左側)に増厚して形成される増厚部1340と、滑り部1320及び落下案内部1330の正面側および背面側の両側面からガイド状に延設されるガイド部1350と、を備える。 The guide member 1300 is a member that serves as a rail for allowing a sphere that flows down inside the introduction tube 83 to flow down along a predetermined path, and is formed of an elastic material such as colorless and light-transmissive silicon rubber. A ring portion 1310 that is externally fitted and fixed to the tip portion, and a main body portion 1220 of the tubular member 1200 that extends from the right end of the lower end portion of the ring portion 1310 in a front view in FIG. 1320 formed in such a manner that it can be approached to the side surface of the inside from the inside, a drop guide 1330 extending vertically downward from the extending end of the slide 1320, and a ball of the drop guide 1330 flows down. A thickened portion 1340 formed by increasing the thickness on the side (left side in FIG. 6), a guide portion 1350 extending in a guide shape from both front and rear side surfaces of the sliding portion 1320 and the drop guide portion 1330, Equipped with.

ガイド部1350の間隔は流下する球より若干大きく形成され、滑り部1320、落下案内部1330及び増厚部1340は、球が流下する側の側面が、球の半径よりも大きな曲率半径で中心部が凹んだハーフパイプ状に形成されるので、流下する球と当接する際に、滑り部1320、落下案内部1330及び増厚部1340の中心側に向けた力が球に与えられる。よって、低透過率部1230と当接する球を滑り部1320、落下案内部1330及び増厚部1340の中心軸上に寄せながら流下させることができる。これにより、球が流下する際に案内部材1300と当接することで球が水平方向に移動することを抑え、球を鉛直下方に効果的に流下させることができる。 The spacing of the guide portions 1350 is formed to be slightly larger than that of the flowing ball, and the sliding portion 1320, the drop guide portion 1330, and the thickening portion 1340 have a side surface on the side where the ball flows down with a central portion having a radius of curvature larger than the radius of the ball. Is formed in the shape of a recessed half pipe, so that when it comes into contact with a falling ball, a force is exerted on the ball toward the center of the sliding portion 1320, the drop guide portion 1330, and the thickening portion 1340. Therefore, it is possible to allow the sphere that comes into contact with the low transmittance portion 1230 to flow down while being brought close to the central axes of the sliding portion 1320, the drop guide portion 1330, and the thickened portion 1340. As a result, it is possible to prevent the sphere from moving in the horizontal direction by coming into contact with the guide member 1300 when the sphere flows down, and it is possible to effectively flow the sphere vertically downward.

滑り部1320は薄肉状に形成され、単一の球が滑り部1320上に配置される場合にはその形状が維持されるが、所定の個数以上の球が滑り部1320上に配置されると球の重みにより曲がり変形される態様で形成される。 The sliding part 1320 is formed in a thin shape and maintains its shape when a single ball is placed on the sliding part 1320, but when a predetermined number or more of balls are placed on the sliding part 1320. It is formed so as to be bent and deformed by the weight of the sphere.

光照射装置1400は、背面側から筒状部材1200及び装飾部材1500へ光を照射するものであり、導入筒83に外嵌固定される基盤部1410と、その基盤部1410の正面側に複数固定される光源1420と、を備える。本実施形態では、光源1420が、基盤部1410の中心軸上に、即ち、組立状態(図5参照)における正面視において、筒状部材1200の軸心上に上下等間隔に4個配設される。 The light irradiation device 1400 irradiates light to the tubular member 1200 and the decorative member 1500 from the back side, and a plurality of base parts 1410 externally fitted and fixed to the introduction tube 83 and a plurality of fixed parts on the front side of the base part 1410. And a light source 1420 that is In the present embodiment, four light sources 1420 are arranged on the central axis of the base portion 1410, that is, on the axial center of the tubular member 1200 in the front view in the assembled state (see FIG. 5) at equal vertical intervals. It

基盤部1410は、導入筒83に外嵌固定される凹設部を一方の端部に備える嵌め込み部1411と、その嵌め込み部1411に穿設される締結孔1412と、嵌め込み部1411の一方の端部の反対側の端部である他方の端部から鉛直下方へ延設されると共に光源1420が正面側に配設される矩形板形状の本体部1413と、を備え、樹脂材料から形成される。 The base portion 1410 includes a fitting portion 1411 having a concave portion that is fitted and fixed to the introduction tube 83 at one end portion, a fastening hole 1412 formed in the fitting portion 1411, and one end of the fitting portion 1411. A rectangular plate-shaped main body portion 1413 that extends vertically downward from the other end portion that is the end portion on the opposite side of the portion and the light source 1420 is disposed on the front side, and is formed of a resin material. ..

締結孔1412は、組立状態(図5参照)において、図示しない締結ねじにより遊技盤13の側面に締結固定される。よって、光照射装置1400は遊技盤13に移動不能に固定される。 The fastening hole 1412 is fastened and fixed to the side surface of the game board 13 by a fastening screw (not shown) in the assembled state (see FIG. 5). Therefore, the light irradiation device 1400 is immovably fixed to the game board 13.

光源1420は、指向性の弱い光を基盤部1410の正面方向(厚み方向)を出力方向とする態様で照射するため、組立状態(図5参照)において、筒状部材1200の軸心付近のみならず、筒状部材1200の軸心から離間した位置も含む全体に光を照射する。また、光源1420から照射される光は、筒状部材1200の軸心付近で最も明るさの度合いが強く、軸心から離れるにつれて明るさの度合いが弱められる態様(即ち、筒状部材1200の軸心付近へ光源1420の出力方向が向かう態様)で形成される。なお、装飾部材1500は、形成される波目模様に沿って光が移動されるように視認させる部材であるが、詳細については後述する。 Since the light source 1420 irradiates light having a weak directivity in a mode in which the front direction (thickness direction) of the base portion 1410 is set as the output direction, in the assembled state (see FIG. 5), only in the vicinity of the axial center of the tubular member 1200. Instead, light is irradiated to the whole including the position separated from the axis of the tubular member 1200. Further, the light emitted from the light source 1420 has the highest degree of brightness near the axis of the tubular member 1200, and the degree of brightness decreases as the distance from the axis is increased (that is, the axis of the tubular member 1200 is reduced. It is formed such that the output direction of the light source 1420 is close to the center. The decorative member 1500 is a member that allows the light to be visually recognized as it moves along the corrugated pattern to be formed, but the details will be described later.

なお、光源1420の光の出力方向とは、光源1420から照射される光の光度が最も強い方向を意味し、後述する各実施形態においても同様とする。 The light output direction of the light source 1420 means a direction in which the light emitted from the light source 1420 has the highest luminous intensity, and the same applies to each embodiment described later.

次いで、図7を参照して、組立状態における筒状部材1200及び案内部材1300の位置関係について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 7, the positional relationship between the tubular member 1200 and the guide member 1300 in the assembled state will be described.

図7は、組立状態における導入筒83、筒状部材1200及び案内部材1300の部分断面図である。なお、導入筒83の中心軸を通ると共に遊技盤13(図2参照)に平行な平面で断面視される。 FIG. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view of the introduction tube 83, the tubular member 1200, and the guide member 1300 in the assembled state. It should be noted that the cross section is viewed in a plane parallel to the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) while passing through the central axis of the introduction cylinder 83.

図7に示すように、組立状態において、案内部材1300の落下案内部1330が筒状部材1200の内周面に沿って配設される。球は、導入筒83を通過し案内部材1300に到達し、滑り部1320上を流下し(流下位置P1)、落下案内部1330に至り(流下位置P2)、その後、増厚部1340に到達する(流下位置P3)。 As shown in FIG. 7, in the assembled state, the drop guide portion 1330 of the guide member 1300 is arranged along the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 1200. The ball passes through the introduction tube 83, reaches the guide member 1300, flows down on the sliding portion 1320 (downflow position P1), reaches the drop guide portion 1330 (downflow position P2), and then reaches the thickening portion 1340. (Downflow position P3).

落下案内部1330には、上端部から所定距離下がった位置から増厚部1340が形成されるが、上端部から所定距離下がった位置に至るまで(例えば流下位置P2)は、筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230の張り出し端部1231と落下案内部1330の張り出し端部1231に対向する側面との距離が球の直径よりも大きく形成され、増厚部1340が形成される位置(例えば流下位置P3)においては、低透過率部1230の張り出し端部1231と増厚部1340の張り出し端部1231に対向する側面との距離が球の直径よりも小さく形成される。 Although the thickened portion 1340 is formed in the fall guide portion 1330 from a position lower than the upper end by a predetermined distance, the thickened portion 1340 is formed from the position lower than the upper end by a predetermined distance (for example, the flow-down position P2) to the cylindrical member 1200. The distance between the protruding end 1231 of the low transmittance portion 1230 and the side surface of the drop guide portion 1330 facing the protruding end 1231 is formed to be larger than the diameter of the sphere, and the thickened portion 1340 is formed (for example, the flow-down position). In P3), the distance between the protruding end 1231 of the low transmittance portion 1230 and the side surface of the thickened portion 1340 facing the protruding end 1231 is smaller than the diameter of the sphere.

即ち、球が流下位置P2にある時は、案内部材1300と筒状部材1200の張り出し端部1231との間隔が球の直径より大きく形成されるため、球は案内部材1300上を流下可能に形成される。一方で、球が流下位置P3にある時は、案内部材1300と筒状部材1200の張り出し端部1231との間隔が球の直径より小さく形成されるため、球は低透過率部1230に当接され、停止される。 That is, when the ball is in the downflow position P2, the distance between the guide member 1300 and the protruding end 1231 of the tubular member 1200 is formed to be larger than the diameter of the ball, so that the ball can flow down on the guide member 1300. To be done. On the other hand, when the sphere is at the flow-down position P3, the interval between the guide member 1300 and the protruding end 1231 of the tubular member 1200 is formed smaller than the diameter of the sphere, so that the sphere abuts the low transmittance portion 1230. Will be stopped.

そのため、球から低透過率部1230に力が作用される。ここで、低透過率部1230が筒状部材1200にらせん状に形成されているため、落下される球の重力方向の力が、低透過率部1230の延設方向に向けられる方向成分F1(図8(d)参照)と、低透過率部1230と対向する方向に向けられる方向成分F2(図8(d)参照)とに分解される。その方向成分F2の一部が筒状部材1200に軸直角方向に作用する力となり、筒状部材1200が低透過率部1230の球との当接位置を鉛直下方に移動させる側(図7上面視において、反時計回り)に回転される。 Therefore, a force is applied from the sphere to the low transmittance portion 1230. Here, since the low transmittance portion 1230 is formed in a spiral shape on the tubular member 1200, the force of the falling sphere in the gravitational direction is directed in the extending direction of the low transmittance portion 1230. 8D) and a directional component F2 (see FIG. 8D) directed in a direction facing the low transmittance section 1230. A part of the directional component F2 acts as a force acting on the tubular member 1200 in the direction perpendicular to the axis, and the tubular member 1200 moves the contact position of the low transmittance portion 1230 with the sphere vertically downward (the upper surface of FIG. 7). In view, it is rotated counterclockwise).

次いで、図8を参照して、筒状部材1200の回転のメカニズムについて説明する。図8(a)から図8(c)は、球が筒状部材1200を回転させる過程を時系列で説明する図であって、筒状部材1200及び案内部材1300の断面図であり、図8(d)は、図8(b)の矢印VIIId方向視における筒状部材1200の側面図である。なお、図8(a)から図8(c)は、導入筒83の中心軸を通ると共に遊技盤13(図2参照)に平行な平面で断面視され、図8(b)は、図8(a)に図示された状態から球が所定距離流下した状態が図示され、図8(c)は、図8(b)に図示された状態から球が所定距離流下した状態が図示される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 8, a mechanism of rotation of the tubular member 1200 will be described. 8A to 8C are diagrams for explaining a process in which the sphere rotates the tubular member 1200 in time series, which are cross-sectional views of the tubular member 1200 and the guide member 1300. FIG. 8D is a side view of the tubular member 1200 as viewed in the direction of arrow VIIId in FIG. 8(a) to 8(c) are sectional views taken along a plane parallel to the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) while passing through the central axis of the introduction cylinder 83, and FIG. 8(b) is shown in FIG. The state where the sphere has flowed down for a predetermined distance from the state shown in (a) is shown, and the state where the sphere has flowed down for a predetermined distance from the state shown in FIG. 8(b) is shown in FIG. 8C.

図8(a)に示すように、球が増厚部1340に到達する前においては、球は低透過率部1230に当接されず、落下案内部1330に沿って流下する。 As shown in FIG. 8A, before the sphere reaches the thickened portion 1340, the sphere does not come into contact with the low transmittance portion 1230 and flows down along the drop guide portion 1330.

図8(b)に示すように、球が筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230に当接されると、低透過率部1230に方向成分F2の力(図8(d)参照)が作用され、筒状部材1200は導入筒83を中心に方向成分F2の方向に沿った回転方向R1(上面視反時計回り)へ向けて回転される。ここで、球は案内部材1300の増厚部1340、ガイド部1350および筒状部材1200の内周面に水平方向(例えば、図8(d)左右方向)の移動を規制される。よって、球が低透過率部1230から離間することが防止され、方向成分F2の力を筒状部材1200の回転方向に効果的に作用させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 8B, when the sphere comes into contact with the low transmittance portion 1230 of the tubular member 1200, the force of the directional component F2 acts on the low transmittance portion 1230 (see FIG. 8D). Then, the tubular member 1200 is rotated about the introduction tube 83 in the rotation direction R1 (counterclockwise as viewed from the top) along the direction of the directional component F2. Here, the sphere is restricted from moving in the horizontal direction (for example, the horizontal direction in FIG. 8D) on the thickened portion 1340 of the guide member 1300, the guide portion 1350, and the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 1200. Therefore, the sphere is prevented from separating from the low transmittance portion 1230, and the force of the directional component F2 can be effectively applied in the rotation direction of the tubular member 1200.

図8(b)に示すように、方向成分F2(図8(d)参照)により筒状部材1200が回転方向R1に回転されると、球と低透過率部1230との接点が、筒状部材1200の下方(図8(b)下方)に移動される。そして、筒状部材1200が継続して回転されることで、図8(c)に示すように、球は筒状部材1200の下端に到達し、筒状部材1200の下端から下方へ排出され、遊技領域へ戻される。 As shown in FIG. 8B, when the tubular member 1200 is rotated in the rotation direction R1 by the direction component F2 (see FIG. 8D), the contact point between the sphere and the low transmittance portion 1230 is tubular. It is moved below the member 1200 (downward in FIG. 8B). Then, as the tubular member 1200 is continuously rotated, the sphere reaches the lower end of the tubular member 1200 and is discharged downward from the lower end of the tubular member 1200, as shown in FIG. 8C. Returned to the game area.

即ち、筒状部材1200を回転させる駆動力を球の流下により生じさせることで、筒状部材1200を回転させる駆動モータが必要ないので、筒状部材1200を回転させるのに必要な動力コストを削減することができる。 That is, since the driving force for rotating the tubular member 1200 is generated by the flow of the sphere, a drive motor for rotating the tubular member 1200 is not required, and thus the power cost required to rotate the tubular member 1200 is reduced. can do.

また、駆動モータを配設しない分だけ省スペースに筒状部材1200を設置することができる。即ち、筒状部材1200等の役物を遊技盤正面側や遊技盤背面側に配設するスペースは一定の範囲に限定されるところ、筒状部材1200を回転させる駆動モータを配設不要としたことで使用可能となるスペースを、他の移動役物を配設するスペースとして活用することができる。よって、他の移動役物の配設自由度を向上させることができる。 In addition, the tubular member 1200 can be installed in a space-saving manner because the drive motor is not provided. That is, the space for arranging the accessory such as the tubular member 1200 on the front side of the game board or the rear side of the game board is limited to a certain range, but it is not necessary to dispose the drive motor for rotating the tubular member 1200. The space that can be used by doing so can be utilized as a space for disposing another moving accessory. Therefore, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom in arranging another moving accessory.

また、球が筒状部材1200を回転させることで筒状部材1200の外観を変化させた(図11参照)後に、筒状部材1200を回転させた球を筒状部材1200の下端から排出し、再度遊技領域に戻すことが可能である。この場合、例えば、筒状部材1200を回転させた球が必然的に遊技領域外へ排出されるという事態を防止できるので、入賞数において遊技者が不利となることはない。よって、遊技者の興趣を向上させることができる。 Further, after the sphere rotates the tubular member 1200 to change the appearance of the tubular member 1200 (see FIG. 11 ), the sphere that has rotated the tubular member 1200 is discharged from the lower end of the tubular member 1200, It is possible to return to the game area again. In this case, for example, it is possible to prevent the situation in which the ball that rotates the tubular member 1200 is inevitably discharged out of the game area, so that the player is not disadvantaged in the number of winnings. Therefore, the interest of the player can be improved.

ここで、球は筒状部材1200に沿って重力の作用で落下され、筒状部材1200は落下される球から継続的に重力に起因する力を受けて回転されるので、筒状部材1200は球が筒状部材1200の内周側を落下している間継続的に回転される。 Here, the sphere is dropped by the action of gravity along the tubular member 1200, and the tubular member 1200 is continuously rotated by receiving the force due to the gravity from the dropped sphere. The sphere is continuously rotated while falling on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 1200.

また、遊技領域を流下する際の球の速度は不規則であっても、球が筒状部材1200に当接されるまでに、導入筒83や案内部材1300の滑り部1320に沿って流下する際に与えられる衝突力や摩擦力により、球の速度は不規則さを認識されない程度まで減速されるので、筒状部材1200を回転させる球の流下速度の変動は抑制され、それに伴い筒状部材1200の回転速度の変動は抑制される。よって、流下速度や流下向きが不規則となる球を駆動力として用いる場合においても、筒状部材1200の回転の態様を規則的(継続的、速度変動が小さい)とすることができる。 Further, even if the speed of the ball when flowing down the game area is irregular, it flows down along the sliding portion 1320 of the introduction cylinder 83 or the guide member 1300 by the time the ball comes into contact with the cylindrical member 1200. The velocity of the sphere is decelerated to such an extent that the irregularity is not recognized by the collision force and the frictional force applied at the time, so that the fluctuation of the downflow velocity of the sphere that rotates the tubular member 1200 is suppressed, and the tubular member is accordingly changed. Fluctuations in the rotation speed of 1200 are suppressed. Therefore, even when a sphere having an irregular downflow velocity or downflow direction is used as the driving force, the mode of rotation of the tubular member 1200 can be regular (continuous, small velocity fluctuation).

図7に戻って説明する。筒状部材1200は球が増厚部1340に沿って鉛直下方に落下することに起因して回転されるところ、滑り部1320の下端において球が低透過率部1230に当接すると、球が鉛直下方に落下し始める前に低透過率部1230に当接することで、筒状部材1200の径方向へ向いた力のみが生じ、筒状部材1200に回転力を作用させることができない恐れがある。 Returning to FIG. 7, description will be made. The tubular member 1200 is rotated due to the sphere falling vertically downward along the thickened portion 1340. However, when the sphere comes into contact with the low transmittance portion 1230 at the lower end of the sliding portion 1320, the sphere is vertically moved. By abutting on the low transmittance portion 1230 before starting to drop downward, only a force directed in the radial direction of the tubular member 1200 is generated, and there is a possibility that a rotational force cannot be applied to the tubular member 1200.

一方、本実施形態では、球が増厚部1340に至る手前では、筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230に球は当接せず、球が増厚部1340に沿って鉛直下方に流下して初めて低透過率部1230に球を当接させる態様で形成することができる。これにより、筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230に球が当接することで筒状部材1200に回転力を生じさせることを確実にできる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, before the sphere reaches the thickened portion 1340, the sphere does not contact the low transmittance portion 1230 of the tubular member 1200, and the sphere flows vertically downward along the thickened portion 1340. For the first time, it can be formed in such a manner that a sphere abuts the low transmittance portion 1230. As a result, it is possible to reliably generate the rotational force in the tubular member 1200 when the sphere comes into contact with the low transmittance portion 1230 of the tubular member 1200.

筒状部材1200が、何らかの原因で回転しづらくなった場合について説明する。上述したように、筒状部材1200は摺動端部1211が導入筒83の外嵌溝83aに回転可能に外嵌される。そのため、摺動端部1211と外嵌溝83aとの摩擦力が、球から筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230に向けて与えられる筒状部材1200の回転方向の力を上回る場合、筒状部材1200は回転されない。すると、導入筒83を通って球が更に入球される場合に、案内部材1300に沿って球が堆積する事態が生じる。この場合、導入筒83を流下した球が遊技領域に復帰されないので、遊技者にとって好ましくない事態となる。 A case where the tubular member 1200 is hard to rotate for some reason will be described. As described above, the sliding end 1211 of the tubular member 1200 is rotatably fitted in the outer fitting groove 83 a of the introduction barrel 83. Therefore, when the frictional force between the sliding end portion 1211 and the external fitting groove 83a exceeds the force in the rotational direction of the tubular member 1200 given from the sphere toward the low transmittance portion 1230 of the tubular member 1200, the tubular shape is tubular. The member 1200 is not rotated. Then, when the sphere further enters through the introduction cylinder 83, a situation occurs in which the sphere is accumulated along the guide member 1300. In this case, the ball that has flowed down the introduction tube 83 is not returned to the game area, which is not desirable for the player.

一方、本実施形態では、案内部材1300が弾性ゴムから形成されているので、球が案内部材1300の上に堆積した場合に、その堆積した球の自重によって、案内部材1300を部分的(薄肉状に形成される滑り部1320から下方の部分)に下方(図7下方)へ曲がり変形させ、案内部材1300を筒状部材1200の対向する内周面から離間させることで、筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230と案内部材1300の増厚部1340とから堆積した球を脱落させ、球を流下させることができる。これにより、球が遊技領域に復帰可能となるので、遊技者の興趣を向上させることができる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the guide member 1300 is formed of elastic rubber, when the sphere is deposited on the guide member 1300, the guide member 1300 is partially (thin-walled) due to its own weight. The lower portion of the tubular member 1200 is bent and deformed downward (downward in FIG. 7) from the sliding portion 1320 formed on the lower surface of the tubular member 1200 to separate the guide member 1300 from the inner peripheral surfaces of the tubular member 1200 facing each other. The accumulated spheres can be dropped from the transmissivity portion 1230 and the thickened portion 1340 of the guide member 1300 to allow the spheres to flow down. As a result, the ball can be returned to the game area, and the interest of the player can be improved.

次いで、図9を参照して、筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230の形状と、その低透過率部1230に光が入射される場合の光の経路について説明する。図9は、筒状部材1200の軸心を通る平面で断面視した筒状部材1200の部分断面図である。なお、図9は、切断面部分のみが図示されると共に、筒状部材1200に照射される光の経路が矢印L1,L2で図示される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 9, the shape of the low transmittance portion 1230 of the tubular member 1200 and the light path when light is incident on the low transmittance portion 1230 will be described. FIG. 9 is a partial cross-sectional view of the tubular member 1200 taken along a plane passing through the axis of the tubular member 1200. Note that, in FIG. 9, only the cut surface portion is illustrated, and the paths of the light with which the tubular member 1200 is irradiated are illustrated by arrows L1 and L2.

図9に示すように、低透過率部1230は、筒状部材1200の外周面との距離を一定に形成される(厚み一定で形成される)張り出し端部1231と、その張り出し端部1231の両側(図9上下側)において筒状部材1200の内周面(図9左側)と張り出し端部1231とを連結すると共に、筒状部材1200側に凹んだ形状に形成される一対の凹設側面部1232と、を備えて形成される。即ち、低透過率部1230は、台形形状の上底と下底とを結ぶ両側辺が内側に凹んだ断面形状で形成される。 As shown in FIG. 9, the low transmittance portion 1230 includes a projecting end portion 1231 formed with a constant distance (formed with a constant thickness) from the outer peripheral surface of the tubular member 1200, and a projecting end portion 1231 of the projecting end portion 1231. A pair of concave side surfaces formed on both sides (upper and lower sides in FIG. 9) that connect the inner peripheral surface (left side in FIG. 9) of the tubular member 1200 and the projecting end 1231 and are formed in a concave shape toward the tubular member 1200 side. And a portion 1232 are formed. That is, the low transmittance portion 1230 is formed in a sectional shape in which both sides connecting the trapezoidal upper and lower bases are recessed inward.

周面部1240及び張り出し端部1231が厚み一定で形成されるため、平行光L1が筒状部材1200の内周側(図9左方)から筒状部材1200の周面部1240及び低透過率部1230の張り出し端部1231を通過する場合には、光は拡散されず、筒状部材1200の外周側(図9右方)において光の明るさの度合いは維持される。一方、平行光L2が筒状部材1200の内周側(図9左方)から筒状部材1200の凹設側面部1232を通過する場合には、凹設側面部1232の凹面形状の作用により、光は拡散され、筒状部材1200の外周側(図9右方)において視認される光の明るさの度合いは平行光L1の経路で進行する光に比較して弱められた状態で視認される。 Since the peripheral surface portion 1240 and the projecting end portion 1231 are formed with a constant thickness, the parallel light L1 is transmitted from the inner peripheral side (left side in FIG. 9) of the cylindrical member 1200 to the peripheral surface portion 1240 and the low transmittance portion 1230 of the cylindrical member 1200. When the light passes through the overhanging end 1231, the light is not diffused, and the degree of brightness of the light is maintained on the outer peripheral side of the tubular member 1200 (right side in FIG. 9). On the other hand, when the parallel light L2 passes from the inner peripheral side (left side in FIG. 9) of the tubular member 1200 to the concave side surface portion 1232 of the tubular member 1200, the concave surface shape of the concave side surface portion 1232 causes The light is diffused, and the degree of brightness of the light visually recognized on the outer peripheral side (right side of FIG. 9) of the tubular member 1200 is visually recognized in a weakened state as compared with the light traveling in the path of the parallel light L1. ..

これにより、筒状部材1200の軸直角方向から光が照射され、筒状部材1200を挟んで光照射装置1400と対向する位置から筒状部材1200を視認する場合に、筒状部材1200の外周側では、張り出し端部1231及び周面部1240においては光の明るさの度合いが維持され、張り出し端部1231の両側に形成される凹設側面部1232においては光の明るさの度合いが弱められる。 Thus, when light is emitted from the direction perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member 1200 and the tubular member 1200 is viewed from a position facing the light irradiation device 1400 with the tubular member 1200 sandwiched between, the outer peripheral side of the tubular member 1200. In the above, the degree of brightness of light is maintained at the projecting end 1231 and the peripheral surface portion 1240, and the degree of brightness of light is weakened at the concave side surface portions 1232 formed on both sides of the projecting end 1231.

よって、低透過率部1230により、光照射装置1400の光源1420から照射された光の明るさの度合いが維持された状態で視認される部分を低透過率部1230の幅方向両側の周面部1240と、低透過率部1230の張り出し端部1231とに3分割することができ、視認される光を細分化することができる。 Therefore, the portions that are visually recognized by the low transmittance portion 1230 in a state where the brightness of the light emitted from the light source 1420 of the light irradiation device 1400 is maintained are the peripheral surface portions 1240 on both sides in the width direction of the low transmittance portion 1230. And the protruding end portion 1231 of the low transmittance portion 1230 can be divided into three, and the visible light can be subdivided.

次いで、図10を参照して、筒状部材1200の背面側から光照射装置1400により筒状部材1200へ向けて光を照射した場合の外観について説明する。図10は、組立状態における光演出装置1000の正面図である。なお、装飾部材1500の図示が省略されると共に、筒状部材1200を通して視認される光が帯状の網掛け模様で図示される。また、網掛け模様の濃淡により、視認される光の明るさの度合いの強弱が表現される。即ち、濃い部分ほど、より明るさの度合いが強く視認される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 10, an external appearance when light is emitted from the rear surface side of the tubular member 1200 toward the tubular member 1200 by the light irradiation device 1400 will be described. FIG. 10 is a front view of the light production device 1000 in the assembled state. In addition, the illustration of the decorative member 1500 is omitted, and the light visually recognized through the tubular member 1200 is illustrated in a band-shaped mesh pattern. Further, the shade of the shaded pattern expresses the intensity of the brightness of the visually recognized light. That is, the darker the part, the stronger the degree of brightness is visually recognized.

図10に示すように、光照射装置1400から筒状部材1200へ向けて照射された光は、筒状部材1200の正面側に形成される低透過率部1230の張り出し端部1231及び周面部1240を通過して視認される光の明るさの度合いが強く維持された状態で視認され、その逆に凹設側面部1232を通過して視認される光は拡散され、光の明るさの度合いが弱められる。結果として、光が低透過率部1230により分割される態様で視認される。ここで、低透過率部1230が、筒状部材1200の内周面に2重らせん状に形成されているので、光の明るさの度合いが強い部分が、筒状部材1200の軸心に対して傾斜する帯状に視認される。 As shown in FIG. 10, the light emitted from the light irradiating device 1400 toward the tubular member 1200 includes the projecting end 1231 and the peripheral surface portion 1240 of the low transmittance portion 1230 formed on the front side of the tubular member 1200. Is visually recognized in a state in which the degree of brightness of the light visually recognized after passing through is strongly maintained, and conversely, the light visually recognized after passing through the concave side surface portion 1232 is diffused and the degree of brightness of the light is Weakened. As a result, the light is visually recognized as being split by the low transmittance portion 1230. Here, since the low transmittance portion 1230 is formed in a double spiral shape on the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 1200, the portion where the degree of brightness of light is strong is relative to the axis of the tubular member 1200. It is visually recognized as a sloping strip.

なお、筒状部材1200の背面側に形成される低透過率部1230によっても光は分割されるが、光照射装置1400の光源1420(図6参照)から照射される光の指向性が弱いために、筒状部材1200の背面側の低透過率部1230で光が分割されたとしても、筒状部材1200の正面側において、複数の光源1420から照射される光と合成されるので、光の分割の境界が判別しづらい態様で視認される。よって、光が分割される作用は、筒状部材1200の正面側の部分で顕著に視認されることとなり、それに伴って、光が筒状部材1200の軸心に対して傾斜された帯形状を成して視認される。 Although the light is also split by the low transmittance portion 1230 formed on the back surface side of the tubular member 1200, the directivity of the light emitted from the light source 1420 (see FIG. 6) of the light irradiation device 1400 is weak. Even if the light is split by the low-transmittance portion 1230 on the back side of the tubular member 1200, it is combined with the light emitted from the plurality of light sources 1420 on the front side of the tubular member 1200. The boundaries of division are visually recognized in a manner that is difficult to determine. Therefore, the action of splitting the light is noticeable visually in the portion on the front side of the tubular member 1200, and accordingly, the light has a strip shape inclined with respect to the axis of the tubular member 1200. It is made visible.

次いで、図11を参照して、筒状部材1200が回転されることで生じる筒状部材1200の外観の変化について説明する。図11(a)から図11(c)は、筒状部材1200の回転によって生じる外観の変化を時系列で説明する図であり、光演出装置1000の正面図である。なお、図11(b)は、図11(a)に図示された状態から筒状部材1200が回転方向R1で所定角度回転された状態が図示され、図11(c)は、図11(b)に図示された状態から筒状部材1200が回転方向R1で所定角度回転された状態が図示されると共に、図11(a)から図11(c)は、装飾部材1500の図示が省略される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 11, a change in appearance of the tubular member 1200 caused by the rotation of the tubular member 1200 will be described. 11(a) to 11(c) are diagrams illustrating changes in appearance caused by rotation of the tubular member 1200 in time series, and are front views of the light production device 1000. FIG. Note that FIG. 11B shows a state in which the tubular member 1200 is rotated by a predetermined angle in the rotation direction R1 from the state shown in FIG. 11A, and FIG. 11C shows FIG. 11A to 11C, the tubular member 1200 is rotated by a predetermined angle in the rotation direction R1, and the decorative member 1500 is omitted from FIGS. 11A to 11C. ..

なお、図11では、筒状部材1200を通して視認される光が帯状の網掛け模様で図示される。また、網掛け模様の濃淡により、視認される光の明るさの度合いの強弱が表現される。即ち、濃い部分ほど、より明るさの度合いが強く視認される。 Note that in FIG. 11, the light visually recognized through the tubular member 1200 is illustrated as a band-shaped mesh pattern. Further, the shade of the shaded pattern expresses the intensity of the brightness of the visually recognized light. That is, the darker the part, the stronger the degree of brightness is visually recognized.

図11(a)から図11(c)に示すように、筒状部材1200が回転方向R1で回転されると、筒状部材1200の正面視における模様が、筒状部材1200の軸心方向(図11下方)に移動される態様で視認される。 As shown in FIGS. 11A to 11C, when the tubular member 1200 is rotated in the rotation direction R1, the pattern of the tubular member 1200 in a front view shows the axial direction of the tubular member 1200 ( It is visually recognized as being moved to the lower part of FIG. 11.

詳述すると、低透過率部1230の一部に対応する代表部分Sに注目する場合に、筒状部材1200の回転により実際には代表部分Sは筒状部材1200の回転方向に移動されるのであるが、低透過率部1230が筒状部材1200の全周に渡って途切れることなく形成されているため、遊技者からすると、代表部分Sが下方に移動されるように誤解しやすい。即ち、代表部分Sが筒状部材1200の軸直角方向Xに移動されたのか、軸心方向Yに移動されたのかを判別することができない。 More specifically, when paying attention to the representative portion S corresponding to a part of the low transmittance portion 1230, the representative portion S is actually moved in the rotation direction of the tubular member 1200 by the rotation of the tubular member 1200. However, since the low transmittance portion 1230 is formed over the entire circumference of the tubular member 1200 without interruption, it is easy for the player to misunderstand that the representative portion S is moved downward. That is, it is not possible to determine whether the representative portion S is moved in the direction X perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member 1200 or in the direction Y of the axis.

そのため、実際には筒状部材1200が軸回転し、低透過率部1230が軸直角方向Xに移動されたにも関わらず、低透過率部1230が筒状部材1200の軸心方向Yに移動されたように視認される。即ち、図11(b)では、図11(a)の状態から筒状部材1200が回転方向R1で回転されることで、代表部分Sが軸心方向Yに沿って位置Y0から位置Y1まで移動されたように誤解され易く、図11(c)では、図11(b)の状態から筒状部材1200が回転方向R1で回転されることで、代表部分Sが軸心方向Yに沿って位置Y1から位置Y2まで移動されたように誤解され易い。 Therefore, although the tubular member 1200 actually rotates about its axis and the low transmittance portion 1230 is moved in the axis-perpendicular direction X, the low transmittance portion 1230 moves in the axial direction Y of the tubular member 1200. It is seen as if it was done. That is, in FIG. 11B, the cylindrical member 1200 is rotated in the rotation direction R1 from the state of FIG. 11A, so that the representative portion S moves from the position Y0 to the position Y1 along the axial direction Y. 11(c), the cylindrical member 1200 is rotated in the rotation direction R1 from the state of FIG. 11(b) so that the representative portion S is positioned along the axial direction Y. It is easily misunderstood as if it was moved from Y1 to position Y2.

これにより、光照射装置1400の光源1420(図6参照)を何ら制御することなく、正面視において筒状部材1200を通して視認される光の模様を、筒状部材1200の軸心方向に平行移動させることができる。 Accordingly, the pattern of light visually recognized through the tubular member 1200 in front view is translated in the axial direction of the tubular member 1200 without controlling the light source 1420 (see FIG. 6) of the light irradiation device 1400. be able to.

例えば、光照射装置1400の光源1420(図6参照)の光の出力方向を変化させることで、筒状部材1200を通して視認される光の位置を平行移動させる場合、その光の移動距離が長くなると、光源1420の光の出力方向を変化させる揺動角度が大きくなる。更に、光源1420と筒状部材1200との距離が短くなるほど、光源1420の光の出力方向を変化させる揺動角度が大きくなる。 For example, when the light output direction of the light source 1420 (see FIG. 6) of the light irradiation device 1400 is changed to move the position of the light visually recognized through the tubular member 1200 in parallel, the movement distance of the light becomes long. The swing angle for changing the light output direction of the light source 1420 becomes large. Furthermore, the shorter the distance between the light source 1420 and the tubular member 1200, the larger the swing angle that changes the light output direction of the light source 1420.

よって、光源1420(図6参照)から照射される光の移動距離を長く保ったまま筒状部材1200と光源1420との距離を短くする場合には、光源1420の揺動角度を大きくする必要があり、光源1420の設計自由度が低くなる。一方で、筒状部材1200と光源1420との距離を離す場合には、光源1420の揺動角度を多少抑えることができるが、光演出装置1000の配設スペースが大きくなり、他の役物の配設スペースが抑制される。よって、他の役物の配設スペースを確保したまま、光源1420から照射される光を大きく移動させることは難しい。 Therefore, when the distance between the cylindrical member 1200 and the light source 1420 is shortened while keeping the moving distance of the light emitted from the light source 1420 (see FIG. 6) long, it is necessary to increase the swing angle of the light source 1420. Therefore, the degree of freedom in designing the light source 1420 becomes low. On the other hand, when the distance between the cylindrical member 1200 and the light source 1420 is increased, the swing angle of the light source 1420 can be suppressed to some extent, but the installation space of the light production device 1000 becomes large, and other accessory parts are provided. The installation space is suppressed. Therefore, it is difficult to largely move the light emitted from the light source 1420 while ensuring the space for disposing the other accessory.

一方、本実施形態によれば、光源1420(図6参照)から筒状部材1200へ照射される光の移動は、筒状部材1200が回転されることにより生じるので、筒状部材1200と光源1420との距離を短くしながら、光源1420から照射される光の移動距離を長く保つことができる。よって、他の役物の配設スペースを確保したまま、筒状部材1200を通して視認される光の移動距離を大きく確保することができる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the movement of the light emitted from the light source 1420 (see FIG. 6) to the tubular member 1200 occurs due to the rotation of the tubular member 1200, so the tubular member 1200 and the light source 1420. It is possible to keep the moving distance of the light emitted from the light source 1420 long while shortening the distance between and. Therefore, it is possible to secure a large moving distance of the light visually recognized through the tubular member 1200 while securing a space for disposing the other accessory.

図7に戻って説明する。筒状部材1200の内周側に案内部材1300が配設される場合、光照射装置1400の光源1420(図6参照)から照射される光が案内部材1300に遮蔽され、正面視において、筒状部材1200の周面に視認される光の明るさの度合いが弱められる可能性がある。しかし、本実施形態では、案内部材1300が筒状部材1200の軸心から正面視左方に寄せられて配設される。即ち、案内部材1300が光照射装置1400の光源1420から照射される光の出力方向から離間された位置に配設されるため、光の明るさの度合いが弱められる影響を限定的にすることができる。 Returning to FIG. 7, description will be made. When the guide member 1300 is arranged on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 1200, the light emitted from the light source 1420 (see FIG. 6) of the light irradiation device 1400 is blocked by the guide member 1300, and the tubular member is seen in a front view. The degree of brightness of light visually recognized on the peripheral surface of the member 1200 may be weakened. However, in the present embodiment, the guide member 1300 is arranged so as to be shifted to the left in the front view from the axial center of the tubular member 1200. That is, since the guide member 1300 is arranged at a position apart from the output direction of the light emitted from the light source 1420 of the light irradiation device 1400, it is possible to limit the influence of weakening the brightness of the light. it can.

また、案内部材1300が、無色で光透過性のシリコンゴム等の弾性材料により形成されるので、光照射装置1400の光源1420(図6参照)から照射される光が案内部材1300に遮蔽されることにより光の明るさの度合いが弱められる度合いを小さくすることができる。 Further, since the guide member 1300 is formed of an elastic material such as colorless and light-transmissive silicon rubber, the light emitted from the light source 1420 (see FIG. 6) of the light irradiation device 1400 is blocked by the guide member 1300. As a result, the degree to which the brightness of light is weakened can be reduced.

図5に戻って説明する。光演出装置1000は、最も正面側に装飾部材1500が配設され、正面視において、装飾部材1500が筒状部材1200を遮蔽する態様で形成される。なお、上述したように、装飾部材1500は樹脂材料から形成されると共に、光が透過する部分を有するので、筒状部材1200の正面側に視認される光は、装飾部材1500を介して視認可能に形成される。 It returns to FIG. 5 and demonstrates. In the light production device 1000, the decoration member 1500 is disposed on the most front side, and the decoration member 1500 is formed so as to shield the tubular member 1200 when viewed from the front. As described above, since the decoration member 1500 is made of the resin material and has the portion through which light is transmitted, the light visually recognized on the front side of the tubular member 1200 can be visually recognized through the decoration member 1500. Is formed.

次いで、図12を参照して、装飾部材1500について説明する。図12(a)は、装飾部材1500の正面図であり、図12(b)は、装飾部材1500の背面図であり、図12(c)は、図12(a)の矢印XIIc方向視における装飾部材1500の側面図であり、図12(d)は、図12(a)のXIId−XIId線における装飾部材1500の部分断面図であり、図12(e)は、図12(a)の矢印XIIe方向視における装飾部材1500の部分側面図である。なお、理解を容易とするために、図12(d)は、断面部分のみが部分的に図示され、その他の部分の図示が省略される。 Next, the decorative member 1500 will be described with reference to FIG. 12(a) is a front view of the decorative member 1500, FIG. 12(b) is a rear view of the decorative member 1500, and FIG. 12(c) is a view in the direction of arrow XIIc of FIG. 12(a). 12D is a side view of the decorative member 1500, FIG. 12D is a partial cross-sectional view of the decorative member 1500 taken along line XIId-XIId of FIG. 12A, and FIG. FIG. 13 is a partial side view of the decorative member 1500 when viewed in the direction of arrow XIIe. Note that, for ease of understanding, in FIG. 12D, only the cross-sectional portion is partially illustrated, and the other portions are not illustrated.

図12に示すように、装飾部材1500は、矩形板形状に形成される本体部1510と、その本体部1510の背面側に離間され、本体部1510に平行に延在されると共に遊技盤13に締結される締結孔を有する一対の板形状の締結部1520と、本体部1510から締結部1520まで延設される矩形板形状の連結部1530と、を備える。 As shown in FIG. 12, the decorative member 1500 is separated from the main body portion 1510 formed in a rectangular plate shape on the back side of the main body portion 1510, extends parallel to the main body portion 1510, and is provided on the game board 13. A pair of plate-shaped fastening portions 1520 having fastening holes to be fastened and a rectangular plate-shaped connecting portion 1530 extending from the main body portion 1510 to the fastening portion 1520 are provided.

本体部1510は、背面側に帯状に張り出すと共に組立状態(図5参照)において筒状部材1200(図5参照)の軸心に傾斜する方向に沿って波状に形成される複数列の低透過率部1511と、正面側に低透過率部1511と交差する態様で張り出して形成される一筋の帯状部1512と、を備える。 The main body portion 1510 has a plurality of rows of low-permeability that are formed in a wave shape along the direction inclining to the axis of the tubular member 1200 (see FIG. 5) in the assembled state (see FIG. 5) in the assembled state (see FIG. 5). A rate portion 1511 and a strip-shaped portion 1512 formed on the front side so as to project in a manner intersecting with the low transmittance portion 1511 are provided.

図12(d)に示すように、低透過率部1511は、幅方向の両側面が装飾部材1500側に凹んだ形状に形成される。よって、上述した筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230の凹設側面部1232と同様の作用で光が拡散され、視認される光の明るさの度合いが弱められる。また、隣り合う低透過率部1511の間において装飾部材1500の断面形状が凹面形状に形成される(図12(d)参照)。 As shown in FIG. 12D, the low transmittance portion 1511 is formed in a shape in which both side surfaces in the width direction are recessed toward the decoration member 1500 side. Therefore, light is diffused by the same action as that of the concave side surface portion 1232 of the low transmittance portion 1230 of the tubular member 1200 described above, and the degree of brightness of visible light is weakened. In addition, the cross-sectional shape of the decorative member 1500 is formed into a concave shape between the adjacent low transmittance portions 1511 (see FIG. 12D).

ここで、例えば、装飾部材1500の背面側から、装飾部材1500の幅方向全域に光が照射され、その光が上下方向(図12(a)上下方向)に移動される場合に、装飾部材1500の正面側から装飾部材1500を通してその光を視認すると、あたかも隣り合う低透過率部1511の間において光が低透過率部1511に沿って移動されるように視認される。 Here, for example, when the entire area in the width direction of the decoration member 1500 is irradiated with light from the back side of the decoration member 1500 and the light is moved in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 12A), the decoration member 1500. When the light is viewed from the front side of the through the decoration member 1500, the light is viewed as if it is moved along the low transmittance portion 1511 between the adjacent low transmittance portions 1511.

即ち、組立状態(図5参照)において、装飾部材1500が無い状態では、上述したように、筒状部材1200が回転されることで光が筒状部材1200の軸心方向に移動されるように視認されるが、装飾部材1500を通してその光の移動を視認すると、装飾部材1500の低透過率部1511に沿って光が移動されるように視認される。よって、光が筒状部材1200の軸心方向に傾斜した波形状に沿って移動するように視認させることができ、光の演出効果を複雑にすることができる。 That is, in the assembled state (see FIG. 5), in the state where the decoration member 1500 is not provided, as described above, the light is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 1200 by rotating the tubular member 1200. Although visually recognized, when the movement of the light is visually recognized through the decoration member 1500, the light is visually recognized as being moved along the low transmittance portion 1511 of the decoration member 1500. Therefore, the light can be visually recognized as moving along the wave shape inclined in the axial direction of the tubular member 1200, and the effect of the light can be complicated.

次いで、図13を参照して、装飾部材1500が光を分割する作用について説明する。図13は、光演出装置1000の正面図である。なお、光演出装置1000の部分拡大正面図が合わせて図示される。なお、図13では、筒状部材1200を通して視認される光の模様が帯状の網掛け模様として図示される。また、光を図示する帯状の網掛け模様の濃淡により、視認される光の明るさの度合いの強弱が表現される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 13, the function of the decorative member 1500 for splitting light will be described. FIG. 13 is a front view of the light production device 1000. A partially enlarged front view of the light production device 1000 is also shown. In FIG. 13, the pattern of light visually recognized through the tubular member 1200 is illustrated as a band-shaped mesh pattern. Further, the intensity of the degree of brightness of the visually recognized light is expressed by the light and shade of the band-shaped shaded pattern showing the light.

図13に示すように、光が装飾部材1500の低透過率部1511を境に分割される。即ち、装飾部材1500は、隣り合う低透過率部1511間の断面形状が凹面形状で形成されるので、隣り合う低透過率部1511間を通って視認される光は、凹面形状の作用によって、隣り合う低透過率部1511を結ぶ方向(低透過率部1511の延設方向に直交する方向)に縮小される態様で視認される。そのため、光が低透過率部1511により分割される。そのため、筒状部材1200を通して光が視認される場合に比較して、光の外形を、より細分化することができる。 As shown in FIG. 13, light is split at the low transmittance portion 1511 of the decorative member 1500 as a boundary. That is, in the decorative member 1500, since the cross-sectional shape between the adjacent low-transmittance portions 1511 is formed in a concave shape, the light visually recognized between the adjacent low-transmittance portions 1511 is formed by the action of the concave shape. It is visually recognized in a mode in which it is reduced in a direction connecting the adjacent low transmittance portions 1511 (direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the low transmittance portions 1511). Therefore, the light is split by the low transmittance portion 1511. Therefore, as compared with the case where the light is visually recognized through the tubular member 1200, the outer shape of the light can be subdivided.

図12に戻って説明する。図12(e)に示すように、帯状部1512は、幅方向の両側面が装飾部材1500側に凹んだ形状に形成されると共に正面視において筒状部材1200の低透過率部1511の延設方向と交差する態様で形成されるので、筒状部材1200の回転により光が装飾部材1500の低透過率部1511に沿って移動される場合に、光は帯状部1512を横断する。その際、帯状部1512の形状の作用により光の外形が変化される。 It returns to FIG. 12 and demonstrates. As shown in FIG. 12( e ), the strip-shaped portion 1512 is formed such that both side surfaces in the width direction are recessed toward the decorative member 1500 side and the low-transmittance portion 1511 of the tubular member 1200 is extended in a front view. Since the light is formed to intersect with the direction, when the light is moved along the low transmittance portion 1511 of the decoration member 1500 by the rotation of the tubular member 1200, the light crosses the band portion 1512. At that time, the outer shape of the light is changed by the action of the shape of the strip portion 1512.

次いで、図14を参照して、帯状部1512を光が通過する場合の経路について説明する。図14は、光の経路を模式的に図示した模式図である。 Next, with reference to FIG. 14, a path when light passes through the band-shaped portion 1512 will be described. FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the path of light.

図14に示すように、紙面垂直方向に延設されると共に光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される板T1は、帯状部1512と同様の断面形状を有し紙面垂直方向に延設される帯状部T2を有する。板T1の背面側(図14右側)から光を照射する光源L10,L11を板T1の正面側(図14左側)から視認すると、光が帯状部T2を通過しない場合(光源L10からの光)には、光は直進するが、光が帯状部T2の側面に形成される凹面形状の部分を通過する場合(光源L11からの光)には、光が凹面形状の作用で屈折される。すると、光源L11で入射された光は、仮想光源L12から入射されたように視認されるので、結果的に光の外形が縮められるように視認される。ここで、光源が光源L10の位置から光源L11の位置に移動されると、光の外形が、光の移動に伴って縮められる態様で視認される。 As shown in FIG. 14, the plate T1 extending in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface and formed of a light-transmissive resin material has a strip-like shape having a cross-sectional shape similar to that of the strip-like portion 1512 and extending in the paper-vertical direction. It has a section T2. When the light sources L10 and L11 that emit light from the back side (right side in FIG. 14) of the plate T1 are visually recognized from the front side (left side in FIG. 14) of the plate T1, when the light does not pass through the strip portion T2 (light from the light source L10). Although the light goes straight on, the light is refracted by the action of the concave shape when the light passes through the concave portion formed on the side surface of the strip portion T2 (light from the light source L11). Then, the light incident from the light source L11 is visually recognized as being incident from the virtual light source L12, and as a result, the outer shape of the light is visually reduced so as to be contracted. Here, when the light source is moved from the position of the light source L10 to the position of the light source L11, the outer shape of the light is visually recognized in a manner of being contracted as the light moves.

次いで、図15を参照して、帯状部1512を横断する光の外形の変化について説明する。図15(a)から図15(c)は、装飾部材1500を通して視認される光が上下方向に移動することによって生じる装飾部材1500の外観の変化を時系列で説明する図であり、光演出装置1000の部分拡大正面図である。 Next, with reference to FIG. 15, a change in the outer shape of the light that crosses the band-shaped portion 1512 will be described. FIG. 15A to FIG. 15C are diagrams for explaining, in a time series, a change in the appearance of the decorative member 1500 caused by vertical movement of light visually recognized through the decorative member 1500. It is a partially expanded front view of 1000.

なお、理解を容易にするために、正面視において隣接する一対の低透過率部1230に挟まれた周面部1240を通して視認される光の模様のみを網掛け模様で図示し、他の部分の光の図示が省略され、図15(b)は、図15(a)に図示された状態から光が下方に移動された状態が図示され、図15(c)は、図15(b)に図示された状態から光が下方に移動された状態が図示される。 In order to facilitate understanding, only the pattern of light visually recognized through the peripheral surface portion 1240 sandwiched between the pair of low transmittance portions 1230 adjacent to each other in front view is shown in a shaded pattern, and the light of other portions is illustrated. 15B is omitted, FIG. 15B shows a state in which light is moved downward from the state shown in FIG. 15A, and FIG. 15C shows in FIG. 15B. The state in which the light is moved downward from the illuminated state is illustrated.

図15(a)に示すように、低透過率部1511に沿って移動される態様で視認される光の模様は、帯状部1512に差し掛かる前は、装飾部材1500の左右の位置に関わらず均一な幅(隣接する低透過率部1230の間隔と同等の幅)で視認される。一方、図15(b)に示すように、光の模様が帯状部1512に差し掛かると、帯状部1512付近の光が帯状部1512の幅方向に縮められる(帯状部1512に引き寄せられ、切断される、矢印S1に沿って流れる光)態様で視認される。 As shown in FIG. 15( a ), the pattern of light visually recognized while being moved along the low transmittance portion 1511 is irrespective of the left and right positions of the decorative member 1500 before approaching the strip portion 1512. It is visually recognized with a uniform width (width equivalent to the interval between adjacent low transmittance portions 1230). On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 15B, when a pattern of light reaches the band-shaped portion 1512, the light near the band-shaped portion 1512 is contracted in the width direction of the band-shaped portion 1512 (being attracted to the band-shaped portion 1512 and cut. The light flowing along the arrow S1).

光が、図15(b)の状態から更に下方に移動されると、図15(c)に示すように、装飾部材1500の左側においては光が帯状部1512を横断し終わり、視認される光の模様の幅が復元されるのに対し、装飾部材1500の右側においては、帯状部1512付近の光が帯状部1512の幅方向に縮められる(帯状部1512に引き寄せられ、切断される、矢印S2に沿って流れる光)。よって、光が装飾部材1500の低透過率部1511に沿って移動される過程において、帯状部1512の左右の位置において順に、視認される光の模様が変化される。 When the light is further moved downward from the state of FIG. 15(b), as shown in FIG. 15(c), on the left side of the decorative member 1500, the light ends crossing the strip portion 1512 and is visually recognized. While the width of the pattern is restored, on the right side of the decorative member 1500, the light in the vicinity of the band-shaped portion 1512 is contracted in the width direction of the band-shaped portion 1512 (pulled to the band-shaped portion 1512 and cut, arrow S2). Light flowing along). Therefore, in the process in which light is moved along the low-transmittance portion 1511 of the decorative member 1500, the pattern of visible light is sequentially changed at the left and right positions of the band-shaped portion 1512.

よって、移動する光の模様を、その移動中に変化される態様で遊技者に視認させることができる。また、その光の模様の変化を、帯状部1512の配設位置に応じて、装飾部材1500の任意の部分で行わせることができるので、光演出装置の演出効果を向上させることができる。 Therefore, the pattern of the moving light can be visually recognized by the player in a mode that is changed during the movement. Further, since the change of the pattern of the light can be performed in an arbitrary portion of the decorative member 1500 according to the arrangement position of the band-shaped portion 1512, it is possible to improve the effect of the light effect device.

次いで、図16を参照して、光演出装置1000の外観の変化について説明する。図16(a)及び図16(b)は、光演出装置1000の正面図である。なお、図16(b)は、図16(a)の状態から、筒状部材1200が所定角度回転された状態が図示される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 16, a change in appearance of the light production device 1000 will be described. FIG. 16A and FIG. 16B are front views of the light production device 1000. Note that FIG. 16B shows a state in which the tubular member 1200 is rotated by a predetermined angle from the state of FIG. 16A.

筒状部材1200は、上述したように、球が流下することで生じる力により回転され、その際、球は筒状部材1200の内周側を流下される。そのため、球に光が遮蔽され、正面視において球の影Shを視認することができる。この球の影Shが筒状部材1200の軸心方向へ移動される(図16(a)の状態から図16(b)の状態までに、球の影Shが移動される)ことにより、光が筒状部材1200の軸心方向へ移動される態様で遊技者に視認される効果を向上させることができる。 As described above, the cylindrical member 1200 is rotated by the force generated when the sphere flows down, and at that time, the sphere flows down on the inner peripheral side of the cylindrical member 1200. Therefore, the light is blocked by the sphere, and the shadow Sh of the sphere can be visually recognized in a front view. By moving the shadow Sh of the sphere in the axial direction of the cylindrical member 1200 (the shadow Sh of the sphere is moved from the state of FIG. 16A to the state of FIG. 16B), It is possible to improve the effect of being visually recognized by the player in a mode in which is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 1200.

また、正面視において筒状部材1200を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いに強弱をつけることは、光照射装置1400の光源1420から照射される光の明るさの度合いの強弱を制御することによってもできるが、本実施形態では、流下する球の影Shを利用して、視認される光に強弱が生じるように形成される。よって、光照射装置1400の光源1420から照射される光の明るさの度合いの強弱の切り替えを制御する必要が無いので、光照射装置1400の制御コストを抑制することができる。 Further, setting the level of brightness of the light visually recognized through the tubular member 1200 in the front view is controlled by controlling the level of brightness of the light emitted from the light source 1420 of the light irradiation device 1400. However, in the present embodiment, the shadow Sh of the flowing down sphere is used to form the visually recognized light so as to have intensity. Therefore, since there is no need to control switching of the intensity of the light emitted from the light source 1420 of the light irradiation device 1400, the control cost of the light irradiation device 1400 can be suppressed.

次いで、図17から図27を参照して、第2実施形態について説明する。第1実施形態の光演出装置1000では、球が筒状部材1200の内周側を流下することで筒状部材1200が回転される場合を説明したが、第2実施形態の光演出装置2000では、球が筒状部材2200の外周側を流下することで、筒状部材2200が回転される場合を説明する。なお、第1実施形態と同一の部分については同一の符号を付して、その説明を省略する。 Next, a second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 17 to 27. In the light production device 1000 of the first embodiment, the case where the tubular member 1200 is rotated by the sphere flowing down on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 1200 has been described, but in the light production device 2000 of the second embodiment. A case where the tubular member 2200 is rotated by the sphere flowing down on the outer peripheral side of the tubular member 2200 will be described. The same parts as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

図17を参照して、光演出装置2000の全体構成について説明する。図17は、光演出装置2000の正面斜視図である。なお、図17では、装飾部材2500が取り外された状態が図示される。 The overall configuration of the light production device 2000 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 17 is a front perspective view of the light production device 2000. Note that FIG. 17 illustrates a state in which the decorative member 2500 is removed.

図17に示すように、光演出装置2000は、導入筒83に回転可能に外嵌される筒状部材2200と、その筒状部材2200の外周側に配設されると共に球を所定の経路で流下させる案内部材2300と、導入筒83を中心に揺動可能に配設されると共に筒状部材2200へ向けて光を照射する光照射装置2400と、筒状部材2200の正面側に配設されると共に案内部材2300に当接される態様で配設され、光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される装飾部材2500と、を備える。 As shown in FIG. 17, the light production device 2000 includes a tubular member 2200 that is rotatably fitted to the introduction barrel 83, and is arranged on the outer peripheral side of the tubular member 2200 and has a sphere in a predetermined path. A guide member 2300 for flowing down, a light irradiating device 2400 for irradiating light toward the cylindrical member 2200, and a light irradiating device 2400 for swinging around the introducing cylinder 83 are arranged on the front side of the cylindrical member 2200. And a decoration member 2500 which is arranged so as to be in contact with the guide member 2300 and is formed of a light-transmitting resin material.

光演出装置2000の配設位置の上側において、外壁部82に第1流下孔2084及び第2流下孔2085が球の直径より若干大きな内径で穿設される。 A first downflow hole 2084 and a second downflow hole 2085 are formed in the outer wall portion 82 above the position where the light production device 2000 is arranged, with an inner diameter slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere.

第1流下孔2084は、導入筒83の正面視左方に形成され、その第1流下孔2084の下側に案内部材2300が外壁部82の下方に垂下げられる態様で固着される。 The first flow-down hole 2084 is formed on the left side of the introduction cylinder 83 when viewed from the front, and the guide member 2300 is fixed to the lower side of the first flow-down hole 2084 so as to hang down below the outer wall portion 82.

案内部材2300は、第1流下孔2084を通過して流下する球を所定経路で流下させるためのレールとなる部材であって、十分な剛性を有する樹脂材料により形成され、一方の端部を外壁部82の下端に固着され、その一方の端部の反対側の端部である他方の端部が筒状部材2200へ向けて延設されると共に組立状態(図17参照)において筒状部材2200の本体部2220の側面に近づけられる態様で形成される滑り部2320と、その滑り部2320の延設端から鉛直下方向へ延設される落下案内部2330と、その落下案内部2330の球が流下する側(図17右側)が増厚して形成される増厚部2340と、滑り部2320の正面側および背面側の側面および落下案内部2330の背面側の側面からガイド状に延設されるガイド部2350と、を備え、第1流下孔2084を流下した球は、案内部材2300に沿って流下され、筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230に当接される。 The guide member 2300 is a member that serves as a rail for allowing a sphere that flows down through the first downflow hole 2084 to flow down along a predetermined path, is formed of a resin material having sufficient rigidity, and has one end on the outer wall. It is fixed to the lower end of the portion 82, and the other end, which is the opposite end of the one end, extends toward the tubular member 2200 and, in the assembled state (see FIG. 17), the tubular member 2200. The sliding portion 2320 formed so as to be brought close to the side surface of the main body portion 2220, the drop guide portion 2330 extending vertically downward from the extending end of the sliding portion 2320, and the ball of the drop guide portion 2330 are A thickened portion 2340 formed by increasing the thickness of the flowing-down side (right side in FIG. 17), and extending in a guide shape from the front and rear side surfaces of the sliding portion 2320 and the rear side surface of the drop guide portion 2330. The sphere having the guide portion 2350 and the first flow-down hole 2084 is flown down along the guide member 2300 and abutted on the low transmittance portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200.

滑り部2320、落下案内部2330及び増厚部2340は、球が流下する側の側面(図17右側)が、平板上に形成される。そのため、案内部材2300との関係では、球は流下中に鉛直下方および正面側に移動可能となる。一方、後述するように、装飾部材2500が正面側に配設され、球が正面側へ移動することが規制されるので、球の流下経路は鉛直下方に規制される。 The sliding portion 2320, the drop guide portion 2330, and the thickening portion 2340 have a side surface (on the right side in FIG. 17) on the side where the balls flow down formed on a flat plate. Therefore, in relation to the guide member 2300, the sphere can move vertically downward and to the front side while flowing down. On the other hand, as will be described later, since the decorative member 2500 is arranged on the front side and the movement of the sphere to the front side is restricted, the flow path of the sphere is restricted vertically downward.

第2流下孔2085は、導入筒83の正面視右方に形成されると共に、光照射装置2400の被衝突部2414の真上に形成される。第2流下孔2085を通って流下する球は、被衝突部2414に衝突し、その際に生じる衝突力により光照射装置2400の基盤部2410が揺動されるが、詳細については後述する。 The second downflow hole 2085 is formed on the right side of the introduction cylinder 83 in a front view, and is formed right above the collided portion 2414 of the light irradiation device 2400. The sphere flowing down through the second downflow hole 2085 collides with the collided portion 2414, and the base portion 2410 of the light irradiation device 2400 is swung by the collision force generated at that time, which will be described later in detail.

筒状部材2200は、その外周面にらせん状に形成される低透過率部2230の間に周面部2240が形成される。なお、低透過率部2230の断面形状と、第1実施形態における低透過率部1230の断面形状との技術的特徴は共通するので、その説明を省略する。 The cylindrical member 2200 has a peripheral surface portion 2240 formed between the low transmittance portions 2230 formed in a spiral shape on the outer peripheral surface thereof. Note that the technical features of the cross-sectional shape of the low transmittance portion 2230 and the cross-sectional shape of the low transmittance portion 1230 in the first embodiment are common, and a description thereof will be omitted.

周面部2240は、軸心を通る平面における断面形状が、筒状部材2200の内側に凹んだ凹面形状に形成される。次いで、図18を参照して、周面部2240の形状による光の屈折作用について説明する。 The peripheral surface portion 2240 is formed such that a cross-sectional shape in a plane passing through the axial center is a concave surface shape that is recessed inside the tubular member 2200. Next, with reference to FIG. 18, the refraction action of light due to the shape of the peripheral surface portion 2240 will be described.

図18は、軸心を通る平面で断面視した筒状部材2200の部分拡大断面図である。なお、筒状部材2200の外周側が図18の左方、内周側が図18の右方として図示されると共に、切断面部分のみが図示される。 FIG. 18 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the tubular member 2200 as seen in a cross section along a plane passing through the axis. The outer peripheral side of the tubular member 2200 is shown as the left side of FIG. 18, the inner peripheral side is shown as the right side of FIG. 18, and only the cut surface portion is shown.

周面部2240は、軸心を通る平面における断面形状が、筒状部材2200の内側に凹んだ凹面形状に形成されるので、周面部2240の中心を通過する光は直進し、周面部の中心から離れた位置を通過するほど光は屈折される。そのため、図18に示すように、筒状部材2200の内周側に配設される光源L21から筒状部材2200の外周側へ向けて照射される光は、筒状部材2200の外周側から視認されると、仮想光源L22から照射されるように視認される。 Since the peripheral surface portion 2240 has a cross-sectional shape in a plane passing through the axis in a concave shape that is recessed inside the tubular member 2200, the light passing through the center of the peripheral surface portion 2240 travels straight from the center of the peripheral surface portion. The light is refracted as the light passes through the distant position. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 18, the light emitted from the light source L21 disposed on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 2200 toward the outer peripheral side of the tubular member 2200 is visually recognized from the outer peripheral side of the tubular member 2200. Then, it is visually recognized as being emitted from the virtual light source L22.

即ち、筒状部材2200の正面側で、光照射装置2400(図17参照)から照射される光を筒状部材2200を通して視認する遊技者にとって、光は筒状部材2200の周面部2240の中心側(隣り合う低透過率部2230の間を結ぶ線の中点の集合)に寄せられた態様(光が縮められて、低透過率部2230から離された態様)で視認される。よって、光が筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230で分割される作用をより顕著なものにすることができる。 That is, on the front side of the tubular member 2200, for a player who visually recognizes the light emitted from the light irradiation device 2400 (see FIG. 17) through the tubular member 2200, the light is the center side of the peripheral surface portion 2240 of the tubular member 2200. It is visually recognized in a state (a mode in which light is contracted and is separated from the low transmittance portion 2230) (a set of midpoints of lines connecting the adjacent low transmittance portions 2230). Therefore, the effect of splitting the light by the low transmittance portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200 can be made more remarkable.

なお、上述した光の屈折の作用は、凹面形状の曲面が光源L21側に形成されているか、光源L21の反対側に形成されているかに関わらず生じ、また、凹面形状の曲面が周面部2240の内側および外側両面に形成されていても生じる。そのため、筒状部材2200の背面側に配設される光照射装置2400(図17参照)から照射される光は、筒状部材2200の背面側部分に形成される周面部2240を通過することで一度屈折され、筒状部材2200の正面側部分に形成される周面部2240を通過することで再度屈折される。次いで、図19を参照して、筒状部材2200の背面側の部分である第1半筒部分2201を通して視認される光の模様について説明する。 The above-described action of refraction of light occurs regardless of whether a concave curved surface is formed on the light source L21 side or on the opposite side of the light source L21, and the concave curved surface is the peripheral surface portion 2240. It occurs even if it is formed on both the inside and outside of the. Therefore, the light emitted from the light irradiation device 2400 (see FIG. 17) arranged on the back surface side of the tubular member 2200 passes through the peripheral surface portion 2240 formed on the back surface side portion of the tubular member 2200. It is refracted once and refracted again by passing through the peripheral surface portion 2240 formed on the front side portion of the tubular member 2200. Next, with reference to FIG. 19, a pattern of light visually recognized through the first semi-cylindrical portion 2201 which is a rear surface side portion of the tubular member 2200 will be described.

図19(a)は、筒状部材2200及び光照射装置2400の正面図であり、図19(b)は、筒状部材2200及び光照射装置2400の側面図である。なお、図19(a)及び図19(b)は、筒状部材2200を軸心を含む平面で半分に分割した形状からなる第1半筒部材2201が背面側に配置された状態が図示され、その第1半筒部材2201と一対をなし、正面側に配置される部分である第2半筒部材2202が破線で図示される。また、図19(a)は、光照射装置2400の光源1420から照射される光が筒状部材2200の第1半筒部材2201を通して視認される場合の光の模様が図示され、図19(b)は、光照射装置2400の光源1420から照射される光の経路が矢印で図示される。 19A is a front view of the tubular member 2200 and the light irradiation device 2400, and FIG. 19B is a side view of the tubular member 2200 and the light irradiation device 2400. 19(a) and 19(b) show a state in which the first semi-cylindrical member 2201 having a shape obtained by dividing the tubular member 2200 in half on a plane including the axis is arranged on the back side. A second semi-cylindrical member 2202, which is a portion arranged on the front side and which forms a pair with the first semi-cylindrical member 2201, is shown by a broken line. Further, FIG. 19A illustrates a pattern of light when the light emitted from the light source 1420 of the light irradiation device 2400 is visually recognized through the first semi-cylindrical member 2201 of the tubular member 2200, and FIG. ), the path of the light emitted from the light source 1420 of the light irradiation device 2400 is indicated by an arrow.

図19(b)に示すように、光照射装置2400の光源1420からは指向性の弱い光が照射され、筒状部材2200は背面側から幅方向広範囲に光を照射される。また、その照射される光は、正面視において筒状部材2200の軸心付近で最も明るさの度合いが強く、筒状部材2200の軸心から離れるほど明るさの度合いが弱められる態様で視認される。 As shown in FIG. 19B, light having a weak directivity is emitted from the light source 1420 of the light emitting device 2400, and the cylindrical member 2200 is emitted from the rear side in a wide width direction. Further, the emitted light is visually recognized in such a manner that the degree of brightness is strongest in the vicinity of the axis of the tubular member 2200 when viewed from the front, and the degree of brightness is weakened as the distance from the axis of the tubular member 2200 increases. It

上述したように、筒状部材2200の周面部2240に視認される光は、周面部2240の凹面形状の作用により、それぞれ周面部2240の中心側に寄せられた態様で視認される。よって、視認される光の模様が低透過率部2230から遠ざけられるので、低透過率部2230により分割される光の境界が、よりはっきりと判別可能となる。 As described above, the light visually recognized on the peripheral surface portion 2240 of the tubular member 2200 is visually recognized in a state of being brought closer to the center side of the peripheral surface portion 2240 by the action of the concave surface shape of the peripheral surface portion 2240. Therefore, since the pattern of visible light is moved away from the low transmittance portion 2230, the boundary of the light divided by the low transmittance portion 2230 can be more clearly discriminated.

ここで、凹面形状の曲率は自由に選択可能である。例えば、凹面形状の曲率を小さく形成することで、筒状部材2200の周面部2240に視認される光の模様を、より細幅にすることができる。次いで、図20を参照して、筒状部材2200を通して視認される光の模様について説明する。 Here, the curvature of the concave shape can be freely selected. For example, by forming the concave surface with a small curvature, the pattern of light visually recognized on the peripheral surface portion 2240 of the tubular member 2200 can be made narrower. Next, the pattern of light visually recognized through the tubular member 2200 will be described with reference to FIG.

図20(a)は、筒状部材2200及び光照射装置2400の正面図であり、図20(b)は、筒状部材2200及び光照射装置2400の側面図である。図20(a)は、光照射装置2400の光源1420から照射される光が筒状部材2200を通して視認される場合の光の模様が図示され、図20(b)は、光照射装置2400の光源1420から照射される光の経路が矢印で図示される。 20A is a front view of the tubular member 2200 and the light irradiation device 2400, and FIG. 20B is a side view of the tubular member 2200 and the light irradiation device 2400. 20A shows a pattern of light when the light emitted from the light source 1420 of the light irradiation device 2400 is visually recognized through the tubular member 2200, and FIG. 20B shows the light source of the light irradiation device 2400. The path of the light emitted from 1420 is shown by an arrow.

上述したように、筒状部材2200の周面部2240は凹面形状の作用により、それぞれ周面部2240の中心側に寄せられた態様で視認される。さらに、上述した凹面形状の作用は、筒状部材2200の背面側の部分である第1半筒部材2201及び正面側の部分である第2半筒部材2202で生じる。そのため、第1半筒部材2201で細幅の外形に分割された光は、第2半筒部材2202により、細幅の光の長幅方向を分割される態様で更に分割される。 As described above, the peripheral surface portion 2240 of the tubular member 2200 is visually recognized in a state of being brought closer to the center side of the peripheral surface portion 2240 by the action of the concave shape. Furthermore, the above-mentioned concave surface-shaped action occurs in the first semi-cylindrical member 2201 that is the rear-side portion and the second semi-cylindrical member 2202 that is the front-side portion of the tubular member 2200. Therefore, the light split into the narrow outer shape by the first semi-cylindrical member 2201 is further split by the second semi-cylindrical member 2202 in a manner of splitting the narrow-width light in the long-width direction.

即ち、正面視において、筒状部材2200を通して視認される光照射装置2400の光源1420から照射される光の模様は、低透過率部2230で四方を囲まれた領域に縮められて視認される。よって、筒状部材2200の周面に、互いに離間した複数の光が形成されるように視認させることができる。これにより、光照射装置2400に配設される光源1420の個数を抑制しながら、筒状部材2200を通して視認される光の個数を増加させることができる。 That is, when viewed from the front, the pattern of the light emitted from the light source 1420 of the light irradiating device 2400 that is visually recognized through the tubular member 2200 is reduced and visually recognized in the region surrounded by the low transmittance portion 2230 on all sides. Therefore, it is possible to visually recognize that a plurality of lights separated from each other are formed on the peripheral surface of the tubular member 2200. Accordingly, it is possible to increase the number of lights visually recognized through the tubular member 2200 while suppressing the number of light sources 1420 arranged in the light irradiation device 2400.

また、例えば、光照射装置2400の光源1420の形状が星型に形成される場合、低透過率部2230で四方を囲まれた各領域に形成される光の外形は、それぞれ星型に形成されるので、光源の形状の工夫を損なうことなく、筒状部材2200を通して視認される光の個数を増加させることができる。 In addition, for example, when the light source 1420 of the light irradiation device 2400 is formed in a star shape, the outer shape of light formed in each region surrounded by the low transmittance portion 2230 on all sides is formed in a star shape. Therefore, the number of lights visually recognized through the tubular member 2200 can be increased without impairing the shape of the light source.

ここで、周面部2240の凹面形状の曲率は自由に選択可能である。周面部2240の凹面形状の曲率を小さく形成することで、正面視において低透過率部2230で四方を囲まれた領域に視認される光の模様を、より小径にすることができる。この場合、分割された光が別々のものとして判別され易くなり、光の個数を増加させることによる演出効果を向上させることができる。 Here, the curvature of the concave shape of the peripheral surface portion 2240 can be freely selected. By forming the concave shape of the peripheral surface portion 2240 to have a small curvature, the light pattern visually recognized in the area surrounded by the low transmittance portion 2230 on all sides in a front view can be made smaller. In this case, the divided lights are easily discriminated from each other, and the effect of increasing the number of lights can be improved.

次いで、図21及び図22を参照して、光照射装置2400の揺動について説明する。まず、図21を参照して、光照射装置2400の形状について説明する。 Next, the swing of the light irradiation device 2400 will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22. First, the shape of the light irradiation device 2400 will be described with reference to FIG.

図21(a)は、光照射装置2400の上面図であり、図21(b)は、光照射装置2400の正面図であり、図21(c)は、光照射装置2400の側面図である。 21A is a top view of the light irradiation device 2400, FIG. 21B is a front view of the light irradiation device 2400, and FIG. 21C is a side view of the light irradiation device 2400. ..

図21に示すように、光照射装置2400は、背面側から筒状部材2200(図17参照)及び装飾部材2500(図17参照)へ光を照射する装置であり、導入筒83に外嵌固定される基盤部2410と、その基盤部2410の正面側に複数固定される光源1420と、を備える。本実施形態では、第1実施形態と同様に、光源1420が、基盤部2410の中心軸上に、即ち、組立状態(図17参照)における正面視において筒状部材2200の軸心上に、上下等間隔に4個配設される。 As shown in FIG. 21, the light irradiation device 2400 is a device that irradiates the tubular member 2200 (see FIG. 17) and the decorative member 2500 (see FIG. 17) from the back side with light, and is fitted and fixed to the introduction tube 83. And a plurality of light sources 1420 fixed to the front side of the base portion 2410. In the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the light source 1420 moves vertically on the central axis of the base portion 2410, that is, on the axial center of the tubular member 2200 in a front view in the assembled state (see FIG. 17 ). Four pieces are arranged at equal intervals.

基盤部2410は、導入筒83に外嵌固定される凹設部を一方の端部に備える嵌め込み部2411と、その嵌め込み部2411に、組立状態(図17参照)において導入筒83の中心軸を中心とする円に沿って曲げられた長穴形状で、穿設される摺動孔2412と、嵌め込み部2411の形成される一方の端部の反対側の端部である他方の端部から鉛直下方へ延設されると共に光源1420が正面側に配設される矩形板形状の本体部2413と、嵌め込み部2411の一方の端部の側面に張り出して形成される板状部であり、正面側より背面側の方が、下降された態様で形成される被衝突部2414と、を備える。 The base portion 2410 includes a fitting portion 2411 having a recessed portion that is externally fitted and fixed to the introducing cylinder 83 at one end, and the central axis of the introducing cylinder 83 in the fitting state 2411 in the assembled state (see FIG. 17). It is a long hole shape bent along a circle as a center, and is formed vertically from the sliding hole 2412 to be bored and the other end which is the opposite end of the one end where the fitting portion 2411 is formed. A rectangular plate-shaped main body portion 2413 that extends downward and the light source 1420 is disposed on the front side, and a plate-shaped portion that is formed to project to the side surface of one end of the fitting portion 2411. The back side includes a collided portion 2414 formed in a lowered state.

被衝突部2414は、組立状態(図17参照)において流下孔2285の鉛直下方に形成される部分であり、被衝突部2414が、流下孔2285を流下した球に衝突されることにより、光照射装置2400が導入筒83を中心に揺動される。被衝突部2414は、背面側ほど下降された態様に形成されるので、球が被衝突部2410に衝突されることにより、光照射装置2400は、上面視(図21(a)参照)時計回りに揺動される。 The collided portion 2414 is a portion formed vertically below the downflow hole 2285 in the assembled state (see FIG. 17 ), and the collided portion 2414 collides with the sphere that has flowed down the downflow hole 2285, so that the light irradiation is performed. The device 2400 is swung around the introduction tube 83. Since the collided part 2414 is formed so as to be lowered toward the rear side, the light irradiation device 2400 is rotated clockwise when the sphere collides with the collided part 2410 (see FIG. 21A). Rocked to.

本実施形態では、摺動孔2412の内周側を、遊技盤13の背面側に固着される摺動軸P21(図22参照)が摺動することにより、光照射装置2400の揺動方向に大きな荷重が負荷されても、摺動軸P21と摺動孔2412の端部とが当接され、光照射装置2400の揺動角度が規制される。また、光照射装置2400は揺動されたとしても、図示しないねじりバネの付勢力R21(図22参照)により、初期位置に復帰される。 In the present embodiment, the sliding shaft P21 (see FIG. 22) fixed to the back surface side of the game board 13 slides on the inner peripheral side of the sliding hole 2412, whereby the light irradiation device 2400 swings. Even if a large load is applied, the sliding shaft P21 and the end of the sliding hole 2412 are brought into contact with each other, and the swing angle of the light irradiation device 2400 is restricted. Further, even if the light irradiation device 2400 is swung, it is returned to the initial position by the biasing force R21 (see FIG. 22) of the torsion spring (not shown).

よって、通常時は筒状部材2200の軸心付近に光の出力方向を向けておいて、球が被衝突部2414に衝突した場合にのみ光照射装置2400を揺動させ、光の出力方向を変化させるという演出を行うことができる。次いで、図22を参照して、光照射装置2400が揺動されることによる、正面視における筒状部材2200を通して視認される光の模様の変化を説明する。 Therefore, normally, the light output direction is directed to the vicinity of the axis of the tubular member 2200, and the light irradiation device 2400 is swung only when the sphere collides with the colliding part 2414 to change the light output direction. The effect of changing can be performed. Next, with reference to FIG. 22, a change in the pattern of light visually recognized through the tubular member 2200 in front view due to the swinging of the light irradiation device 2400 will be described.

図22(a)及び図22(b)は、筒状部材2200及び光照射装置2400の上面図であり、図22(c)及び図22(d)は、筒状部材2200及び光照射装置2400の正面図である。なお、図22(a)及び図22(c)は、光照射装置2400が初期位置に配置された状態が図示され、図22(b)及び図22(d)は、光照射装置2400が揺動された状態が図示される。 22A and 22B are top views of the tubular member 2200 and the light irradiation device 2400, and FIGS. 22C and 22D show the tubular member 2200 and the light irradiation device 2400. FIG. 22A and 22C show a state in which the light irradiation device 2400 is arranged at the initial position, and FIGS. 22B and 22D show that the light irradiation device 2400 is shaken. The moved state is shown.

図22(a)に示すように、初期位置では、光照射装置2400に付勢力R21が働き、光照射装置2400の摺動孔2412の上面視右端が摺動軸P21に当接された状態で光照射装置2400の姿勢が維持される。この場合、正面視において、照射される光の明るさの度合いは、筒状部材2200の軸心付近で最も強くなり、軸心から離れるにつれて明るさの度合いが弱められる。 As shown in FIG. 22A, in the initial position, the urging force R21 acts on the light irradiating device 2400, and the right end of the sliding hole 2412 of the light irradiating device 2400 in a top view is in contact with the sliding shaft P21. The posture of the light irradiation device 2400 is maintained. In this case, when viewed from the front, the degree of brightness of the emitted light is strongest in the vicinity of the axis of the tubular member 2200, and the degree of brightness decreases as the distance from the axis increases.

図22(a)の状態から、第2流下孔2085(図17参照)を通過した球が被衝突部2414に衝突されると、光照射装置2400に回転力F21が作用され、光照射装置2400が上面視時計回りに揺動される(図22(b)参照)。この場合、正面視において視認される光は、筒状部材2200の軸心から所定距離左方にずれた位置において最も明るさの度合いが強く視認される。即ち、光照射装置2400が揺動されることで、光の出力方向が左方に移動される態様で視認される。 When the sphere that has passed through the second downflow hole 2085 (see FIG. 17) is collided with the collided portion 2414 from the state of FIG. 22A, the rotational force F21 is applied to the light irradiation device 2400, and the light irradiation device 2400. Is swung clockwise in a top view (see FIG. 22(b)). In this case, the degree of brightness of the light visually recognized in the front view is visually recognized most strongly at a position deviated from the axial center of the tubular member 2200 to the left by a predetermined distance. That is, when the light irradiation device 2400 is swung, the output direction of the light is visually recognized in a state of being moved to the left.

更に、光照射装置2400には、付勢力R21が作用されるため、光照射装置2400は再度初期位置に復帰される。それに伴って、光の出力方向が正面視右方に移動される態様で視認される。従って、球が光照射装置2400の被衝突部2414に衝突することで、光の明るさの度合いが強く形成される位置が左右方向に往復する態様で視認される。 Further, since the biasing force R21 is applied to the light irradiation device 2400, the light irradiation device 2400 is returned to the initial position again. Along with that, the output direction of the light is visually recognized in a state of being moved to the right in the front view. Therefore, when the sphere collides with the colliding part 2414 of the light irradiation device 2400, the position where the degree of brightness of the light is strongly formed is visually recognized in a manner of reciprocating in the left-right direction.

ここで、光照射装置2400の光の出力方向を変化させる方法としては、光源1420の光の出力方向を駆動モータ等で制御して変化させることも考えられるが、その場合、駆動源の材料コストや、駆動源を制御する制御コスト等が必要となる。 Here, as a method of changing the light output direction of the light irradiation device 2400, it is conceivable to change the light output direction of the light source 1420 by controlling the light output direction of the light source 1420, but in that case, the material cost of the drive source is changed. In addition, a control cost for controlling the drive source is required.

一方、本実施形態によれば、球が被衝突部2414に衝突するたびに、正面視における光の出力方向が左右方向に往復されるので、光が左右に振動する演出は行いながら、駆動モータ等の配設は不要とすることができる。よって、光の演出効果を向上させると共に、駆動源に必要とされる材料コストや制御コストは抑制することができる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the output direction of the light in the front view is reciprocated in the left and right direction each time the sphere collides with the collided portion 2414, the drive motor is generated while the light vibrates left and right. It is possible to dispense with the provision of the above. Therefore, the effect of light can be improved, and the material cost and control cost required for the drive source can be suppressed.

また、第1実施形態で上述したように、筒状部材2200(筒状部材1200,図11参照)が回転されることで、筒状部材2200の周面に視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより形成される模様は軸心方向に移動される態様で視認される。一方で、光照射装置2400が揺動されることで光の出力方向が左右方向に振動される態様で視認される。よって、光が上下左右に移動する態様の演出を行うことができ、演出効果を向上させることができる。 Further, as described in the first embodiment, the degree of brightness of light visually recognized on the peripheral surface of the tubular member 2200 by rotating the tubular member 2200 (the tubular member 1200, see FIG. 11). The pattern formed by the difference is visually recognized as being moved in the axial direction. On the other hand, when the light irradiation device 2400 is swung, the output direction of the light is visually recognized in a state of being vibrated in the left-right direction. Therefore, it is possible to perform an effect that the light moves vertically and horizontally, and it is possible to improve the effect.

光を上下左右に移動させる態様においても、光を移動させる駆動力は流下する球の運動エネルギーのみであるので、光の演出効果を向上させると共に、駆動源に必要とされる材料コストや制御コストを抑制することができる。 Even in the mode of moving the light vertically and horizontally, the driving force for moving the light is only the kinetic energy of the flowing ball, so that the effect of the light is improved and the material cost and the control cost required for the driving source are improved. Can be suppressed.

次いで、図23から図26を参照して、第1流下孔2084を通過した球の流下経路が分岐される仕組みについて説明する。まず、図23を参照して、筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230の形成パターンについて説明する。 Next, with reference to FIGS. 23 to 26, a mechanism in which the downflow path of the sphere that has passed through the first downflow holes 2084 is branched will be described. First, with reference to FIG. 23, a formation pattern of the low transmittance portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200 will be described.

図23は、筒状部材2200の展開図である。なお、筒状部材2200の外周側が正面側に図示されると共に、理解を容易にするために低透過率部2230の形状が簡略化して図示される。 FIG. 23 is a development view of the tubular member 2200. The outer peripheral side of the tubular member 2200 is shown on the front side, and the shape of the low transmittance portion 2230 is simplified for easy understanding.

図23に示すように、低透過率部2230は、2重らせん状に形成され、球の直径より大きな幅で分断される部分を有する第1らせん状部2230aと、筒状部材2200の下端付近で傾斜角度が変化される第2らせん状部2230bと、を備える。第1らせん状部2230a及び第2らせん状部2230bは、筒状部材2200の上端部から下端部に亘ってそれぞれ延設される。 As shown in FIG. 23, the low transmittance portion 2230 is formed in a double spiral shape, and has a first spiral portion 2230a having a portion divided by a width larger than the diameter of the sphere, and the lower end portion of the tubular member 2200. And a second spiral portion 2230b whose inclination angle is changed by. The first spiral portion 2230a and the second spiral portion 2230b are respectively extended from the upper end portion to the lower end portion of the tubular member 2200.

ここで、低透過率部2230の傾斜角度とは、例えば正面視において、筒状部材2200の軸心と低透過率部2230とがなす角度を意味する。 Here, the inclination angle of the low transmittance portion 2230 means, for example, an angle formed by the axial center of the tubular member 2200 and the low transmittance portion 2230 in a front view.

第1らせん状部2230aは、筒状部材2200の周面からの張り出しが部分的に抑制される分断部を有し、第2らせん状部2230bは、傾斜角度が変化される起点となる折れ曲がり部2233を有する。 The first spiral portion 2230a has a dividing portion in which the protrusion from the peripheral surface of the tubular member 2200 is partially suppressed, and the second spiral portion 2230b has a bent portion serving as a starting point where the inclination angle is changed. 2233.

ここで、分断部は、組立状態(図17参照)において、装飾部材2500の分岐溝2531(図24参照)の形成される高さに対応する位置(分岐溝2531が形成され始める高さ)に形成される。 Here, the dividing portion is located at a position (height at which the branch groove 2531 begins to be formed) corresponding to the height at which the branch groove 2531 (see FIG. 24) of the decorative member 2500 is formed in the assembled state (see FIG. 17). It is formed.

次いで、図24を参照して、組立状態(図17参照)において、案内部材2300に背面が当接される態様で配設され、流下する球を案内する役割を有する装飾部材2500の形状について説明する。図24(a)は、装飾部材2500の正面図であり、図24(b)は、装飾部材2500の背面図であり、図24(c)は、装飾部材2500の上面図である。なお、図24(c)は、組立状態(図17参照)における筒状部材2200の外形が破線で図示される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 24, in the assembled state (see FIG. 17 ), the shape of the decorative member 2500 which is arranged such that the back surface of the guide member 2300 is in contact with the guide member 2300 and has a role of guiding the falling ball will be described. To do. 24A is a front view of the decorative member 2500, FIG. 24B is a rear view of the decorative member 2500, and FIG. 24C is a top view of the decorative member 2500. Note that in FIG. 24C, the outer shape of the tubular member 2200 in the assembled state (see FIG. 17) is illustrated by the broken line.

図24に示すように、装飾部材2500は、光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される部材であって、矩形板形状に形成される本体部2510と、その本体部2510の背面側に本体部2510と平行に形成されると共に遊技盤13(図2参照)に締結される締結孔を有する板形状の締結部2520と、本体部2510から締結部2520まで延設されると共に組立状態(図25参照)において筒状部材2200と同心円形状の曲面が背面側に形成される連結部2530と、を備える。 As shown in FIG. 24, the decorative member 2500 is a member formed of a light-transmissive resin material, and has a rectangular plate-shaped main body portion 2510 and a main body portion 2510 on the back side of the main body portion 2510. A plate-shaped fastening portion 2520 having a fastening hole that is formed in parallel with and is fastened to the game board 13 (see FIG. 2), and extends from the main body portion 2510 to the fastening portion 2520 and is in an assembled state (see FIG. 25). ), a tubular member 2200 and a connecting portion 2530 having a concentric curved surface formed on the back side.

本体部2510は、背面側に帯状に張り出して形成されると共に組立状態(図25参照)において筒状部材2200の軸心方向に対して傾斜した方向に沿った複数列の波状に形成される低透過率部2511と、その低透過率部2511と交差する態様(即ち、組立状態で正面視において低透過率部2511の延設方向と交差する態様)で正面側に張り出して形成される複数の帯状部2512と、を備える。なお、低透過率部2511及び帯状部2512の断面形状の技術的思想は、第1実施形態における低透過率部1511及び帯状部1512の断面形状の技術的思想と同一なので、説明を省略する。 The main body portion 2510 is formed so as to project in a strip shape on the back surface side, and in the assembled state (see FIG. 25), is formed in a plurality of rows of wavy shapes along a direction inclined with respect to the axial direction of the tubular member 2200. A plurality of transmissivity portions 2511 are formed so as to project to the front side in a manner that intersects with the low transmissivity portion 2511 (that is, a manner that intersects with the extending direction of the low transmissivity portion 2511 in a front view in the assembled state). And a belt-shaped portion 2512. The technical idea of the cross-sectional shapes of the low transmittance portion 2511 and the band-shaped portion 2512 is the same as the technical idea of the cross-sectional shape of the low transmittance portion 1511 and the band-shaped portion 1512 in the first embodiment, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

図24(a)に示すように、帯状部2512は、装飾部材2500の正面側に上下(図24(a)上下位置)に2筋が形成されると共に、正面視において低透過率部2511と交差するごとに、張り出す部分と平坦化される部分とが交互に形成される。また、隣り合う一対の低透過率部2511に挟まれる領域において、2筋の帯状部2512の内のどちらか一方の筋の帯状部2512が張り出す場合には、その一方の反対側の他方の筋の帯状部2512は平坦化される態様で形成される。よって、後述するように、装飾部材2500を通して視認される移動する光(図27参照)の模様の変化を複雑なものとすることができる。 As shown in FIG. 24( a ), the strip-shaped portion 2512 has two stripes vertically (on the vertical position in FIG. 24( a )) on the front side of the decorative member 2500 and has a low transmittance portion 2511 when viewed from the front. Each time they intersect, a protruding portion and a flattened portion are alternately formed. Further, in a region sandwiched by a pair of adjacent low transmittance portions 2511, when one of the strip-shaped portions 2512 of the two strips projects, the strip-shaped portion 2512 of one of the strips protrudes from the other of the strips. The strips of muscle 2512 are formed in a flattened manner. Therefore, as will be described later, it is possible to complicate the change of the pattern of the moving light (see FIG. 27) visually recognized through the decoration member 2500.

装飾部材2500の連結部2530は、図24(c)に示すように、背面に屈曲した溝状に形成されると共に球が案内されて流下可能な形状に形成される分岐溝2531(図24(b)参照)を有する。 As shown in FIG. 24( c ), the connecting portion 2530 of the decorative member 2500 is formed in the shape of a groove bent on the back surface, and the branch groove 2531 (FIG. 24( b)).

分岐溝2531は、装飾部材2500の連結部2530の背面部分から本体部2510へ向けて下降傾斜され、所定位置で屈曲され鉛直下方に延設されると共に装飾部材2500の下端まで延設される溝形状に形成される(図24(b)参照)。ここで、分岐溝2531が、連結部2530の背面側から形成され始める高さ方向の位置(図24(b)上下方向位置)は、組立状態(図25参照)において、筒状部材2200の第1らせん状部2230aの分断部が形成される高さ方向の位置と一致する態様で形成されるので、後述するように、球の流下する経路を分岐させることができる。 The branch groove 2531 is a groove that is inclined downward from the rear surface of the connecting portion 2530 of the decoration member 2500 toward the main body portion 2510, is bent at a predetermined position, extends vertically downward, and extends to the lower end of the decoration member 2500. It is formed in a shape (see FIG. 24B). Here, the position in the height direction in which the branch groove 2531 starts to be formed from the rear surface side of the connecting portion 2530 (the vertical position in FIG. 24B) is the first position of the tubular member 2200 in the assembled state (see FIG. 25). Since the first spiral portion 2230a is formed so as to coincide with the position in the height direction at which the divided portion is formed, the flow path of the sphere can be branched as will be described later.

分岐溝2531の深さ寸法および幅寸法は、組立状態(図25参照)において、筒状部材2200の周面部2240に当接されて流下する球が通過可能な寸法に形成される。本実施形態においては、分岐溝2531の幅寸法は、球の直径より若干大きな寸法に形成され、分岐溝2531の深さ寸法は、組立状態において、筒状部材2200の周面部2240に当接されて球が流下する場合に、若干隙間が空く寸法に形成される。よって、球が装飾部材2500の分岐溝2531に沿って流下可能に形成される。 The depth dimension and the width dimension of the branch groove 2531 are formed in such a size that a sphere flowing in contact with the peripheral surface portion 2240 of the tubular member 2200 in the assembled state (see FIG. 25) can pass through. In the present embodiment, the width dimension of the branch groove 2531 is formed to be slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere, and the depth dimension of the branch groove 2531 is brought into contact with the peripheral surface portion 2240 of the tubular member 2200 in the assembled state. When the sphere flows down, it is formed to have a size with a slight gap. Therefore, the sphere is formed so as to be able to flow down along the branch groove 2531 of the decorative member 2500.

分岐溝2531の形成深さよりも側面側(図24(b)右方)に形成される連結部2530の背面部分は、組立状態(図25参照)において、案内部材2300の落下案内部2330の正面側の側面と当接可能に形成される。それに伴い、分岐溝2531の形成深さよりも中央側(図24(b)左方)に形成される連結部2530の背面部分は、組立状態において、案内部材2300のガイド部2350と対向配置され、球が案内部材2300に沿って流下する際の正面側のガイドとして機能する。 The rear surface of the connecting portion 2530 formed on the side surface side (right side of FIG. 24B) with respect to the formation depth of the branch groove 2531 is the front surface of the drop guide portion 2330 of the guide member 2300 in the assembled state (see FIG. 25). It is formed so as to be able to contact the side surface on the side. Along with that, the back surface portion of the connecting portion 2530 formed on the center side (left side in FIG. 24B) of the formation depth of the branch groove 2531 is arranged to face the guide portion 2350 of the guide member 2300 in the assembled state. It functions as a front guide when the ball flows down along the guide member 2300.

即ち、組立状態(図25参照)において、第1流下孔2084を流下した球は、案内部材2300の落下案内部2330(若しくは増厚部2340)、ガイド部2350、筒状部材2200の周面部2240及び装飾部材2500の連結部2530の背面側の側面により形成される経路で流下される。 That is, in the assembled state (see FIG. 25 ), the sphere that has flowed down the first downflow hole 2084 has the falling guide portion 2330 (or the thickened portion 2340) of the guide member 2300, the guide portion 2350, and the peripheral surface portion 2240 of the tubular member 2200. And the flow path formed by the side surface on the back surface side of the connecting portion 2530 of the decorative member 2500.

ここで、案内部材2300に沿って球が流下する態様について、図25及び図26を参照して説明する。まず、図25を参照して、球と筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230との当接開始時において、球が、第1らせん状部2230aに当接して流下する場合を説明する。 Here, a mode in which a sphere flows down along the guide member 2300 will be described with reference to FIGS. 25 and 26. First, with reference to FIG. 25, a case where the sphere comes into contact with the first spiral portion 2230a and flows down at the start of contact between the sphere and the low transmittance portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200 will be described.

図25は、球が案内部材2300に沿って流下する過程を時系列で説明する図であり、図25(a)から図25(c)は、組立状態における筒状部材2200、案内部材2300及び装飾部材2500の正面図である。なお、光照射装置2400の図示が省略され、筒状部材2200は、装飾部材2500に遮蔽される部分が破線で図示され、装飾部材2500は、分岐溝2531が破線で図示されると共に、理解を容易にするために低透過率部2511及び帯状部2512の図示が省略される。なお、図25(b)は、図25(a)に図示された状態から球が所定距離流下した状態が図示され、図25(c)は、図25(b)に図示された状態から球が所定距離流下した状態が図示される。 FIG. 25 is a view for explaining a process in which the sphere flows down along the guide member 2300 in a time series, and FIGS. 25A to 25C show the tubular member 2200, the guide member 2300, and the tubular member 2300 in the assembled state. It is a front view of the decoration member 2500. The light irradiating device 2400 is not shown, and the tubular member 2200 is shown by a broken line in a portion shielded by the decoration member 2500. In the decoration member 2500, the branch groove 2531 is shown by a broken line, and the understanding is understood. The low transmittance portion 2511 and the strip portion 2512 are not shown for the sake of simplicity. Note that FIG. 25(b) shows a state in which the sphere has flowed down for a predetermined distance from the state shown in FIG. 25(a), and FIG. 25(c) shows the state in which the sphere has changed from the state shown in FIG. 25(b). The drawing shows a state where the water has flowed down for a predetermined distance.

図25(a)に示すように、球は筒状部材2200の第1らせん状部2230aに当接して流下される。ここで、球は水平方向への移動を案内部材2300の落下案内部2330、ガイド部2350、筒状部材2200の周面部2240及び装飾部材2500の連結部2530の背面側の側面により防止されるので、球は鉛直下方に流下され、その球の自重により筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230が押されることにより、筒状部材2200が回転される。筒状部材2200が回転されることにより、球と低透過率部2230との当接位置が下方に移動され、それに伴い球が下方に流下される。 As shown in FIG. 25( a ), the sphere abuts the first spiral portion 2230 a of the tubular member 2200 and flows down. Here, the sphere is prevented from moving in the horizontal direction by the drop guide portion 2330 of the guide member 2300, the guide portion 2350, the peripheral surface portion 2240 of the tubular member 2200, and the rear side surface of the connecting portion 2530 of the decorative member 2500. The sphere flows vertically downward, and the low-transmittance portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200 is pushed by the weight of the sphere, whereby the tubular member 2200 is rotated. By rotating the tubular member 2200, the contact position between the sphere and the low transmittance portion 2230 is moved downward, and the sphere is caused to flow downward accordingly.

なお、球が流下することにより、筒状部材2200が回転され、筒状部材2200の周面にらせん状に形成される低透過率部2230が回転されるので、第1実施形態で上述した通り、回転される筒状部材2200を通して視認される光は、筒状部材2200の軸心方向に移動される態様で視認されるが、第1実施形態で説明した技術思想と同様の技術思想なので、説明が省略される。 In addition, as the sphere flows down, the tubular member 2200 is rotated, and the low transmittance portion 2230 formed in a spiral shape on the circumferential surface of the tubular member 2200 is rotated. Therefore, as described above in the first embodiment. The light visually recognized through the rotated cylindrical member 2200 is visually recognized in a state of being moved in the axial direction of the cylindrical member 2200, but since it is the same as the technical idea described in the first embodiment, The description is omitted.

球が、図25(b)の位置まで流下すると、球の下側に、第1らせん状部2230aの分断部が配置される。即ち、球を下から支えていた低透過率部2230が、球の下に形成されなくなり、球が鉛直下方へ流下する際の抵抗が最小となる。そして、球は鉛直下方へ流下し、第2らせん状部2230bに当接する。そして、図25(c)に示すように、球は低透過率部2230の傾斜角度が小さく変化する部分(折れ曲がり部2233より下方の部分)を通って筒状部材2200の下方に流下する。即ち、球が流下する過程において、流下する位置は、終始、筒状部材2200の正面視左方とされる。 When the sphere flows down to the position shown in FIG. 25(b), the dividing portion of the first spiral portion 2230a is arranged below the sphere. That is, the low transmittance portion 2230 that supports the sphere from below is not formed below the sphere, and the resistance when the sphere flows down vertically is minimized. Then, the sphere flows vertically downward and contacts the second spiral portion 2230b. Then, as shown in FIG. 25( c ), the sphere flows down below the tubular member 2200 through a portion (a portion below the bending portion 2233) where the inclination angle of the low transmittance portion 2230 changes a little. That is, in the process in which the sphere flows down, the position where the sphere flows down is set to the left side of the tubular member 2200 when seen from the front.

また、筒状部材2200の回転速度に着目すると、図25(a)から図25(b)までは、約一定の速度で球が流下し、それに伴い筒状部材2200の回転速度も約一定となると考えられるが、図25(b)においては、球が自由落下するので、筒状部材2200に対して作用される球の自重による力が無くなり、筒状部材2200の回転速度は図25(a)の状態に比べて小さくなる。 Further, focusing on the rotational speed of the tubular member 2200, the sphere flows down at a substantially constant speed from FIG. 25A to FIG. 25B, and the rotational speed of the tubular member 2200 is also approximately constant accordingly. 25(b), since the sphere falls freely in FIG. 25(b), the force due to the weight of the sphere acting on the tubular member 2200 disappears, and the rotation speed of the tubular member 2200 is shown in FIG. ) It becomes smaller than the state.

更に、図25(c)では、球に当接される低透過率部2230の内、折れ曲がり部2233より下方の傾斜角度が図25(a)の場合よりも小さく形成される。そのため、図25(a)の状態から球が所定距離流下する場合に筒状部材2200が回転される回転角度は、図25(c)の状態から球が所定距離流下する場合に筒状部材2200が回転される回転角度よりも大きくなる。 Further, in FIG. 25C, the inclination angle below the bent portion 2233 in the low transmittance portion 2230 that is in contact with the sphere is smaller than that in the case of FIG. 25A. Therefore, when the sphere flows down for a predetermined distance from the state of FIG. 25(a), the rotation angle of the tubular member 2200 is the same as that of the tubular member 2200 when the sphere flows down for a predetermined distance from the state of FIG. 25(c). Is larger than the rotation angle at which is rotated.

例えば球が同じ速度で流下したとすると、図25(a)の状態から球が所定距離流下する場合に比べて、図25(c)の状態から球が所定距離流下する場合の方が、筒状部材2200の回転角度は小さくなる。そのため、球の流下速度が変動しにくい場合であっても、筒状部材2200の回転速度を変化させることができる。 For example, if the sphere flows down at the same speed, the case where the sphere flows down from the state of FIG. 25(c) by a predetermined distance is more than the case where the sphere flows down from the state of FIG. 25(a) by a predetermined distance. The rotation angle of the member 2200 becomes smaller. Therefore, the rotational speed of the tubular member 2200 can be changed even when the falling speed of the sphere is unlikely to change.

よって、図25に示す経路で球が流下する過程において、筒状部材2200の回転速度が変化可能に形成される。そのため、筒状部材2200が回転されることで光が筒状部材2200の軸心方向に移動される演出を複雑なものとすることができ、演出効果を向上させることができる。 Therefore, the rotational speed of the tubular member 2200 is formed to be changeable in the process in which the sphere flows down along the path shown in FIG. Therefore, by rotating the tubular member 2200, the effect of moving the light in the axial direction of the tubular member 2200 can be complicated, and the effect of the effect can be improved.

また、図25(c)に示すように、低透過率部2230の傾斜角度が小さい部分は筒状部材2200の下端部分(折れ曲がり部2233より下方の部分)のみに形成され、低透過率部2230の傾斜角度が小さい部分に当接した状態で球は筒状部材2200の下方に排出される。そのため、低透過率部2230の傾斜角度が小さい部分に当接して球が流下する場合の筒状部材2200の回転速度を遊技者が記憶しておけば、筒状部材2200の回転速度を確認することで筒状部材2200の下端から球が排出されるタイミングを確認することができる。よって、球(若しくは球の影Sh)に注目せずとも、筒状部材2200を通して視認される外観の変化の態様を確認することで、球の流下位置を確認することができる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 25C, a portion of the low transmittance portion 2230 having a small inclination angle is formed only on the lower end portion (a portion below the bent portion 2233) of the tubular member 2200, and the low transmittance portion 2230 is formed. The sphere is discharged below the cylindrical member 2200 while being in contact with a portion having a small inclination angle. Therefore, if the player memorizes the rotation speed of the tubular member 2200 when the ball abuts against the portion of the low transmittance portion 2230 where the inclination angle is small, the rotation speed of the tubular member 2200 is confirmed. This makes it possible to confirm the timing at which the sphere is discharged from the lower end of the tubular member 2200. Therefore, without paying attention to the sphere (or the shadow Sh of the sphere), it is possible to confirm the flow-down position of the sphere by confirming the aspect of the change in appearance visually recognized through the tubular member 2200.

次いで、図26を参照して、球と筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230との当接開始時において、球が筒状部材2200の第2らせん状部2230bに当接して流下する場合を説明する。 Next, referring to FIG. 26, at the time of starting the contact between the sphere and the low transmittance portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200, the case where the sphere comes into contact with the second spiral portion 2230b of the tubular member 2200 and flows down, explain.

図26は、球が案内部材2300に沿って流下する過程を時系列で説明する図であり、図26(a)から図26(c)は、組立状態における筒状部材2200、案内部材2300及び装飾部材2500の正面図である。なお、光照射装置2400の図示が省略され、筒状部材2200は、装飾部材2500に遮蔽される部分が破線で図示され、装飾部材2500は、締結部2520及び分岐溝2531が破線で図示されると共に、理解を容易にするために低透過率部2511及び帯状部2512の図示が省略される。なお、図26(b)は、図26(a)に図示された状態から球が所定距離流下した状態が図示され、図26(c)は、図26(b)に図示された状態から球が分岐溝2531に沿って流下した状態が図示される。 26A to 26C are diagrams illustrating a process in which the sphere flows down along the guide member 2300 in a time series, and FIGS. 26A to 26C show the tubular member 2200, the guide member 2300, and the tubular member 2300 in the assembled state. It is a front view of the decoration member 2500. It should be noted that the light irradiation device 2400 is not shown, the tubular member 2200 is shown by a broken line in a portion shielded by the decorative member 2500, and the decorative member 2500 is shown by a fastening portion 2520 and a branch groove 2531 by a broken line. At the same time, the illustration of the low transmittance portion 2511 and the strip portion 2512 is omitted for easy understanding. 26(b) shows a state in which the sphere has flowed down a predetermined distance from the state shown in FIG. 26(a), and FIG. 26(c) shows the state in which the sphere has changed from the state shown in FIG. 26(b). The drawing shows the state where the water flows down along the branch groove 2531.

図26(a)に示すように、球は筒状部材2200の第2らせん状部2230bに当接して流下される。ここで、球は水平方向への移動を案内部材2300の落下案内部2330、ガイド部2350、筒状部材2200の周面部2240及び装飾部材2500の連結部2530の背面側の側面により防止されるので、球は鉛直下方に流下され、その球の自重により筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230が押されることにより、筒状部材2200が回転される。筒状部材2200が回転されることにより、球と低透過率部2230との当接位置が下方に移動され、それに伴い球が下方に流下される。 As shown in FIG. 26A, the sphere abuts on the second spiral portion 2230b of the tubular member 2200 and flows down. Here, the sphere is prevented from moving in the horizontal direction by the drop guide portion 2330 of the guide member 2300, the guide portion 2350, the peripheral surface portion 2240 of the tubular member 2200, and the rear side surface of the connecting portion 2530 of the decorative member 2500. The sphere flows vertically downward, and the low-transmittance portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200 is pushed by the weight of the sphere, whereby the tubular member 2200 is rotated. By rotating the tubular member 2200, the contact position between the sphere and the low transmittance portion 2230 is moved downward, and the sphere is caused to flow downward accordingly.

球が図26(b)の位置まで流下すると、球の正面側に装飾部材2500の分岐溝2531が配置される。球は下方に流下する場合には、筒状部材2200を回転させることで流下するので、筒状部材2200から抵抗力を受ける。そのため、球は下方に流下するよりも、分岐溝2531へ向けて流下する方が抵抗が低くなる。よって、球は分岐溝2531を通って流下される。 When the sphere flows down to the position of FIG. 26B, the branch groove 2531 of the decorative member 2500 is arranged on the front side of the sphere. When the sphere flows downward, the sphere flows down by rotating the tubular member 2200, and therefore receives a resistance force from the tubular member 2200. Therefore, the resistance of the ball is lower when it flows down toward the branch groove 2531 than when it flows down. Therefore, the sphere flows down through the branch groove 2531.

そして、図26(c)に示すように、球は、筒状部材2200の正面側を通って下方に流下される。即ち、球は流下する過程において、途中までは筒状部材2200の正面視左方において鉛直下方に流下するが、途中から筒状部材2200の正面側を通って下方に流下する。 Then, as shown in FIG. 26C, the sphere flows down through the front side of the tubular member 2200. That is, in the course of flowing down, the sphere flows vertically downward in the left side of the tubular member 2200 when viewed from the front, but flows down from the midway through the front side of the tubular member 2200.

よって、球が、筒状部材2200の第1らせん状部2230aに当接されるか、第2らせん状部2230bに当接されるかによって、球が流下する経路を変化させることができる。 Therefore, the path along which the sphere flows can be changed depending on whether the sphere is in contact with the first spiral portion 2230a or the second spiral portion 2230b of the tubular member 2200.

第1実施形態で上述したように、球は、正面視において、光照射装置2400(図21参照)から照射される球の影Shを生じ、球が流下することでその球の影Shが移動されるので、光の中に影を作るという演出を行うことができる(図16参照)。本実施形態では、更に、球の流下経路を分岐させることができるので、光の中に生じる球の影Shの移動経路を複数形成可能とし、球の影Shによる演出のパターンを増加させることができる。 As described above in the first embodiment, the sphere produces a shadow Sh of the sphere emitted from the light irradiation device 2400 (see FIG. 21) in a front view, and the shadow Sh of the sphere moves as the sphere flows down. Therefore, it is possible to perform an effect of creating a shadow in the light (see FIG. 16). In the present embodiment, since the flow path of the sphere can be further branched, it is possible to form a plurality of movement paths of the shadow Sh of the sphere that occurs in the light, and it is possible to increase the production pattern by the shadow Sh of the sphere. it can.

なお、球が、筒状部材2200の第1らせん状部2230aに当接されるか、第2らせん状部2230bに当接されるかは、球が流下された時の筒状部材2200の姿勢により決定される。そして、例えば、球が筒状部材2200の下方へ排出されたあと、筒状部材2200の回転が終了するまでの時間にばらつきが生じる場合には、球が流下された時の筒状部材2200の姿勢はランダムに決定される。そのため、流下する球が筒状部材2200から排出された後で筒状部材2200の回転が停止される時の筒状部材2200の姿勢は不規則に変化される。よって、球の流下経路の選択(球が第1らせん状部2230aに当接されるか第2らせん状部2230bに当接されるかの選択)も不規則となり、球の経路を分岐させることによる演出を不規則なものとし、その演出効果を向上させることができる。 It should be noted that whether the sphere is in contact with the first spiral portion 2230a or the second spiral portion 2230b of the cylindrical member 2200 depends on the posture of the cylindrical member 2200 when the sphere flows down. Determined by Then, for example, in the case where the time until the rotation of the tubular member 2200 ends after the ball is discharged below the tubular member 2200 varies, the tubular member 2200 when the ball flows down is changed. The posture is randomly determined. Therefore, the posture of the tubular member 2200 when the rotation of the tubular member 2200 is stopped after the falling ball is discharged from the tubular member 2200 is irregularly changed. Therefore, the selection of the flow path of the sphere (the selection of whether the sphere is in contact with the first spiral portion 2230a or the second spiral portion 2230b) is also irregular, and the path of the sphere is branched. The effect by can be made irregular and the effect of the effect can be improved.

また、球と筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230との当接開始時において、球が、第1らせん状部2230aに当接される場合も、第2らせん状部2230bに当接される場合も、筒状部材2200の下方から球が排出される直前は低透過率部2230の傾斜角度が小さい部分(折れ曲がり部2233の下側部分)に当接される態様で形成される。 Further, when the sphere comes into contact with the low-permeability portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200, even when the sphere comes into contact with the first spiral portion 2230a, the sphere also comes into contact with the second spiral portion 2230b. Also in this case, immediately before the sphere is discharged from below the tubular member 2200, the low transmittance portion 2230 is formed so as to be in contact with the portion with a small inclination angle (the lower portion of the bent portion 2233).

よって、球と筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230との当接開始時において、球が、第1らせん状部2230aに当接されるか、第2らせん状部2230bに当接されるかに関わらず、球が所定距離流下する場合に筒状部材2200が回転される回転角度は、球と低透過率部2230との当接直後よりも球が筒状部材2200の下方に排出される直前の方が小さくなる。 Therefore, at the start of contact between the sphere and the low transmittance portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200, whether the sphere is in contact with the first spiral portion 2230a or the second spiral portion 2230b. Regardless of the rotation angle of the tubular member 2200 when the sphere flows down for a predetermined distance, the sphere is discharged below the tubular member 2200 more than immediately after the contact between the sphere and the low transmittance portion 2230. It becomes smaller immediately before.

よって、球と筒状部材2200の低透過率部2230との当接開始時において、球が、第1らせん状部2230aに当接されるか、第2らせん状部2230bに当接されるかに関わらず、筒状部材2200の回転速度が変化可能に形成される。そのため、筒状部材2200が回転されることで筒状部材2200の軸心方向に移動される光の移動速度が変化可能に形成されるので、光の移動速度が一定速度となることで演出が単調となることを防止でき、筒状部材2200を通して視認される光の移動による演出効果を向上させることができる。 Therefore, at the start of contact between the sphere and the low transmittance portion 2230 of the tubular member 2200, whether the sphere is in contact with the first spiral portion 2230a or the second spiral portion 2230b. Regardless of this, the rotational speed of the tubular member 2200 is variable. Therefore, since the moving speed of the light that is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 2200 is changeable when the tubular member 2200 is rotated, the moving speed of the light becomes constant and the effect is produced. It can be prevented from becoming monotonous, and the effect produced by the movement of light visually recognized through the tubular member 2200 can be improved.

また、低透過率部2230の傾斜角度が小さい部分に当接して球が流下する場合の筒状部材2200の回転速度を遊技者が記憶しておけば、筒状部材2200の回転速度を確認することで筒状部材2200の下端から球が排出されるタイミングを確認することができる。よって、球(若しくは球の影Sh)に注目せずとも、筒状部材2200を通して視認される外観の変化の態様を確認することで、球の流下位置を確認することができる。 In addition, if the player stores the rotation speed of the tubular member 2200 when the ball comes into contact with a portion of the low transmittance portion 2230 having a small inclination angle, the rotation speed of the tubular member 2200 is confirmed. This makes it possible to confirm the timing at which the sphere is discharged from the lower end of the tubular member 2200. Therefore, without paying attention to the sphere (or the shadow Sh of the sphere), it is possible to confirm the flow-down position of the sphere by confirming the aspect of the change in appearance visually recognized through the tubular member 2200.

次いで、図27を参照して、帯状部2512を横断する光の外形の変化について説明する。図27は、装飾部材2500を通して視認される光が上下方向に移動することによって生じる外観の変化を時系列で説明する図であり、図27(a)及び図27(b)は、装飾部材2500の部分拡大正面図である。なお、図27(b)は、図27(a)に図示された状態から光が下方に移動された状態が図示される。なお、装飾部材2500を通して視認される光が下方に移動される技術的思想は、装飾部材1500を通して視認される光が下方に移動される技術的思想と同一なので、ここでは説明を省略する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 27, a change in the outer shape of the light that crosses the band-shaped portion 2512 will be described. FIG. 27 is a diagram for explaining in chronological order a change in appearance caused by the vertical movement of light visually recognized through the decoration member 2500. FIGS. 27A and 27B are decoration members 2500. It is a partially enlarged front view of FIG. Note that FIG. 27B illustrates a state in which light is moved downward from the state illustrated in FIG. 27A. The technical idea that the light visually recognized through the decoration member 2500 is moved downward is the same as the technical idea that the light visually recognized through the decoration member 1500 is moved downward, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

図27(a)及び図27(b)に示すように、光は、帯状部2512に差し掛かる前は、装飾部材2500の左右の位置に関わらず均一な幅で視認される。一方、光が帯状部2512に差し掛かると、帯状部2512付近の光の幅方向(帯状部2512の延設方向と直交する方向)が縮められる。 As shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B, before approaching the band-shaped portion 2512, the light is visually recognized with a uniform width regardless of the left and right positions of the decorative member 2500. On the other hand, when the light approaches the strip-shaped portion 2512, the width direction of the light near the strip-shaped portion 2512 (the direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the strip-shaped portion 2512) is contracted.

装飾部材2500は、上述したように、帯状部2512が、一対の低透過率部2511に挟まれる領域ごとに、張り出す部分と平坦化される部分とが交互に形成される。そのため、上側の筋の帯状部2512に光が差し掛かることで光が縮められる部分と、下側の筋の帯状部2512に光が差し掛かることで光が縮められる部分とでは、その部分が挟まれる一対の低透過率部2511が異なる。即ち、一対の低透過率部2511で挟まれる領域をそれぞれ周面A,Bとして表現する場合に、上側の筋の帯状部2512に光が差し掛かることで光が縮められる周面Aと、下側の筋の帯状部2512に光が差し掛かることで光が縮められる周面Bとが異なる。 As described above, in the decorative member 2500, the protruding portions and the flattened portions are alternately formed in each region where the strip-shaped portion 2512 is sandwiched between the pair of low transmittance portions 2511. Therefore, the portion where the light is contracted by the light striking the belt-shaped portion 2512 of the upper side and the portion where the light is contracted by the light striking the belt-shaped portion 2512 of the lower muscle are sandwiched. The pair of low transmittance portions 2511 are different. That is, when the regions sandwiched by the pair of low-transmittance portions 2511 are represented as the peripheral surfaces A and B, respectively, the peripheral surface A where light is contracted by the light approaching the upper strip-shaped portion 2512 and the lower surface Different from the peripheral surface B where the light is contracted by the light reaching the strip-shaped portion 2512 of the side line.

この場合、例えば、上側の筋の帯状部2512に光が差し掛かった場合は、周面Aでは光が縮められる一方、隣接する周面Bでは光は縮められない。また、下側の筋の帯状部2512に光が差し掛かった場合は、周面Bでは光が縮められる一方、隣接する周面Aでは光は縮められない。 In this case, for example, when the light approaches the upper strip 2512 of the stripe, the light is contracted on the peripheral surface A, but the light is not contracted on the adjacent peripheral surface B. Further, when the light approaches the strip portion 2512 of the lower streak, the light is contracted on the peripheral surface B, but the light is not contracted on the adjacent peripheral surface A.

よって、光の外形において、光が縮められる部分と光の外形が維持される部分とが帯状部2512の筋に沿って交互に(周面Aと周面Bとで交互に)形成されるので、装飾部材2500を通して視認される光の模様をより複雑な形状にすることができる。 Therefore, in the outer shape of the light, a portion where the light is contracted and a portion where the outer shape of the light is maintained are formed alternately along the stripes of the strip portion 2512 (alternately between the peripheral surface A and the peripheral surface B). The pattern of light visually recognized through the decoration member 2500 can be made more complicated.

また、上下に移動される光が装飾部材2500を通して視認される場合に、光が帯状部2512に差し掛かる際に光が縮められる周面を、複数の帯状部2512の位置(上側か下側か)により、周面Aか周面Bかで異ならせることで、視認される光の外形の変化をより複雑なものとすることができる。 In addition, when light that is moved up and down is visually recognized through the decoration member 2500, the peripheral surface on which light is contracted when the light approaches the band-shaped portion 2512 is positioned at the position of the plurality of band-shaped parts 2512 (upper or lower side). ), the outer shape of the visible light can be made more complicated by making the difference between the peripheral surface A and the peripheral surface B.

よって、装飾部材2500を通して視認される移動する光の模様が、その移動中に変化される態様が複雑なものとなり、また、その光の模様の変化を、装飾部材2500の任意の位置で行わせることができるので、光演出装置2000(図17参照)の演出効果を向上させることができる。 Therefore, the pattern of the moving light visually recognized through the decoration member 2500 is changed in a complicated manner, and the change of the light pattern is performed at any position of the decoration member 2500. Therefore, the effect of the light effect device 2000 (see FIG. 17) can be improved.

ここで、例えば、装飾部材2500の背面側から、装飾部材2500の幅方向全域に光が照射され、その光が上下方向(図27上下方向)に移動される場合に、装飾部材2500の正面側から装飾部材2500を通してその光を視認すると、あたかも隣り合う低透過率部2511の間において光が低透過率部2511に沿って移動されるように視認できる。 Here, for example, when light is irradiated from the back side of the decoration member 2500 to the entire width direction of the decoration member 2500 and the light is moved in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 27), the front side of the decoration member 2500. When the light is visually recognized through the decoration member 2500, the light can be visually recognized as if it is moved along the low transmittance portion 2511 between the adjacent low transmittance portions 2511.

そのため、組立状態(図17参照)において、筒状部材2200が回転されることで、光が筒状部材2200の軸心方向に移動されるように視認される場合に、装飾部材2500を通してその光の移動を視認すると、装飾部材2500の低透過率部2511に沿って光が移動されるように視認される。よって、光が筒状部材2200の軸心方向に傾斜して移動するように視認させることができ、光の移動による演出効果を向上させることができる。 Therefore, in the assembled state (see FIG. 17 ), when the tubular member 2200 is rotated and the light is visually recognized to be moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 2200, the light is transmitted through the decoration member 2500. Is visually recognized as the light is moved along the low transmittance portion 2511 of the decoration member 2500. Therefore, it is possible to visually recognize the light as it moves while being inclined in the axial direction of the tubular member 2200, and it is possible to improve the effect of the movement of the light.

次いで、図28から図31を参照して、第3実施形態について説明する。第1実施形態の光演出装置1000では、球が筒状部材1200に当接された状態で鉛直下方へ流下する過程で、球が筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230を自重による力で押して進むことで筒状部材1200が回転される場合を説明したが、第3実施形態の光演出装置3000では、球が、筒状部材3200の内周側に形成される伝達部3300に衝突することで、筒状部材3200が回転される場合を説明する。なお、各実施形態と同一の部分については同一の符号を付して、その説明を省略する。 Next, a third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 28 to 31. In the light production device 1000 of the first embodiment, the sphere pushes the low transmittance portion 1230 of the tubular member 1200 by its own weight in the process of flowing downward vertically while being in contact with the tubular member 1200. Although the case where the tubular member 1200 is rotated by advancing has been described, in the light effect device 3000 of the third embodiment, the sphere collides with the transmission portion 3300 formed on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 3200. Then, the case where the tubular member 3200 is rotated will be described. The same parts as those in each embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図28は、光演出装置3000の正面斜視図である。図28は、筒状部材3200の側面および装飾部材1500の図示が部分的に省略されると共に、筒状部材3200の内部構造が部分的に図示される。 FIG. 28 is a front perspective view of the light production device 3000. 28, the side surface of the tubular member 3200 and the decorative member 1500 are partially omitted from the drawing, and the internal structure of the tubular member 3200 is partially shown.

図28に示すように、光演出装置3000は、外壁部82に形成される導入筒3083を球が流下する場合に通過する経路に配設されるものであり、導入筒3083に回転可能に外嵌される筒状の筒状部材3200と、導入筒3083に回転不能に外嵌されると共に筒状部材3200へ向けて光を照射する光照射装置1400と、筒状部材3200の正面側に配設されると共に光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される装飾部材1500と、を備える。 As shown in FIG. 28, the light production device 3000 is arranged in a path through which a sphere flows down the introduction tube 3083 formed in the outer wall portion 82, and is rotatably provided outside the introduction tube 3083. A cylindrical tubular member 3200 to be fitted, a light irradiating device 1400 non-rotatably fitted to the introduction barrel 3083 and irradiating light toward the tubular member 3200, and arranged on the front side of the tubular member 3200. The decorative member 1500 is provided and is formed of a light-transmissive resin material.

導入筒3083は、外壁部82の下方に延設される金属材料から形成される筒状の部材であって、短径方向の内径寸法が球の直径よりも若干大きくされると共に遊技盤13(図2参照)の左右方向に長径方向を向けて形成される長穴の周囲に一方の端部が固定され、その一方の端部の反対側の端部である他方の端部の外周面に周囲に渡って円環状に形成される溝形状の外嵌溝3083a(図30参照)を有する。 The introduction cylinder 3083 is a cylindrical member that is formed below the outer wall portion 82 and is made of a metal material. The inner diameter dimension in the minor axis direction is slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere, and the game board 13 ( (See FIG. 2) One end is fixed around the long hole formed with the major axis in the left-right direction (see FIG. 2), and on the outer peripheral surface of the other end that is the opposite end of the one end. It has a groove-shaped outer fitting groove 3083a (see FIG. 30) formed in an annular shape around the periphery.

導入筒3083は、一方の端部から他方の端部へ向かうにつれて内径の長径方向が縮径され、他方の端部においては筒形状の内径および外径が円形状となる態様で形成されると共に、長径方向における縮径の度合いが非対象とされる(図30参照)。そのため、導入筒3083へ球が入球する向きの内、導入筒3083の長径方向への向きの自由度を向上させることができ、導入筒3083の下端において、筒状部材3200を回転可能に外嵌することができると共に、導入筒3083の長径方向の内周面にそって球が流下する向きによって、流下する球の筒状部材3200の軸心に対する流下方向(軸心に対する角度)を複数種類形成することができる。 The introduction cylinder 3083 is formed in such a manner that the major axis of the inner diameter is reduced from one end toward the other end and the cylindrical inner diameter and outer diameter are circular at the other end. , The degree of diameter reduction in the major axis direction is not targeted (see FIG. 30). Therefore, the degree of freedom in the direction in which the sphere enters the introduction tube 3083 in the major axis direction can be improved, and the tubular member 3200 can be rotatably provided outside at the lower end of the introduction tube 3083. A plurality of types of falling direction (angles with respect to the axis) of the falling ball with respect to the axis of the tubular member 3200 can be fitted, depending on the direction in which the ball flows down along the inner peripheral surface of the introduction tube 3083 in the major axis direction. Can be formed.

筒状部材3200は、筒形状を軸心を含む平面で分割した形状からなる部材が互いに向き合い嵌め合わせられることで断面円形状に組立てられ、組立状態(図28参照)において、導入筒3083の外嵌溝3083a(図30参照)に回転可能に外嵌される。更に、筒状部材3200は、導入筒3083の外嵌溝3083aに外嵌される摺動端部3211を一方の端部(図28上側)に備え、その一方の端部から他方の端部(図28下側)へ向けて同心円状に拡径して形成されると共に金属材料から形成される拡径部3210と、その拡径部3210の他方の端部に一方の端部(図28上側)が外嵌固定され、その一方の端部から、反対側の端部である他方の端部(図28下側)へ向かうにつれて縮径される態様で形成されると共に光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される本体部3220と、その本体部3220の上端付近に形成されると共に本体部3220の内周面から軸心付近まで延設される複数の伝達部3300と、を備える。 The tubular member 3200 is assembled into a circular cross-section by members having a shape obtained by dividing the tubular shape in a plane including the axis facing each other, and is assembled to have a circular cross section. It is rotatably fitted on the fitting groove 3083a (see FIG. 30). Further, the tubular member 3200 includes a sliding end portion 3211 fitted on the outer fitting groove 3083a of the introduction barrel 3083 at one end portion (upper side in FIG. 28), and the one end portion to the other end portion (upper side). 28). A diameter-expanded portion 3210 formed by concentrically expanding toward the lower side of FIG. 28 and formed of a metal material, and one end portion (upper side of FIG. 28) of the diameter-increased portion 3210 at the other end. ) Is externally fitted and fixed, and the diameter thereof is reduced from one end thereof to the other end (lower side in FIG. 28) which is the opposite end (FIG. 28, lower side) and a light-transmissive resin material is formed. And a plurality of transmission portions 3300 formed near the upper end of the body portion 3220 and extending from the inner peripheral surface of the body portion 3220 to near the axis.

拡径部3200は、金属材料から形成されるため、摺動端部3211が外嵌溝3083a(図30参照)に摺動される際に部材が変形したり、削れたりすることを抑制でき、筒状部材3200の耐久性を向上させることができる。また、摺動摩擦により、筒状部材3200が回転しづらくなった場合でも、油をさすことで、筒状部材3200を回転しやすくすることができる。なお、拡径部3200を形成する金属材料としては、真鍮やアルミニウム等が例示される。 Since the enlarged diameter portion 3200 is formed of a metal material, it is possible to prevent the member from being deformed or scraped when the sliding end portion 3211 is slid on the outer fitting groove 3083a (see FIG. 30). The durability of the tubular member 3200 can be improved. Further, even when the tubular member 3200 becomes difficult to rotate due to sliding friction, it is possible to make the tubular member 3200 easier to rotate by adding oil. Examples of the metal material forming the expanded diameter portion 3200 include brass and aluminum.

本体部3220は、その内周面に2重らせん状に張り出して形成される低透過率部3230(図31参照)と、その低透過率部3230の形成される周面を連結する周面であって径方向の厚みが一定とされる周面部3240と、を備え、一方の端部(図28上側)から、他方の端部(図28下側)へ向かうにつれて軸心に直交する平面における断面形状が同心円形状で縮径され、他方の端部において球が排出可能な開口が形成される。なお、低透過率部3230の断面形状の技術的思想は、第1実施形態における低透過率部1230の断面形状の技術的思想と共通なので、説明を省略する。 The main body portion 3220 is composed of a low transmittance portion 3230 (see FIG. 31) formed by protruding in a double spiral shape on the inner circumferential surface thereof and a circumferential surface connecting the circumferential surface of the low transmittance portion 3230. And a peripheral surface portion 3240 having a constant radial thickness, and in a plane orthogonal to the axial center from one end portion (upper side in FIG. 28) toward the other end portion (lower side in FIG. 28). The cross-sectional shape is concentric and the diameter is reduced, and an opening through which the sphere can be discharged is formed at the other end. The technical idea of the cross-sectional shape of the low-transmittance portion 3230 is the same as the technical idea of the cross-sectional shape of the low-transmittance portion 1230 in the first embodiment, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

また、筒状部材3200は、導入筒3083に片側で外嵌され、軸支されるので、筒状部材3200の回転時の摩擦は筒状部材3200の両端で発生するわけではなく、摺動端部3211に発生する摩擦に限定される。よって、筒状部材3200の回転時の摩擦を低減することができる。 Further, since the tubular member 3200 is externally fitted on one side of the introduction tube 3083 and is axially supported, friction during rotation of the tubular member 3200 does not occur at both ends of the tubular member 3200, and the sliding ends are not provided. It is limited to the friction generated in the portion 3211. Therefore, friction during rotation of the tubular member 3200 can be reduced.

次いで、図29を参照して、伝達部3300の形状について説明する。図29(a)は、筒状部材3200の本体部3220の上面図であり、図29(b)は、図29(a)のXXIXb−XXIXb線における伝達部3300の断面図であり、図29(c)は、図29(a)のXXIXc−XXIXc線における伝達部3300の断面図である。なお、図29(a)は、大径側から軸心方向視した形状が図示され、図29(b)及び図29(c)は、断面部分のみが図示される。 Next, the shape of the transmission unit 3300 will be described with reference to FIG. 29A is a top view of the main body portion 3220 of the tubular member 3200, and FIG. 29B is a cross-sectional view of the transmission portion 3300 taken along line XXIXb-XXIXb in FIG. 29C is a cross-sectional view of the transmission unit 3300 taken along the line XXIXc-XXIXc in FIG. Note that FIG. 29A shows the shape as viewed from the large diameter side in the axial direction, and FIGS. 29B and 29C show only the cross-sectional portion.

伝達部3300は、筒状部材3200の内周面から、径方向内方へ向けて等間隔に立設される6個の変形羽部を備え、それらの各変形羽部は形状が共通なので、1の変形羽部について説明し、他の変形羽部については説明を省略する。伝達部3300は、樹脂材料から形成され、筒状部材3200の周面付近において形成される第1被衝突面3310と、筒状部材3200の軸心付近において形成される第2被衝突面3320と、第1被衝突面3310及び第2被衝突面3320を径方向に連結する棒形状の連結部3330と、を備える。 The transmission portion 3300 includes six deformed wing portions that are erected at equal intervals from the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 3200 toward the inner side in the radial direction. Since each of these deformed wing portions has a common shape, The modified wing portion of No. 1 will be described, and the description of the other modified wing portions will be omitted. The transmission part 3300 is made of a resin material, and has a first collision surface 3310 formed near the peripheral surface of the tubular member 3200, and a second collision surface 3320 formed near the axis of the tubular member 3200. , A rod-shaped connecting portion 3330 that connects the first collision surface 3310 and the second collision surface 3320 in the radial direction.

なお、上面視において、筒状部材3200の周面付近で最も空隙が広くなる隣り合う第1被衝突面3310の空間の距離G31は、球の直径に比較して小さく形成されるので、筒状部材3200の周面付近において、筒状部材3200の内周側を流下する球は、いずれかの第1被衝突面3310に必ず衝突する。そのため、筒状部材3200は、流下する球に衝突されることにより回転され、その後、球は第1被衝突面3310及び第2被衝突面3320の上下方向の間隙(図28参照)を通過して球は流下される。 In the top view, the distance G31 of the space between the adjacent first collided surfaces 3310 having the largest gap near the peripheral surface of the tubular member 3200 is formed smaller than the diameter of the sphere. The sphere flowing down on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 3200 near the peripheral surface of the member 3200 always collides with one of the first collided surfaces 3310. Therefore, the tubular member 3200 is rotated by being collided with the falling ball, and then the ball passes through the vertical gap (see FIG. 28) between the first collided surface 3310 and the second collided surface 3320. The sphere flows down.

また、上面視において、筒状部材3200の軸心を挟んで向かい合う第2被衝突面3320の空間の距離G32は、球の直径に比較して大きく形成されるので、筒状部材3200の軸心付近を流下する球は、伝達部3300のいずれの部分にも衝突せず流下可能に形成される。 Further, in the top view, the distance G32 of the space between the second collided surfaces 3320 facing each other with the axial center of the cylindrical member 3200 interposed therebetween is formed larger than the diameter of the sphere, so that the axial center of the cylindrical member 3200. The sphere flowing down in the vicinity is formed so as to be able to flow down without colliding with any part of the transmitting portion 3300.

図29(b)に示すように、伝達部3300の第1被衝突面3310は、筒状部材3200の径方向内側から視認される形状が、右方に下降傾斜される板形状に形成される。そのため、球が流下し、第1被衝突面3310に衝突する場合には、筒状部材3200が上面視反時計回りに回転される。本実施形態では、鉛直方向に対する傾斜角度がθで形成される。 As shown in FIG. 29B, the first colliding surface 3310 of the transmitting portion 3300 is formed in a plate shape in which the shape visually recognized from the radial inside of the tubular member 3200 is inclined downward to the right. .. Therefore, when the sphere flows down and collides with the first colliding surface 3310, the tubular member 3200 is rotated counterclockwise in a top view. In the present embodiment, the inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction is θ.

図29(c)に示すように、伝達部3300の第2被衝突面3320は、筒状部材3200の径方向内側から視認される形状が、左方に下降傾斜される板形状に形成される。そのため、球が流下し、第2被衝突面3320に衝突する場合には、筒状部材3200が上面視時計回りに回転される。本実施形態では、鉛直方向に対する傾斜角度が第1被衝突3310の傾斜角度と等しくθで形成される。 As shown in FIG. 29C, the second collided surface 3320 of the transmission portion 3300 is formed into a plate shape in which the shape visually recognized from the radial inside of the tubular member 3200 is inclined downward to the left. .. Therefore, when the sphere flows down and collides with the second colliding surface 3320, the tubular member 3200 is rotated clockwise in a top view. In the present embodiment, the inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction is formed to be equal to the inclination angle of the first collision target 3310 and θ.

即ち、球が第1被衝突面3310又は第2被衝突面3320に衝突することで、筒状部材3200を時計回り又は反時計回りの両方向に回転可能とされるので、後述するように、筒状部材3200が回転されることで、正面視において視認される光が上向きに移動される態様で遊技者に視認させることも下向きに移動される態様で遊技者に視認させることもできる。 That is, when the sphere collides with the first collided surface 3310 or the second collided surface 3320, the tubular member 3200 can be rotated in both clockwise and counterclockwise directions. When the member 3200 is rotated, the light visually recognized in the front view can be viewed by the player in a state of being moved upward or can be viewed by the player in a manner of being moved downward.

ここで、第1被衝突面3310及び第2被衝突面3320は、傾斜される方向が鉛直方向に対して逆方向に形成されると共に、傾斜角度が等しいθで形成されるため、流下する球が、例えば、鉛直下向き及び等速で第1被衝突面3310又は第2被衝突面3320に衝突した場合、その衝突により筒状部材3200が受ける回転方向の衝突力の大きさは等しい。しかし、衝突が起きる筒状部材3200の軸心からの距離が異なるので、生じる回転トルクが異なる。 Here, the first colliding surface 3310 and the second colliding surface 3320 are formed so that the inclined directions are opposite to the vertical direction, and the inclination angles are formed at the same θ, so that they flow down. However, for example, when the first collided surface 3310 or the second collided surface 3320 collides vertically downward and at a constant speed, the magnitude of the collision force in the rotational direction received by the cylindrical member 3200 due to the collision is equal. However, since the distance from the axis of the tubular member 3200 in which the collision occurs is different, the rotational torque generated is different.

即ち、球が第1被衝突面3310に衝突する場合の方が、球が第2被衝突面3320に衝突する場合に比べ、回転トルクが大きくなる。回転トルクが大きい場合の方が、筒状部材3200は、より高速で回転される。 That is, when the sphere collides with the first collided surface 3310, the rotational torque becomes larger than when the sphere collides with the second collided surface 3320. When the rotation torque is large, the tubular member 3200 is rotated at a higher speed.

よって、球の衝突により回転される筒状部材3200は、上面視時計回りに回転する場合の回転速度に比べて、上面視反時計回りに回転する場合の回転速度の方が大きくなる。これにより、正面視で視認される光が、筒状部材3200が回転されることにより筒状部材3200の軸心方向に移動されるように視認される(図31参照)際の光の移動速度を方向ごと(上向きか下向きか)で変化させることができ、光の移動の演出の速度の態様を増やすことができる。 Therefore, the cylindrical member 3200 rotated by the collision of the sphere has a higher rotation speed when it is rotated counterclockwise when viewed from above than when it is rotated clockwise when viewed from above. Accordingly, the moving speed of the light when viewed in a front view is visually recognized to move in the axial direction of the tubular member 3200 by rotating the tubular member 3200 (see FIG. 31 ). Can be changed for each direction (upward or downward), and the speed mode of the effect of moving the light can be increased.

次いで、図30を参照して、筒状部材3200の内周面を流下する球の経路と、筒状部材3200との関係について説明する。図30は、導入筒3083及び筒状部材3200の断面図である。なお、筒状部材3200の軸心および導入筒3083の一方の端部の長径方向軸を含む平面で断面視される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 30, the relationship between the path of the sphere flowing down the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 3200 and the tubular member 3200 will be described. FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of the introduction cylinder 3083 and the cylindrical member 3200. It should be noted that the cross section is viewed in a plane including the axial center of the tubular member 3200 and the major axis of the one end of the introduction tube 3083.

図30に示すように、導入筒3083の内径は長径方向が徐々に縮径される態様で形成されると共に、その縮径の度合いが長径方向に対して非対象に形成されるので、導入筒3083の内周面にそって流下することで、球は筒状部材3200の軸心方向に対して大きく傾斜した向きで第1被衝突面3310へ向かう方向D31や、筒状部材3200の軸心方向に対して小さく傾斜した向きで第2被衝突面3320へ向かう方向D32等の経路で流下可能である。 As shown in FIG. 30, the inner diameter of the introducing cylinder 3083 is formed such that the major axis direction is gradually reduced, and the degree of the minor diameter is formed asymmetrically with respect to the major axis direction. By flowing down along the inner peripheral surface of 3083, the sphere moves toward the first colliding surface 3310 in the direction D31 that is largely inclined with respect to the axial center direction of the tubular member 3200, and the axial center of the tubular member 3200. It can flow down in a direction such as a direction D32 toward the second collision surface 3320 in a direction slightly inclined with respect to the direction.

また、例えば、球が筒状部材3200の軸心方向に沿って流下する場合には、伝達部3300の中心部の空隙(図29参照)を球が通過することで、球は伝達部3300のどこにも衝突されず、筒状部材3200は回転されない。 Further, for example, when the sphere flows down along the axial center direction of the tubular member 3200, the sphere passes through the void (see FIG. 29) at the center of the transmission part 3300, so that the sphere of the transmission part 3300. Nowhere is it hit and the tubular member 3200 is not rotated.

例えば、球が方向D31で流下した場合、球は伝達部3300の第1被衝突面3310に衝突し、筒状部材3200は上面視反時計回りに回転される。また、例えば、球が方向D32で流下した場合、球は伝達部3300の第2被衝突面3320に衝突し、筒状部材3200は上面視時計回りに回転される。 For example, when the sphere flows down in the direction D31, the sphere collides with the first collided surface 3310 of the transmission unit 3300, and the tubular member 3200 is rotated counterclockwise in the top view. Further, for example, when the sphere flows down in the direction D32, the sphere collides with the second collided surface 3320 of the transmission unit 3300, and the tubular member 3200 is rotated clockwise in the top view.

ここで、球が筒状部材3200の内周側を流下する際に、筒状部材3200を通して光が視認される場合、第1実施形態で上述したように、視認される光に球の影Sh(図16参照)が生じる。伝達部3300に至るまでの球の流下経路は複数の経路が生じうるため、正面視において、光演出装置3000を流下する球の影Shの移動経路も複数の経路が生じうる。よって、正面視において筒状部材3200を通して視認される球の影Shの移動経路の種類を増やすことができ、演出効果を向上させることができる。 Here, when light is visually recognized through the tubular member 3200 when the sphere flows down on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member 3200, the shadow Sh of the sphere is shrunk on the visually recognized light as described above in the first embodiment. (See FIG. 16) occurs. Since a plurality of paths for the sphere to reach the transmission unit 3300 may occur, a plurality of paths may occur for the movement of the shadow Sh of the sphere flowing down the light production device 3000 in a front view. Therefore, it is possible to increase the types of movement paths of the shadow Sh of the sphere visually recognized through the tubular member 3200 in a front view, and to improve the effect of production.

次いで、図31を参照して、正面視において、筒状部材3200を通して視認される光の模様の変化について説明する。図31(a)から図31(c)は、光演出装置3000の正面図である。なお、図31(b)は、図31(a)に図示された状態から筒状部材3200が上面視反時計回りに所定角度回転された状態が図示され、図31(c)は、図31(a)に図示された状態から筒状部材3200が上面視時計回りに所定角度回転された状態が図示されると共に、図31(a)から図31(c)は、装飾部材1500の図示が省略される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 31, a change in the pattern of light visually recognized through the tubular member 3200 in a front view will be described. FIG. 31A to FIG. 31C are front views of the light effect device 3000. 31B shows a state in which the tubular member 3200 is rotated counterclockwise by a predetermined angle from the state shown in FIG. 31A, and FIG. 31C shows the state shown in FIG. While the cylindrical member 3200 is rotated clockwise by a predetermined angle from the state shown in (a), the decorative member 1500 is shown in FIGS. 31(a) to 31(c). Omitted.

なお、筒状部材3200が回転されることで、正面視における低透過率部3230の位置が筒状部材3200の軸心方向に移動され、筒状部材3200を通して視認される光が軸心方向に移動される態様で視認される技術的思想は、筒状部材1200(図11参照)が回転されることで、筒状部材1200を通して視認される光が軸心方向に移動される態様で視認される第1実施形態で上述した技術的思想と共通なので、説明が省略される。 By rotating the tubular member 3200, the position of the low transmittance portion 3230 in the front view is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 3200, and the light visually recognized through the tubular member 3200 is moved in the axial direction. The technical idea that is visually recognized in the moving mode is that the light visually recognized through the cylindrical member 1200 is rotated in the axial direction when the cylindrical member 1200 (see FIG. 11) is rotated. The description is omitted because it is common with the technical idea described in the first embodiment.

図31(b)に示すように、筒状部材3200が上面視反時計回り(回転方向R1)で回転されると、低透過率部3230が上方向(図31(b)上方向)に移動される。この場合、筒状部材3200を通して視認される光は、上方向に移動される態様で視認される。ここで、筒状部材3200は上方に向かうにつれて断面形状が拡径されるので、正面視において、筒状部材3200の幅や低透過率部3230に囲まれる各領域の面積が、筒状部材3200の下側よりも上側の方が大きくなる。 As shown in FIG. 31B, when the tubular member 3200 is rotated counterclockwise in the top view (rotation direction R1), the low transmittance portion 3230 moves upward (upward in FIG. 31B). To be done. In this case, the light visually recognized through the tubular member 3200 is visually recognized as being moved upward. Here, since the tubular member 3200 has a cross-sectional shape that increases in diameter as it goes upward, the width of the tubular member 3200 and the area of each region surrounded by the low transmittance portion 3230 in the front view are the tubular member 3200. The upper side is larger than the lower side.

よって、筒状部材3200が回転され、光が上方向に移動されるにつれて、光の外形が大きくなる態様で視認される。即ち、光が移動される変化と、光が拡大される変化との2つの変化を同時に遊技者に視認させることができるので、光の演出効果を向上させることができる。 Therefore, as the tubular member 3200 is rotated and the light is moved in the upward direction, the outer shape of the light is visually recognized in a manner of increasing. That is, the player can visually recognize the two changes, that is, the change in the movement of the light and the change in the expansion of the light, so that the effect of the light can be improved.

図31(c)に示すように、筒状部材3200が上面視時計回り(回転方向R2)で回転されると、低透過率部3230が下方向(図31(c)下方向)に移動される。この場合、筒状部材3200を通して視認される光は、下方向に移動される態様で視認される。ここで、筒状部材3200は下方に向かうにつれて断面形状が縮径されるので、正面視において、筒状部材3200の幅や低透過率部3230に囲まれる各領域の面積が、筒状部材3200の上側よりも下側の方が小さくなる。 As shown in FIG. 31C, when the tubular member 3200 is rotated clockwise in the top view (rotation direction R2), the low transmittance portion 3230 is moved downward (downward in FIG. 31C). It In this case, the light visually recognized through the tubular member 3200 is visually recognized as being moved downward. Here, since the tubular member 3200 has a cross-sectional shape that is reduced in diameter as it goes downward, the width of the tubular member 3200 and the area of each region surrounded by the low transmittance portion 3230 in the front view are the tubular member 3200. The lower side is smaller than the upper side.

よって、筒状部材3200が回転され、光が下方向に移動されるにつれて、光の外形が小さくなる態様で視認される。即ち、光が移動される変化と、光が縮小される変化との2つの変化を同時に遊技者に視認させることができるので、光の演出効果を向上させることができる。 Therefore, as the tubular member 3200 is rotated and the light is moved downward, the outer shape of the light is visually recognized in such a manner as to become smaller. That is, the player can visually recognize the two changes, that is, the change of the light being moved and the change of the light being reduced, so that the effect of the light can be improved.

次いで、図32から図36を参照して、第4実施形態について説明する。第1実施形態の光演出装置1000では筒状部材1200が軸心に垂直な断面形状が円形に形成される場合を説明したが、第4実施形態の光演出装置4000では、筒状部材4200が軸心に垂直な断面形状が楕円形で形成され、筒状部材4200の外周面で筒状部材4200と併設される屈折部材4430に荷重を与えることが可能とされる場合を説明する。なお、各実施形態と同一の部分については同一の符号を付して、その説明を省略する。 Next, a fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 32 to 36. In the light production device 1000 of the first embodiment, the case where the tubular member 1200 is formed in a circular cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axis has been described, but in the light production device 4000 of the fourth embodiment, the tubular member 4200 is A case will be described in which a cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axis is formed in an elliptical shape and a load can be applied to the refraction member 4430 provided along with the tubular member 4200 on the outer peripheral surface of the tubular member 4200. The same parts as those in each embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図32は、光演出装置4000の正面斜視図である。図32に示すように、光演出装置4000は、外壁部82に形成される導入筒83を球が流下する場合に通過する経路に配設されるものであり、導入筒83に回転可能に外嵌される筒状の筒状部材4200と、案内部材1300(図6参照)と、導入筒83に回転不能に外嵌されると共に筒状部材4200へ向けて光を照射する光照射装置4400と、筒状部材4200の正面側に配設されると共に光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される装飾部材(図示せず)と、を備える。 FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of the light production device 4000. As shown in FIG. 32, the light production device 4000 is arranged in a path through which a sphere flows down the introduction tube 83 formed in the outer wall portion 82, and is rotatably attached to the introduction tube 83. A tubular tubular member 4200 to be fitted, a guide member 1300 (see FIG. 6), and a light irradiating device 4400 that is non-rotatably fitted onto the introduction barrel 83 and irradiates light toward the tubular member 4200. A decorative member (not shown) that is disposed on the front side of the tubular member 4200 and is made of a light-transmitting resin material.

図32に示すように、筒状部材4200は、軸心に垂直な断面形状が楕円形状に形成され、組立状態において、導入筒83の外嵌溝83a(図6参照)に回転可能に軸支される。 As shown in FIG. 32, the tubular member 4200 has an elliptical cross-section that is perpendicular to the axis, and is rotatably supported in the outer fitting groove 83a (see FIG. 6) of the introduction tube 83 in the assembled state. To be done.

筒状部材4200は、導入筒83の外嵌溝83a(図6参照)に外嵌される摺動端部1211を一方の端部(図32上側)に備え、その一方の端部から他方の端部(図32下側)へ向けて拡径して形成されると共に金属材料から形成される拡径部1210と、その拡径部1210の他方の端部に一方の端部(図32上側)が外嵌固定され、その一方の端部から、反対側の端部である他方の端部(図32下側)へ同一形状で延設されると共に光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される本体部4220と、を備える。 The tubular member 4200 is provided with a sliding end portion 1211 fitted on the outer fitting groove 83a (see FIG. 6) of the introduction barrel 83 at one end portion (upper side in FIG. 32), and from one end portion to the other end. An enlarged diameter portion 1210 that is formed by expanding the diameter toward the end portion (lower side in FIG. 32) and is formed from a metal material, and one end portion (upper side in FIG. 32) at the other end portion of the enlarged diameter portion 1210. ) Is externally fitted and fixed, and is extended from one end portion to the other end portion (lower side in FIG. 32) which is the opposite end portion in the same shape and is made of a light-transmissive resin material. And a main body portion 4220.

本体部4220は、第1実施形態における本体部1220(図5参照)を基本として、軸心に垂直な断面形状が、長径方向の長さDa及び短径方向の長さDb(Da>Db)から形成される楕円形状になるように外周を部分的に増厚した形状で形成される(図33(b)参照)。そのため、第1実施形態で上述したように、筒状部材4200の内周面に低透過率部1230(図6参照)が張り出して形成され、その低透過率部1230に、案内部材1300(図6参照)に沿って流下する球が当接することで、筒状部材4200が回転される。 The main body portion 4220 is based on the main body portion 1220 (see FIG. 5) in the first embodiment, and has a cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axial center, the length Da in the major axis direction and the length Db in the minor axis direction (Da>Db). The outer periphery is partially thickened so as to have an elliptical shape (see FIG. 33B). Therefore, as described above in the first embodiment, the low transmittance portion 1230 (see FIG. 6) is formed so as to overhang the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 4200, and the guide member 1300 (see FIG. The cylindrical member 4200 is rotated by the contact of the sphere that flows down along (see 6).

また、本体部4220の外周面には、低透過率部1230と略同一ピッチで形成され、本体部4220の軸心に一定の傾斜角度で傾斜されるらせん状に形成されると共に、光の透過率が本体部4220の他の部分に比較して低く形成される外周側低透過率部4230が形成される。 In addition, the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 4220 is formed at substantially the same pitch as the low-transmittance portion 1230, is formed in a spiral shape inclined at a constant inclination angle with respect to the axis of the main body portion 4220, and transmits light. An outer peripheral low transmittance portion 4230 having a lower ratio than the other portions of the main body portion 4220 is formed.

外周側低透過率部4230は、本体部4220に形成したい外周側低透過率部4230の形状以外の部分にテープを貼ることでマスクを施し、透過率の低い塗料をスプレーし、塗料が乾いた後でテープを剥がすことで形成される。 The outer peripheral side low transmittance portion 4230 is masked by attaching a tape to a portion other than the shape of the outer peripheral side low transmittance portion 4230 desired to be formed on the main body portion 4220, sprayed with a paint having low transmittance, and the paint was dried. It is formed by peeling off the tape later.

筒状部材4200と光照射装置4400とは、後述する光照射装置4400の正面側に揺動可能に配設される屈折部材4430に筒状部材4200が当接し揺動させることが可能な関係で形成される。次いで、図33を参照して、筒状部材4200及び光照射装置4400の位置関係について説明する。 The tubular member 4200 and the light irradiating device 4400 have such a relationship that the tubular member 4200 abuts on a refraction member 4430 swingably arranged on the front side of the light irradiating device 4400, which will be described later, and can be swung. It is formed. Next, with reference to FIG. 33, the positional relationship between the tubular member 4200 and the light irradiation device 4400 will be described.

図33(a)は、筒状部材4200及び光照射装置4400の側面図であり、図33(b)及び図33(c)は、筒状部材4200及び光照射装置4400の上面図である。なお、図33(b)は、筒状部材4200が短径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けた状態が図示され、図33(c)は、筒状部材4200が長径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けた状態が図示される。 33A is a side view of the tubular member 4200 and the light irradiation device 4400, and FIGS. 33B and 33C are top views of the tubular member 4200 and the light irradiation device 4400. 33(b) shows a state in which the tubular member 4200 has the minor axis direction directed to the light irradiation device 4400, and FIG. 33(c) shows the tubular member 4200 has the major axis direction directed to the light irradiation device 4400. The orientation is shown.

図33(a)から図33(c)に示すように、光照射装置4400は、背面側から筒状部材4200及び装飾部材1500(図5参照)へ光を照射する装置であり、導入筒83に外嵌固定される基盤部1410と、その基盤部1410の正面側に複数固定される光源1420と、光源1420の正面側に揺動可能に形成される屈折部材4430と、を備える。 As shown in FIGS. 33A to 33C, the light irradiation device 4400 is a device that irradiates the cylindrical member 4200 and the decorative member 1500 (see FIG. 5) from the back side with light, and the introduction cylinder 83. And a light source 1420 fixed to the front side of the base portion 1410, and a refraction member 4430 swingably formed on the front side of the light source 1420.

本実施形態では、光源1420が、基盤部1410の中心軸上に、即ち、組立状態(図32参照)における正面視において、筒状部材4200の軸心上に上下等間隔に4個配設される。それらの光源1420の内、最も上に配設される光源1421と、上から3番目に配設される光源1423とにそれぞれ屈折部材4430が配設されると共に、それらの屈折部材4430は互いに水平方向(図33(b)紙面に沿った方向)において逆方向に揺動される態様で形成される。 In the present embodiment, four light sources 1420 are arranged on the central axis of the base portion 1410, that is, on the axial center of the tubular member 4200 in the front view in the assembled state (see FIG. 32) at equal vertical intervals. It Among these light sources 1420, a refraction member 4430 is arranged in the light source 1421 arranged at the top and a light source 1423 arranged in the third position from the top, and the refraction members 4430 are horizontal to each other. It is formed in such a manner that it is swung in the opposite direction in the direction (direction along the plane of FIG. 33(b)).

図33(b)及び図33(c)に示すように、筒状部材4200及び光照射装置4400は、筒状部材4200が短径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けた状態(図33(b)参照)では、屈折部材4430に筒状部材4200が当接されず、筒状部材4200が長径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けた状態(図33(c)参照)では、屈折部材4430に筒状部材4200が当接されると共に屈折部材4430が揺動される位置関係で配置される。 As shown in FIGS. 33(b) and 33(c), the tubular member 4200 and the light irradiation device 4400 are in a state in which the tubular member 4200 has the minor axis direction directed to the light irradiation device 4400 (FIG. 33(b)). In a state in which the tubular member 4200 is not in contact with the refracting member 4430 and the tubular member 4200 has the major axis direction toward the light irradiation device 4400 (see FIG. 33C), the refracting member 4430 is tubular. The member 4200 is disposed in such a positional relationship that the member 4200 abuts and the bending member 4430 swings.

屈折部材4430が揺動されることで、光照射装置4400の光源1421,1423から照射される光の進行方向が変化され、正面視において視認される光の外形の態様が変化される。次いで、図34を参照して、揺動前後の屈折部材4430の態様と、光源1421,1423から照射される光の経路について説明する。 By swinging the refracting member 4430, the traveling direction of the light emitted from the light sources 1421 and 1423 of the light irradiating device 4400 is changed, and the form of the outline of the light visually recognized in the front view is changed. Next, with reference to FIG. 34, an aspect of the refraction member 4430 before and after swinging and a path of light emitted from the light sources 1421 and 1423 will be described.

図34(a)及び図34(b)は、光照射装置4400の基盤部1410及び屈折部材4430の上面図である。なお、図34(a)は、屈折部材4430の一端と基盤部1410との間に配設されるコイルスプリングの弾性力により屈折部材4430が基盤部1410に対して傾斜した姿勢とされる状態が図示され、図34(b)は、屈折部材4430が筒状部材4200に当接されることで屈折部材4430が基盤部1410側に押し付けられ、屈折部材4430が基盤部1410に対して平行な姿勢とされる状態が図示される。また、図34(a)及び図34(b)は、光源1420から照射される光の代表的な経路L41,L42が図示されると共に、筒状部材4200の外形が破線で図示される。 34A and 34B are top views of the base portion 1410 and the refraction member 4430 of the light irradiation device 4400. It should be noted that FIG. 34A shows a state in which the refraction member 4430 is inclined with respect to the base portion 1410 by the elastic force of the coil spring disposed between one end of the refraction member 4430 and the base portion 1410. 34B, the bending member 4430 is pressed against the base portion 1410 by contacting the bending member 4430 with the tubular member 4200, and the bending member 4430 is parallel to the base portion 1410. Is shown. 34A and 34B, representative paths L41 and L42 of the light emitted from the light source 1420 are illustrated, and the outer shape of the tubular member 4200 is illustrated by a broken line.

図34に示すように、屈折部材4430は、矩形板形状の本体部4431と、その本体部4431の一端に形成される爪部4432と、その爪部4432が形成される一端の反対側の他端において基盤部1410に対向する側に形成されるストッパ部4433と、を備え、光透過性の材料から形成される。なお、光透過性の材料としては、PET、PC、アクリル等の樹脂材料や、プレート状のガラス等が例示される。 As shown in FIG. 34, the refraction member 4430 includes a rectangular plate-shaped main body portion 4431, a claw portion 4432 formed at one end of the main body portion 4431, and another side opposite to the one end where the claw portion 4432 is formed. And a stopper portion 4433 formed on the side opposite to the base portion 1410, and is formed of a light transmissive material. Examples of the light-transmissive material include resin materials such as PET, PC, acrylic, and plate-shaped glass.

本体部4431は、厚さ一定の矩形板形状に形成される。爪部4432は、本体部4431の側面から馬蹄形に張り出す一対(図34(a)参照、片方が図示される)の部分からなる。馬蹄形に張り出す一対の部分のそれぞれが、基盤部1410の正面側に上下方向に向けて延設される揺動軸に摺動可能に外嵌されることで、屈折部材4430は、基盤部1410に対して、水平方向に揺動可能に形成される。 The main body portion 4431 is formed in a rectangular plate shape having a constant thickness. The claw portion 4432 includes a pair of portions (see FIG. 34A, one of which is shown) protruding from the side surface of the main body portion 4431 in a horseshoe shape. Each of the pair of portions projecting in a horseshoe shape is slidably fitted on a swing shaft extending in the vertical direction on the front side of the base portion 1410, so that the refraction member 4430 causes the base portion 1410 to move. On the other hand, it is formed so as to be swingable in the horizontal direction.

ストッパ部4433は、基盤部1410側に開口を有する箱状に形成され、その内周側にコイルスプリングを収容可能な大きさに形成されると共に、ストッパ部4433が基盤部1410に押し付けられた状態において屈折部材4430の本体部と基盤部1410とが平行となる高さまで張り出される。なお、ストッパ部4433が基盤部1410に押し付けられた状態において、コイルスプリングはストッパ部4433に収容され、ストッパ部4433の張り出し端面は基盤部1410に当接される(図34(b)参照)。 The stopper portion 4433 is formed in a box shape having an opening on the side of the base portion 1410, and has a size capable of accommodating a coil spring on the inner peripheral side thereof, and the stopper portion 4433 is pressed against the base portion 1410. At, the main body portion of the refraction member 4430 and the base portion 1410 are projected to a height at which they are parallel to each other. When the stopper portion 4433 is pressed against the base portion 1410, the coil spring is housed in the stopper portion 4433, and the protruding end surface of the stopper portion 4433 is in contact with the base portion 1410 (see FIG. 34(b)).

光源1421から照射される光の経路L41,L42について説明する。図34(a)に示すように、屈折部材4430が基盤部1410に押し付けられることなく、基盤部1410に対して傾斜される姿勢を取る場合、光源1421から照射される光の内で下側の経路L41を通る光は、上側の経路L42を通る光に比較して屈折部材4430に到達するまでの距離が短くなり、屈折部材4430を通過することで、左方向(図34(a)下方向)に屈折される。 The paths L41 and L42 of the light emitted from the light source 1421 will be described. As shown in FIG. 34A, when the refracting member 4430 is not pressed against the base portion 1410 and is inclined with respect to the base portion 1410, the lower side of the light emitted from the light source 1421 is used. The light passing through the path L41 has a shorter distance to reach the refracting member 4430 as compared with the light passing through the path L42 on the upper side, and when passing through the refracting member 4430, the light travels leftward (downward in FIG. 34A). ) Is refracted.

一方、図34(b)に示すように、屈折部材4430が基盤部1410に押し付けられる場合、光源1421から照射される光の内で下側の経路L41を通る光も上側の経路L42を通る光も共に、屈折部材4430に到達するまでの距離は同等となり、光源1421から照射される光は直進する。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 34B, when the refracting member 4430 is pressed against the base portion 1410, among the light emitted from the light source 1421, the light passing through the lower path L41 is also the light passing through the upper path L42. In both cases, the distance to reach the refraction member 4430 is equal, and the light emitted from the light source 1421 goes straight.

よって、筒状部材4200へ向けて照射される光の進行方向を屈折部材4430の姿勢によって変化させることができる。ここで、屈折部材4430の姿勢の変化は、上述したように、筒状部材4200の姿勢の変化と連動するので、筒状部材4200の姿勢の変化と筒状部材4200へ向けて照射される光の進行方向(軸直角方向)の変化を連動させることができる。次いで、図35及び図36を参照して、筒状部材4200を通して視認される光の態様について説明する。 Therefore, the traveling direction of the light emitted toward the tubular member 4200 can be changed depending on the posture of the refraction member 4430. Here, since the change in the posture of the refracting member 4430 is interlocked with the change in the posture of the tubular member 4200, as described above, the change in the posture of the tubular member 4200 and the light emitted toward the tubular member 4200. It is possible to interlock with the change in the traveling direction (direction perpendicular to the axis). Next, with reference to FIG. 35 and FIG. 36, a mode of light visually recognized through the tubular member 4200 will be described.

図35及び図36は、筒状部材4200及び光照射装置4400の正面図である。なお、図35は、筒状部材4200が短径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けた状態(図33(b)参照)が図示され、図36は、筒状部材4200が長径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けた状態(図33(c)参照)が図示されると共に、図35及び図36は、光源1420から照射された光が筒状部材4200を通して視認される場合の光の模様が網掛けで図示される。 35 and 36 are front views of the tubular member 4200 and the light irradiation device 4400. Note that FIG. 35 illustrates a state in which the tubular member 4200 has the minor axis direction directed to the light irradiation device 4400 (see FIG. 33B), and FIG. 36 illustrates the tubular member 4200 in the major axis direction of the light irradiation device. A state (see FIG. 33C) directed to 4400 is shown, and in FIGS. 35 and 36, the pattern of light when the light emitted from the light source 1420 is visually recognized through the tubular member 4200 is shaded. It is illustrated by.

図33(b)及び図35に示すように、筒状部材4200の短径方向が光照射装置4400へ向けられた状態では、屈折部材4430が光照射装置4400の基盤部1410に対して傾斜した姿勢を取るので、屈折部材4430が正面側に配設される光源1421(図33(a)の最も上)及び光源1423(図33(a)の上から3つ目)から照射される光は、水平方向へ屈折される。 As shown in FIGS. 33B and 35, in a state where the minor axis direction of the tubular member 4200 is directed to the light irradiation device 4400, the refraction member 4430 is inclined with respect to the base portion 1410 of the light irradiation device 4400. Since the posture is taken, the light emitted from the light source 1421 (the top of FIG. 33A) and the light source 1423 (the third from the top of FIG. 33A) in which the refracting member 4430 is disposed on the front side is , Is refracted horizontally.

上述したように、光源1421,1423の正面にそれぞれ配設される屈折部材4430は、互いに逆方向に揺動される態様で形成されるので、光源1421,1423から照射される光の屈折方向はそれぞれ逆方向になる。即ち、光源1421の正面に配設される屈折部材4430は、正面視右側(図33(a)手前側)を軸に揺動されるので、光源1421から照射される光は、正面視右側に屈折される。また、光源1423の正面に配設される屈折部材4430は、正面視左側(図33(a)奥側)を軸に揺動されるので、光源1423から照射される光は、正面視左側に屈折される。 As described above, since the refraction members 4430 respectively arranged in front of the light sources 1421 and 1423 are formed so as to swing in opposite directions, the refraction direction of the light emitted from the light sources 1421 and 1423 is different. The directions are opposite. That is, since the refraction member 4430 disposed in front of the light source 1421 is swung around the right side in front view (front side in FIG. 33A), the light emitted from the light source 1421 is moved to the right side in front view. Be refracted. Further, since the refracting member 4430 disposed in front of the light source 1423 is swung about the left side in front view (the back side in FIG. 33A), the light emitted from the light source 1423 is moved to the left side in front view. Be refracted.

これにより、光照射装置4400の光源1420(図33参照)から照射される光が形成する模様は、筒状部材4200を通して正面視においてS字カーブを描いた形状で視認される。これは、光源1420を予めS字カーブを描いた形状(視認させたい光の模様に対応した形状)に配置する場合には容易に形成可能であるが、光源1420の配置位置は基盤部1410の設計に依存するため、所望の位置に光源1420を配置できない場合も少なくない。 As a result, the pattern formed by the light emitted from the light source 1420 (see FIG. 33) of the light irradiation device 4400 is visually recognized through the tubular member 4200 in the shape of an S-shaped curve when viewed from the front. This can be easily formed when the light source 1420 is preliminarily arranged in the shape of an S-shaped curve (the shape corresponding to the pattern of the light to be visually recognized), but the light source 1420 is arranged at the position of the base portion 1410. Since it depends on the design, there are many cases where the light source 1420 cannot be arranged at a desired position.

一方で、本実施形態のように、屈折部材4430を利用して光源1420(図33参照)から照射される光を屈折させることで、光源1420の配置に寄らずとも、視認される光の模様を設計することができる。よって、筒状部材4200を通して視認される光の模様の設計自由度を向上させることができる。 On the other hand, as in the present embodiment, by refracting the light emitted from the light source 1420 (see FIG. 33) using the refraction member 4430, the pattern of visible light can be obtained regardless of the arrangement of the light source 1420. Can be designed. Therefore, the degree of freedom in designing the pattern of light visually recognized through the tubular member 4200 can be improved.

図33(c)及び図36に示すように、筒状部材4200の長径方向が光照射装置4400へ向けられた状態では、屈折部材4430が光照射装置4400の基盤部1410に対して押しつけられ、基盤部1410と屈折部材4430の本体部4431とが平行に配置され、屈折部材4430が正面側に配設される光源1421(図33(a)の最も上)及び光源1423(図33(a)の上から3つ目)から照射される光は、直進する。 As shown in FIGS. 33C and 36, in a state where the major axis direction of the tubular member 4200 is directed to the light irradiation device 4400, the refraction member 4430 is pressed against the base portion 1410 of the light irradiation device 4400, The base portion 1410 and the main body portion 4431 of the refraction member 4430 are arranged in parallel, and the refraction member 4430 is disposed on the front side (the uppermost part of FIG. 33A) and the light source 1423 (FIG. 33A). The light emitted from the third from the top) goes straight.

ここで、図33(c)に示すように、筒状部材4200の長径方向が光照射装置4400へ向けられた状態では、筒状部材4200の増厚された部分(長径方向の部分)の内、背面側の部分が、凸レンズとして作用する。よって、光源1420から照射される光の指向性が弱いために、筒状部材4200の軸心から離れた位置に照射される光が筒状部材4200の正面側の側面へ向けて照射される範囲を、筒状部材4200の軸心付近に集中させることができる。 Here, as shown in FIG. 33C, in the state where the major axis direction of the tubular member 4200 is directed to the light irradiation device 4400, the inside of the thickened portion (portion in the major axis direction) of the tubular member 4200. , The part on the back side acts as a convex lens. Therefore, since the directivity of the light emitted from the light source 1420 is weak, the range in which the light emitted to the position away from the axis of the cylindrical member 4200 is emitted toward the front side surface of the cylindrical member 4200. Can be concentrated near the axis of the tubular member 4200.

よって、図36に示すように、正面視において、筒状部材4200の軸心付近に光を集中させることができる。これにより、筒状部材4200の短径方向が光照射装置4400へ向けられた状態における光源1420から照射された光が左右方向に広がって視認される態様と、筒状部材4200の長径方向が光照射装置4400へ向けられた状態における光源1420から照射された光が軸心付近に集光される態様とで、特に水平方向(図35及び図36左右方向)の光の形状(模様)の違いを大きくすることができ、筒状部材4200を通して視認される光の形状(模様)を変化させる演出効果を向上させることができる。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 36, when viewed from the front, the light can be concentrated near the axis of the tubular member 4200. As a result, the light emitted from the light source 1420 in the state where the minor axis direction of the tubular member 4200 is directed to the light irradiating device 4400 is spread in the left-right direction and visually recognized, and the major axis direction of the tubular member 4200 is illuminated. The difference in the shape (pattern) of the light particularly in the horizontal direction (FIG. 35 and FIG. 36 left-right direction) in the aspect in which the light emitted from the light source 1420 in the state of being directed to the irradiation device 4400 is condensed near the axis. Can be increased, and the effect of changing the shape (pattern) of light visually recognized through the tubular member 4200 can be improved.

ここで、図33(b)及び図35に示される状態から、図33(c)及び図36に示される状態に至るまでには、屈折部材4430の揺動角度が徐々に変化されるので、筒状部材4200を通して視認される光源1420(図33参照)から照射される光の模様が、徐々に軸心に集光される態様で視認される。即ち、光の模様が断続的に変化されるのではなく、連続的に変化されるので、光の模様の変化を遊技者が判別しやすくすることができる。 Here, since the swing angle of the refraction member 4430 is gradually changed from the state shown in FIGS. 33(b) and 35 to the state shown in FIGS. 33(c) and 36, The pattern of the light emitted from the light source 1420 (see FIG. 33) that is visually recognized through the tubular member 4200 is visually recognized in such a manner that the light is gradually focused on the axis. That is, since the light pattern is not changed intermittently but continuously, it is possible for the player to easily distinguish the change in the light pattern.

ここで、図33(b)及び図33(c)に記載される鋭角な所定角度αに含まれる筒状部材4200の外周面の水平方向の周長はそれぞれ異なる。即ち、長径方向(図33(c)参照)から視認する場合の方が、短径方向(図33(b)参照)から視認する場合に比較して、所定角度αにおける外周面の周長が長くなる。 Here, the horizontal circumferential lengths of the outer peripheral surface of the tubular member 4200 included in the acute predetermined angle α shown in FIGS. 33B and 33C are different from each other. That is, when viewed from the major axis direction (see FIG. 33C), the circumferential length of the outer peripheral surface at the predetermined angle α is smaller than when viewed from the minor axis direction (see FIG. 33B). become longer.

外周側低透過率部4230は傾斜角度一定で形成されるので、筒状部材4200の周長と、筒状部材4200が回転される場合に筒状部材4200を軸直角方向から視認することで外周側低透過率部4230が筒状部材4200の軸心方向へ移動されるように視認される移動幅とは比例関係にある。 Since the outer peripheral side low transmittance portion 4230 is formed with a constant inclination angle, the peripheral length of the tubular member 4200 and the tubular member 4200 when the tubular member 4200 is rotated are visually recognized from the direction perpendicular to the axis. The side low transmittance portion 4230 has a proportional relationship with the moving width visually recognized as being moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 4200.

そのため、筒状部材4200が回転速度一定で回転される場合に、図33(b)の状態から所定角度αだけ筒状部材4200が回転される際に、正面視において視認される外周側低透過率部4230が筒状部材4200の軸心方向へ移動される移動幅よりも、図33(c)の状態から所定角度αだけ筒状部材4200が回転される際に、正面視において視認される外周側低透過率部4230が筒状部材4200の軸心方向へ移動される移動幅の方が大きくなる。 Therefore, when the tubular member 4200 is rotated at a constant rotation speed, when the tubular member 4200 is rotated by a predetermined angle α from the state of FIG. When the tubular member 4200 is rotated by a predetermined angle α from the state of FIG. 33(c) rather than the moving width by which the index portion 4230 is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 4200, it is visually recognized in a front view. The movement width by which the outer peripheral side low transmittance portion 4230 is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 4200 becomes larger.

即ち、筒状部材4200が一定速度で回転される場合であっても、筒状部材4200が回転されることで筒状部材4200の軸心方向に移動される態様で視認される光の、移動速度が一定とはならず、移動速度に緩急が形成される。よって、筒状部材4200の回転速度が一定で形成される場合であっても、光の移動速度を変化させることができるため、視認される光を移動させる演出を効果的に行うことができる。 That is, even when the tubular member 4200 is rotated at a constant speed, the movement of the light visually recognized in a manner in which the tubular member 4200 is rotated to move in the axial direction of the tubular member 4200. The speed is not constant, and a slow speed is formed in the moving speed. Therefore, even when the rotational speed of the tubular member 4200 is constant, the moving speed of the light can be changed, so that the effect of moving the visually recognized light can be effectively performed.

次いで、図37から図40を参照して、第5実施形態について説明する。第4実施形態の光演出装置4000では筒状部材4200が軸心に垂直な断面形状が楕円形に延設される場合を説明したが、第5実施形態の光演出装置5000では、筒状部材5200が軸心に垂直な断面形状が楕円形で形成されると共に、その楕円形の長径方向と短径方向とが軸心方向における所定の位置で切替られる態様で形成される場合を説明する。なお、光演出装置5000は、光照射装置4400を備えるが、その光照射装置4400については第4実施形態で上述した通りであるので、光照射装置4400についての説明を省略すると共に、各実施形態と同一の部分については同一の符号を付して、その説明を省略する。 Next, a fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 to 40. In the light production device 4000 of the fourth embodiment, a case has been described in which the tubular member 4200 extends in an elliptical cross-section perpendicular to the axis, but in the light production device 5000 of the fifth embodiment, the tubular member. A case will be described in which 5200 is formed in an elliptical cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axial center, and the elliptical shape is formed such that the major axis direction and the minor axis direction of the ellipse are switched at predetermined positions in the axial direction. The light production device 5000 includes the light irradiation device 4400. Since the light irradiation device 4400 is as described in the fourth embodiment, the description of the light irradiation device 4400 will be omitted and each of the embodiments will be omitted. The same parts as those of the above are given the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図37(a)は、筒状部材5200の上面図であり、図37(b)は、筒状部材5200の正面図である。図37(b)に示すように、筒状部材5200は、導入筒83(図6参照)に外嵌される摺動端部1211を一方の端部(図37(b)上側)に備え、その一方の端部から他方の端部(図37(b)下側)へ向けて拡径して形成されると共に金属材料から形成される拡径部1210と、その拡径部1210の他方の端部に一方の端部(図37(b)上側)が外嵌固定され、その一方の端部から、反対側の端部である他方の端部(図37(b)下側)へ延設されると共に光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される本体部5220と、を備える。 FIG. 37( a) is a top view of the tubular member 5200, and FIG. 37( b) is a front view of the tubular member 5200. As shown in FIG. 37(b), the tubular member 5200 has a sliding end portion 1211 fitted on the introduction tube 83 (see FIG. 6) at one end portion (upper side in FIG. 37(b)), The enlarged diameter portion 1210 formed by expanding the diameter from one end portion toward the other end portion (lower side in FIG. 37B) and formed of a metal material, and the other of the enlarged diameter portion 1210. One end portion (upper side in FIG. 37(b)) is externally fitted and fixed to the end portion, and extends from the one end portion to the other end portion (lower side in FIG. 37(b)) which is the opposite end portion. And a main body portion 5220 formed of a light-transmissive resin material.

本体部5220は、第1実施形態における本体部1220(図5及び図6参照)を基本として、軸心に垂直な断面形状が、長径方向の長さDa及び短径方向の長さDb(Da>Db)から形成される楕円形状になるように外周を部分的に増厚した形状で形成される。また、筒状部材5200の軸心に垂直な断面形状を、その筒状部材5200の軸心に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部に移動しつつ視認する場合に、その楕円形状の長径方向と短径方向との関係が、本体部5220の軸心方向中間の位置Mで入れ替えられる態様で形成される。 The main body portion 5220 is based on the main body portion 1220 (see FIG. 5 and FIG. 6) in the first embodiment, and has a cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axis with a length Da in the major axis direction and a length Db (Da in the minor axis direction). >Db), the outer periphery is partially thickened so as to have an elliptical shape. In addition, when the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member 5200 is viewed while moving from one end to the other along the axis of the tubular member 5200, the elliptical major axis The relationship between the direction and the minor axis direction is formed in such a manner that the relationship is interchanged at a position M in the axial center of the main body 5220.

また、本体部5220の外周面には、低透過率部1230と略同一ピッチで形成され、本体部5220の軸心に一定の傾斜角度で傾斜されるらせん状に形成されると共に、光の透過率が本体部5220の他の部分に比較して低く形成される外周側低透過率部4230が形成される。 In addition, the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 5220 is formed at substantially the same pitch as the low-transmittance portion 1230, is formed in a spiral shape inclined at a constant inclination angle to the axis of the main body portion 5220, and transmits light. The outer peripheral low transmittance portion 4230 having a lower ratio than the other portions of the main body portion 5220 is formed.

ここで、第1実施形態で上述したように、筒状部材5200の内周面に張り出して形成される低透過率部1230(図6参照)に、案内部材1300(図6参照)に沿って流下する球が当接することで、筒状部材5200が回転される。次いで、図38から図40を参照して、筒状部材5200が回転される場合の外観の変化について説明する。 Here, as described above in the first embodiment, along the guide member 1300 (see FIG. 6), the low transmittance portion 1230 (see FIG. 6) formed by projecting on the inner peripheral surface of the tubular member 5200 is provided. The tubular member 5200 is rotated by the contact of the flowing ball. Next, with reference to FIGS. 38 to 40, a change in appearance when the tubular member 5200 is rotated will be described.

図38から図40は、筒状部材5200が回転される過程を時系列で説明する図であり、図38(a)、図39(a)及び図40(a)は、筒状部材5200及び光照射装置4400の上面図であり、図38(b)、図39(b)及び図40(b)は、筒状部材5200及び光照射装置4400の正面図である。なお、図38(b)、図39(b)及び図40(b)は、光源1420から照射された光が筒状部材5200を通して視認される筒状部材5200の外観が図示される。 38 to 40 are views for explaining a process of rotating the tubular member 5200 in a time series, and FIGS. 38(a), 39(a) and 40(a) show the tubular member 5200 and FIG. 38B is a top view of the light irradiation device 4400, and FIGS. 38B, 39B, and 40B are front views of the tubular member 5200 and the light irradiation device 4400. 38(b), 39(b), and 40(b) show the appearance of the tubular member 5200 in which the light emitted from the light source 1420 is visually recognized through the tubular member 5200.

筒状部材5200と光照射装置4400とは、筒状部材5200が長径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けた場合には、ストッパ部4433(図34参照)が光照射装置4400の基盤部1410に押し付けられると共に、筒状部材5200の短径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けた場合には、筒状部材5200と屈折部材4430とは当接されない位置関係に形成される。 When the tubular member 5200 and the light irradiation device 4400 have their major axis oriented toward the light irradiation device 4400, the stopper portion 4433 (see FIG. 34) presses the base member 1410 of the light irradiation device 4400. In addition, when the minor axis direction of the tubular member 5200 is directed to the light irradiation device 4400, the tubular member 5200 and the refracting member 4430 are formed in a positional relationship in which they are not in contact with each other.

図38に示すように、筒状部材5200の位置Mから上側が短径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けると共に、位置Mから下側が長径方向を光照射装置4400へ向ける場合には、光照射装置4400の下側に配設される屈折部材4430(図34参照)が揺動されることに伴い、位置Mの下側において光が軸心に集光された態様で視認され、位置Mの上側においては光の形状がS字カーブを描いた形状で左右に広げられて視認される。 As shown in FIG. 38, when the upper side from the position M of the tubular member 5200 faces the light irradiation device 4400 in the minor axis direction and the lower side from the position M directs the major axis direction in the light irradiation device 4400, the light irradiation device. As the refracting member 4430 (see FIG. 34) disposed below the 4400 is swung, the light is visually recognized on the lower side of the position M in a state of being condensed on the axial center, and the upper side of the position M. In, the shape of the light is visually recognized by spreading it to the left and right in the shape of an S-shaped curve.

図39に示すように、図38から上面視時計回りに45°回転されると、位置Mの上側および下側の両方において、筒状部材5200が屈折部材4430(図34参照)に当接され、屈折部材4430は基盤部1410に傾斜した姿勢を取る。そのため、光照射装置4400から照射される光は屈折部材4430により屈折され、正面視において筒状部材5200を通して視認される光の外形は、S字カーブを描いた形状で左右に広げられて視認される。なお、この場合の屈折部材4430の基盤部1410に対する傾斜角度は、筒状部材5200に当接されない際の傾斜角度に比較して小さな角度で形成される。 As shown in FIG. 39, when rotated 45° clockwise from the top view in FIG. 38, the tubular member 5200 is brought into contact with the bending member 4430 (see FIG. 34) both above and below the position M. The refraction member 4430 is inclined to the base portion 1410. Therefore, the light emitted from the light irradiator 4400 is refracted by the refraction member 4430, and the outer shape of the light visually recognized through the tubular member 5200 in a front view is visually diverged to the left and right in the shape of an S-shaped curve. It In this case, the inclination angle of the refraction member 4430 with respect to the base portion 1410 is formed to be smaller than the inclination angle when not in contact with the tubular member 5200.

図40に示すように、図39の状態から更に上面視時計回りに45°回転されると、筒状部材5200の位置Mから下側が短径方向を光照射装置4400へ向けると共に、位置Mから上側が長径方向を光照射装置4400へ向ける態様で形成される。この場合、光照射装置4400の上側に配設される屈折部材4430(図34参照)が揺動されることに伴い、位置Mの上側において光が軸心に集光された態様で視認され、位置Mの下側においては光の形状がS字カーブを描いた形状で左右に広げられて視認される。よって、正面視において筒状部材5200を通して視認される光の模様の変化の態様を、軸心に垂直な断面形状が一定の楕円形状で形成される場合(図32参照)に比較して増加させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 40, when it is further rotated clockwise by 45° in a top view from the state of FIG. 39, the lower side from the position M of the tubular member 5200 directs the minor axis direction toward the light irradiation device 4400, and also from the position M. The upper side is formed such that the major axis direction is directed to the light irradiation device 4400. In this case, as the refraction member 4430 (see FIG. 34) arranged on the upper side of the light irradiation device 4400 is swung, the light is visually recognized on the upper side of the position M in such a manner that the light is focused on the axis. On the lower side of the position M, the shape of the light is visually recognized as being spread right and left in the shape of an S-shaped curve. Therefore, the mode of change of the pattern of light visually recognized through the tubular member 5200 in a front view is increased as compared with the case where the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axis is formed into an elliptical shape (see FIG. 32). be able to.

ここで、図38(b)に図示される状態から図39(b)に図示される状態を経て図40(b)に図示される状態に至るまでには、屈折部材4430の揺動角度が徐々に変化されるので、筒状部材5200を通して視認される光源1420から照射される光の模様が、徐々に軸心に集光されたり、徐々に軸心から離間されたりする態様で視認される。即ち、光の模様が断続的に変化されるのではなく、連続的に変化されるので、光の模様の変化を遊技者が判別しやすくすることができる。 Here, from the state shown in FIG. 38(b) to the state shown in FIG. 40(b) through the state shown in FIG. 39(b), the swing angle of the refraction member 4430 is changed. Since it is gradually changed, the pattern of the light emitted from the light source 1420 that is visually recognized through the tubular member 5200 is visually recognized in such a manner that it is gradually focused on the axis or gradually separated from the axis. .. That is, since the light pattern is not changed intermittently but continuously, it is possible for the player to easily distinguish the change in the light pattern.

また、位置Mを境にして、筒状部材5200の軸心方向に移動される態様で視認される光の移動速度の緩急が際立たせられる。例えば、位置Mよりも上側において、筒状部材5200がその短径方向を光照射装置4400に向ける姿勢で形成される場合(図38(a)参照)、所定角度α(図38(a)参照)に含まれる筒状部材5200の外周面の水平方向の周長が位置Mの上側よりも位置Mの下側において長くなる。 In addition, the moving speed of light visually recognized in a state of being moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 5200 with the position M as a boundary is emphasized. For example, when the tubular member 5200 is formed above the position M in a posture in which the minor axis direction of the tubular member 5200 faces the light irradiation device 4400 (see FIG. 38A), a predetermined angle α (see FIG. 38A). ), the circumferential length of the outer peripheral surface of the tubular member 5200 in the horizontal direction is longer below the position M than above the position M.

よって、筒状部材5200が図38(a)に図示される状態から所定角度αだけ上面視時計回りに回転される場合に、正面視において外周側低透過率部4230が筒状部材5200の軸心方向に移動される態様で視認される移動幅は、位置Mの上側よりも位置Mの下側の方が大きくなる。即ち、筒状部材5200が上面視時計回りに回転され、筒状部材5200を通して視認される光の模様が上方向に移動される態様で視認される場合に、図38に図示される状態の時間的な前後において、位置Mを境に光の移動速度が緩やかになる。 Therefore, when the tubular member 5200 is rotated clockwise from the state illustrated in FIG. 38A by a predetermined angle α in the top view, the outer peripheral low transmittance portion 4230 in the front view has the axis of the tubular member 5200. The moving width visually recognized in the state of being moved in the axial direction is larger on the lower side of the position M than on the upper side of the position M. That is, when the cylindrical member 5200 is rotated clockwise in a top view and the pattern of light visually recognized through the cylindrical member 5200 is visually recognized in a state of moving upward, the time in the state illustrated in FIG. Before and after the target, the moving speed of light becomes slower at the position M.

例えば、位置Mよりも上側において、筒状部材5200がその長径方向を光照射装置4400に向ける姿勢で形成される場合(図40(a)参照)、所定角度α(図40(a)参照)に含まれる筒状部材5200の外周面の水平方向の周長が位置Mの下側よりも位置Mの上側において長くなる。 For example, when the tubular member 5200 is formed above the position M in a posture in which the major axis direction of the tubular member 5200 faces the light irradiation device 4400 (see FIG. 40A), a predetermined angle α (see FIG. 40A). The horizontal perimeter of the outer peripheral surface of the tubular member 5200 included in the above is larger above the position M than below the position M.

よって、筒状部材5200が図40(a)に図示される状態から所定角度αだけ上面視時計回りに回転される場合に、正面視において外周側低透過率部4230が筒状部材5200の軸心方向に移動される態様で視認される移動幅は、位置Mの下側よりも位置Mの上側の方が大きくなる。即ち、筒状部材5200が上面視時計回りに回転され、筒状部材5200を通して視認される光の模様が上方向に移動される態様で視認される場合に、図40に図示される状態の時間的な前後において、位置Mを境に光の移動速度が急激になる。 Therefore, when the tubular member 5200 is rotated clockwise by a predetermined angle α from the state shown in FIG. 40( a ), the outer peripheral low transmittance portion 4230 in front view has the axis of the tubular member 5200. The moving width visually recognized in the state of being moved in the axial direction is larger on the upper side of the position M than on the lower side of the position M. That is, when the tubular member 5200 is rotated clockwise in a top view and the pattern of light seen through the tubular member 5200 is seen in a state of moving upward, the time in the state illustrated in FIG. Before and after the target, the moving speed of light becomes sharp at the position M as a boundary.

よって、筒状部材5200の回転速度が一定で形成される場合であっても、位置Mで光の筒状部材5200の軸心方向への移動速度の緩急を切り替えることで、より光の移動速度の変化を判別しやすくすることができる。 Therefore, even when the rotational speed of the tubular member 5200 is formed to be constant, the moving speed of the light can be further increased by switching the slow moving speed of the light in the axial direction of the tubular member 5200 at the position M. It is possible to make it easier to discriminate the change of.

以上、上記実施形態に基づき本発明を説明したが、本発明は上記形態に何ら限定されるものではなく、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内で種々の変形改良が可能であることは容易に推察できるものである。 Although the present invention has been described based on the above embodiment, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and it is easily possible that various modifications and improvements can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be guessed.

上記各実施形態のうちの一の実施形態における一部または全部の構成を、他の実施形態における一部または全部の構成と組み合わせて、或いは、置き換えて、パチンコ機10を構成しても良い。 The pachinko machine 10 may be configured by combining or replacing part or all of the configuration of one of the above-described embodiments with part or all of the configuration of other embodiments.

上記第1実施形態では、筒状部材1200の本体部1220が光透過性の樹脂材料から筒状に形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、例えば、筒の両端を形成する一対のリング状部材と、そのリング状部材を繋ぐ複数の連結部材からなる金属製の骨組みに、光透過性の樹脂材料からなる曲げられた板状のパネル壁材が嵌め込まれることで筒状部材1200が構成され、部分的に光透過部を有する態様に構成されても良い。この場合は、筒状部材1200が回転されることで、金属性の連結部材が光照射装置1400から照射される光を遮蔽するので、視認される光の模様を変化させることができる。 In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the main body 1220 of the tubular member 1200 is formed of a light-transmissive resin material into a tubular shape has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this. A cylinder is formed by fitting a bent plate-shaped panel wall material made of a light-transmissive resin material into a metal frame made up of a pair of ring-shaped members to be formed and a plurality of connecting members connecting the ring-shaped members. The member 1200 may be configured and may be configured to partially include the light transmitting portion. In this case, as the tubular member 1200 is rotated, the metallic connecting member blocks the light emitted from the light irradiating device 1400, so that the pattern of visible light can be changed.

上記第1実施形態では、装飾部材1500が光透過性の樹脂材料から形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、例えば、金属製の骨組みに、光透過性の樹脂材料からなる平面板状のパネル壁材が嵌め込まれることで、部分的に光透過部を有する態様に構成されても良い。この場合には、装飾部材1500に低透過率部1511を形成せずとも、金属製の骨組みが光を遮蔽するので、光照射装置1400から照射された光を、装飾部材1500で光透過部ごとに分割することができる。 In the first embodiment, the case where the decoration member 1500 is made of the light-transmissive resin material has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a metal frame may be used for the light-transmissive resin material. The flat plate-shaped panel wall material made of may be fitted to form a mode in which the light transmitting portion is partially provided. In this case, even if the low-transmittance portion 1511 is not formed on the decoration member 1500, since the metal frame blocks the light, the light radiated from the light irradiation device 1400 is transmitted by the decoration member 1500 to each light transmission portion. Can be divided into

上記第1実施形態では、筒状部材1200の一方の端部のみが導入筒83に回転可能に外嵌される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、筒状部材1200の両端を軸支する態様で形成されていても良い。この場合は、筒状部材1200の回転軸が安定するために、筒状部材1200に与えられる力が効果的に回転方向へ向けられる。よって、筒状部材1200を回転させるのに必要な力を小さくすることができる。 In the first embodiment, the case where only one end of the tubular member 1200 is rotatably fitted on the introduction tube 83 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and both ends of the tubular member 1200 are not limited to this. It may be formed in such a manner as to support. In this case, since the rotation axis of the tubular member 1200 is stable, the force applied to the tubular member 1200 is effectively directed in the rotation direction. Therefore, the force required to rotate the tubular member 1200 can be reduced.

上記第1実施形態では、筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230及び装飾部材1500の低透過率部1511が張り出して形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、筒状部材1200の本体部1220及び装飾部材1500の本体部1510の表面が段差のない態様で形成されても良い。この場合は、低透過率部1230,1511に該当する部分にすりガラス状の表面加工を施したり、塗装を行ったりすることで、部分的に光の透過率が低い部分を形成することができる。すると、例えば筒状部材1200や装飾部材1500が樹脂材料から形成される場合に、低透過率部1230,1511の形成パターンを変化させる要求があったとしても、部材の形状がそのままであれば、同一の金型をそのまま使用して筒状部材1200や装飾部材1500を生産し、その後で表面加工や塗装を行うことで、対応することができる。よって、部材の生産コストを抑制することができる。 In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the low transmittance portion 1230 of the tubular member 1200 and the low transmittance portion 1511 of the decorative member 1500 are formed to project is described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the tubular shape is not limited thereto. The surfaces of the main body portion 1220 of the member 1200 and the main body portion 1510 of the decorative member 1500 may be formed without a step. In this case, a portion having a low light transmittance can be partially formed by performing frosted glass-like surface processing or coating on the portions corresponding to the low transmittance portions 1230 and 1511. Then, for example, when the tubular member 1200 or the decorative member 1500 is formed of a resin material, even if there is a request to change the formation pattern of the low transmittance portions 1230 and 1511, if the shape of the member is the same, This can be dealt with by using the same mold as it is to produce the tubular member 1200 and the decorative member 1500, and then performing surface processing and painting. Therefore, the production cost of the member can be suppressed.

上記第1実施形態では、装飾部材1500の低透過率部1511が波状に形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、低透過率部1511が直線状に形成されていても良い。この場合には、筒状部材1200の回転により筒状部材1200の軸心方向に移動される態様で視認される光を、低透過率部1511の延設方向に移動される態様で視認させることができる。 In the first embodiment, the case where the low transmittance portion 1511 of the decorative member 1500 is formed in a wavy shape has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the low transmittance portion 1511 is formed in a linear shape. Is also good. In this case, the light visually recognized as being moved in the axial direction of the tubular member 1200 by the rotation of the tubular member 1200 is visually recognized as being moved in the extending direction of the low transmittance portion 1511. You can

上記第1実施形態では、筒状部材1200が球の自重により回転される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、筒状部材1200を回転させる駆動源を別で配設しても良い。この場合には、例えば、正面視における筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230の下降速度が、球の自重による流下速度よりも速くなる態様で筒状部材1200が回転されると、球は筒状部材1200の低透過率部1230に上側から押される。すると、球は自重で流下する場合に比較し加速され、筒状部材1200の下端から排出される球の速度が増速される。ここで、球が流下することで回転される風車の印象を遊技者は有しているので、球が回転可能な部材に接触すると、球の流下速度が落ちるという先入観がある。よって、筒状部材1200が球の速度を加速させることで、遊技者に意外性のある印象を与えることができる。 In the first embodiment described above, the case where the tubular member 1200 is rotated by the weight of the sphere has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a drive source for rotating the tubular member 1200 may be provided separately. Is also good. In this case, for example, when the tubular member 1200 is rotated in such a manner that the descending speed of the low-permeability portion 1230 of the tubular member 1200 in the front view is faster than the flow-down speed due to the weight of the sphere, the sphere will be tubular. The low transmittance portion 1230 of the strip-shaped member 1200 is pressed from above. Then, the balls are accelerated as compared with the case where they flow down by their own weight, and the speed of the balls discharged from the lower end of the tubular member 1200 is increased. Here, since the player has the impression of a windmill that is rotated by the ball flowing down, there is a prejudice that the flow speed of the ball decreases when the ball contacts a rotatable member. Therefore, the tubular member 1200 accelerates the speed of the sphere, so that the player can have an unexpected impression.

上記第1実施形態では、低透過率部1511が複数列の波状に形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、低透過率部1511が縦方向および横方向に複数列形成され、格子状に形成されても良い。この場合には、低透過率部1511が複数列の波状(縞状)に形成される場合に比較し、更に光を細分化することができる。 In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the low-transmittance portions 1511 are formed in a wavy shape in a plurality of columns has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this. It may be formed and formed in a grid shape. In this case, it is possible to further subdivide the light, as compared with the case where the low-transmittance portion 1511 is formed in a plurality of rows of wavy shapes (stripes).

上記第1実施形態では、筒状部材1200が外壁部82に固定された導入筒83に外嵌される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、筒状部材1200が水平方向に平行移動される態様で形成されても良い。この場合には、光照射装置1400が移動不能に固定されていても、筒状部材1200及び光照射装置1400の相対的な位置関係を変化させることができる。即ち、正面視において、筒状部材1200と光照射装置1400から照射される光の出力方向との位置関係を変化させることができ、筒状部材1200の強く照らされる位置を水平移動させることができるので、筒状部材1200を通して視認される外観を変化させることができる。 In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the tubular member 1200 is externally fitted to the introduction tube 83 fixed to the outer wall portion 82 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the tubular member 1200 may be horizontally mounted. It may be formed in a manner of being moved in parallel. In this case, even if the light irradiation device 1400 is immovably fixed, the relative positional relationship between the tubular member 1200 and the light irradiation device 1400 can be changed. That is, in a front view, the positional relationship between the tubular member 1200 and the output direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device 1400 can be changed, and the strongly illuminated position of the tubular member 1200 can be horizontally moved. Therefore, the appearance visually recognized through the tubular member 1200 can be changed.

上記第2実施形態では、光照射装置2400の基盤部2410に球が衝突されることで光照射装置2400が揺動される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、光照射装置2400を揺動させる駆動源を別で配設しても良い。この場合には、球が流下するか否かに関わらず、光照射装置2400を揺動させることができるので、球が光演出装置2000付近を流下する以前においても、遊技者の興味を引くことができ、遊技者に光演出装置2000付近に球を狙わせることができる。 In the second embodiment, the case where the light irradiation device 2400 is swung by the collision of the base 2410 of the light irradiation device 2400 with the sphere has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the light irradiation device is not limited thereto. A drive source for swinging the 2400 may be provided separately. In this case, the light irradiation device 2400 can be rocked regardless of whether or not the ball flows down, so that the player is interested even before the ball flows down near the light production device 2000. Therefore, the player can aim the ball near the light production device 2000.

上記第3実施形態では、低透過率部3230は、延設方向に垂直な断面形状が変化しない場合について説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、低透過率部3230の延設方向に垂直な断面形状の幅方向の寸法が周期的に増減する態様で形成されても良い。この場合、正面視において筒状部材3200が視認されると、低透過率部3230が延設方向に沿って太くなったり細くなったりする態様で視認され、それに伴い周面部3240も低透過率部3230の延設方向に沿って太くなったり細くなったりする態様で視認される。そのため、周面部3240を通して視認される光の外形も、大きくなったり小さくなったりする態様で視認される。よって、筒状部材3200が回転される場合に、周面部3240を通して視認される光の外形を拡大縮小することができる。 In the third embodiment, the low transmittance portion 3230 has been described as a case where the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the extending direction does not change, but the invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the low transmittance portion 3230 may extend in the extending direction. It may be formed in such a manner that the widthwise dimension of the vertical cross-sectional shape increases and decreases periodically. In this case, when the tubular member 3200 is visually recognized in a front view, the low transmittance portion 3230 is visually recognized in a manner of thickening or thinning along the extending direction, and accordingly, the peripheral surface portion 3240 also has the low transmittance portion. It is visually recognized in a manner of becoming thicker or thinner along the extending direction of 3230. Therefore, the outer shape of the light visually recognized through the peripheral surface portion 3240 is also visually recognized in a manner of increasing or decreasing. Therefore, when the tubular member 3200 is rotated, the outer shape of the light visually recognized through the peripheral surface portion 3240 can be enlarged or reduced.

上記第3実施形態では、低透過率部3230が筒状部材3200の軸心に対する傾斜角度が一定で形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、低透過率部3230が筒状部材3200の軸心に対する傾斜角度を変化させながら延設される態様で形成されても良い。この場合には、低透過率部3230が筒状部材3200の正面視において波状に形成されるので、筒状部材3200が回転されると、筒状部材3200を通して視認される光は、軸心方向に上下動しながら移動される態様で視認される。 In the third embodiment, the case where the low transmittance portion 3230 is formed with a constant inclination angle with respect to the axis of the tubular member 3200 has been described, but the low transmittance portion 3230 is not necessarily limited to this. The cylindrical member 3200 may be formed so as to be extended while changing its inclination angle with respect to the axis. In this case, since the low transmittance portion 3230 is formed in a wavy shape in the front view of the tubular member 3200, when the tubular member 3200 is rotated, the light visually recognized through the tubular member 3200 is directed in the axial direction. It is visually recognized as it moves up and down.

上記第3実施形態では、低透過率部3230が筒状部材3200の軸心に傾斜して形成される場合について説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、低透過率部3230が、その延設方向に垂直な断面形状の幅方向の寸法が周期的に増減する態様で形成される場合において、低透過率部3230が筒状部材3200の軸直角方向に形成されていても良い。この場合には、筒状部材3200が回転されることで、低透過率部3230の太く形成される部分および細く形成される部分が水平方向に移動され、周面部3240を通して視認される光の外形が大きくなったり小さくなったりする態様で視認される。よって、筒状部材3200が回転される場合に、周面部3240を通して視認される光の外形を拡大縮小することができる。 In the third embodiment described above, the case where the low transmittance portion 3230 is formed to be inclined with respect to the axis of the tubular member 3200 has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the low transmittance portion 3230 is When the dimension in the width direction of the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the extending direction is formed to increase or decrease periodically, the low transmittance portion 3230 may be formed in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the tubular member 3200. In this case, by rotating the tubular member 3200, the thickly formed portion and the thinly formed portion of the low transmittance portion 3230 are moved in the horizontal direction, and the outer shape of the light visually recognized through the peripheral surface portion 3240. Is visually recognized in such a manner that it becomes larger or smaller. Therefore, when the tubular member 3200 is rotated, the outer shape of the light visually recognized through the peripheral surface portion 3240 can be enlarged or reduced.

上記第3実施形態では、低透過率部3230が外周面に張り出して形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、外周面に断面形状が半円形状で形成される溝が形成されても良い。この場合には、溝の窪みを含む筒状部材3200の側面が部分的に凹面形状に形成される。その凹面形状の作用により、光が拡散され、溝部分が他の周面に比較して暗く視認されるので、光を溝で分割することができる。 In the third embodiment, the case where the low transmittance portion 3230 is formed so as to project to the outer peripheral surface has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the groove having a semicircular cross-sectional shape is formed on the outer peripheral surface. May be formed. In this case, the side surface of the tubular member 3200 including the groove depression is partially formed in a concave shape. By the action of the concave shape, light is diffused and the groove portion is visually recognized darker than other peripheral surfaces, so that the light can be divided by the groove.

上記第4実施形態では、本体部4220に外周側低透過率部4230の形状以外の部分にテープを貼ることでマスクを施し、透過率の低い塗料をスプレーし、塗料が乾いた後でテープを剥がすことで、外周側低透過率部4230が形成される場合について説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、外周側低透過率部4230をすりガラス状に形成しても良い。この場合には、筒状部材4200の本体部4220を樹脂成型する際に、外周側低透過率部4230を同時に形成することができ、塗装を行う工程を削減できるので、筒状部材4200の本体部4220の生産コストを抑制することができる。 In the fourth embodiment described above, a mask is applied to the main body portion 4220 by sticking a tape on a portion other than the shape of the outer peripheral side low transmittance portion 4230, spraying a paint having a low transmittance, and then applying the tape after the paint has dried. The case where the outer peripheral side low transmittance portion 4230 is formed by peeling has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the outer peripheral side low transmittance portion 4230 may be formed in a frosted glass shape. In this case, when the main body portion 4220 of the tubular member 4200 is resin-molded, the outer peripheral low transmittance portion 4230 can be formed at the same time, and the number of painting steps can be reduced. The production cost of the part 4220 can be suppressed.

本発明を上記各実施形態とは異なるタイプのパチンコ機等に実施してもよい。例えば、一度大当たりすると、それを含めて複数回(例えば2回、3回)大当たり状態が発生するまで、大当たり期待値が高められるようなパチンコ機(通称、2回権利物、3回権利物と称される)として実施してもよい。また、大当たり図柄が表示された後に、所定の領域に球を入賞させることを必要条件として遊技者に所定の遊技価値を付与する特別遊技を発生させるパチンコ機として実施してもよい。また、Vゾーン等の特別領域を有する入賞装置を有し、その特別領域に球を入賞させることを必要条件として特別遊技状態となるパチンコ機に実施してもよい。更に、パチンコ機以外にも、アレパチ、雀球、スロットマシン、いわゆるパチンコ機とスロットマシンとが融合した遊技機などの各種遊技機として実施するようにしても良い。 The present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine or the like of a type different from those of the above embodiments. For example, once a big hit occurs, a pachinko machine (commonly called a 2nd right property, a 3rd right property, etc.) that can increase the jackpot expectation value until a big hit condition occurs multiple times (for example, 2 or 3 times) including that. Referred to as). Further, after the jackpot pattern is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined game value to a player on condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, it may be implemented in a pachinko machine which is in a special game state, having a winning device having a special area such as a V zone, and winning a ball in the special area is a necessary condition. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, it may be implemented as various game machines such as arepaches, sparrow balls, slot machines, and game machines in which so-called pachinko machines and slot machines are integrated.

なお、スロットマシンは、例えばコインを投入して図柄有効ラインを決定させた状態で操作レバーを操作することにより図柄が変動され、ストップボタンを操作することにより図柄が停止されて確定される周知のものである。従って、スロットマシンの基本概念としては、「複数の識別情報からなる識別情報列を変動表示した後に識別情報を確定表示する表示装置を備え、始動用操作手段(例えば操作レバー)の操作に起因して識別情報の変動表示が開始され、停止用操作手段(例えばストップボタン)の操作に起因して、或いは、所定時間経過することにより、識別情報の変動表示が停止して確定表示され、その停止時の識別情報の組合せが特定のものであることを必要条件として、遊技者に所定の遊技価値を付与する特別遊技を発生させるスロットマシン」となり、この場合、遊技媒体はコイン、メダル等が代表例として挙げられる。 In the slot machine, for example, a symbol is changed by operating a control lever with a coin inserted and the symbol effective line is determined, and a symbol is stopped and confirmed by operating a stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, the basic concept of the slot machine is that “a display device that variably displays an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information and then confirms and displays the identification information is provided, and is caused by an operation of a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). The variable display of the identification information is started by the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses, the variable display of the identification information is stopped and confirmed, and then stopped. It becomes a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined game value to a player, provided that the combination of identification information at the time is specific".In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. Take as an example.

また、パチンコ機とスロットマシンとが融合した遊技機の具体例としては、複数の図柄からなる図柄列を変動表示した後に図柄を確定表示する表示装置を備えており、球打出用のハンドルを備えていないものが挙げられる。この場合、所定の操作(ボタン操作)に基づく所定量の球の投入の後、例えば操作レバーの操作に起因して図柄の変動が開始され、例えばストップボタンの操作に起因して、或いは、所定時間経過することにより、図柄の変動が停止され、その停止時の確定図柄がいわゆる大当たり図柄であることを必要条件として遊技者に所定の遊技価値を付与する特別遊技が発生させられ、遊技者には、下部の受皿に多量の球が払い出されるものである。かかる遊技機をスロットマシンに代えて使用すれば、遊技ホールでは球のみを遊技価値として取り扱うことができるため、パチンコ機とスロットマシンとが混在している現在の遊技ホールにおいてみられる、遊技価値たるメダルと球との別個の取扱による設備上の負担や遊技機設置個所の制約といった問題を解消し得る。 Further, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device for confirming and displaying the symbols after variably displaying a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols is provided, and a handle for ball launching is provided. Some are not. In this case, after throwing in a predetermined amount of balls based on a predetermined operation (button operation), the fluctuation of the symbol is started due to, for example, the operation of the operation lever, for example due to the operation of the stop button, or the predetermined By the passage of time, the fluctuation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player is generated as a necessary condition that the definite symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol, and the player is given a special game value. Is a large amount of balls dispensed to the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only balls can be treated as a gaming value in the gaming hall, which is the gaming value seen in the current gaming hall in which pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed. It is possible to solve problems such as a burden on equipment and a restriction on a place where a game machine is installed due to separate handling of medals and balls.

以下に、本発明の遊技機に加えて上述した実施形態に含まれる各種発明の概念を示す。 The concept of various inventions included in the above-described embodiment in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention will be shown below.

<筒状部材の回転により光の模様を変化させる技術思想の一例>
遊技盤に回転可能に軸支されると共に光透過部を有する筒状部材と、その筒状部材へ向けて光を照射する光照射装置と、を備え、前記筒状部材は、光の透過率の低い部分であり、前記筒状部材の周面に形成されると共に前記筒状部材が回転されることにより一方向視において視認される位置が変化される態様で形成される低透過率部を備え、前記光照射装置から照射される光が前記筒状部材を通して視認されることを特徴とする遊技機A0。
<Example of technical idea of changing light pattern by rotation of tubular member>
The gaming board includes a tubular member that is rotatably supported on the gaming board and has a light transmitting portion, and a light irradiating device that irradiates the tubular member with light. The tubular member has a light transmittance. Of the low transmittance portion formed on the peripheral surface of the cylindrical member and changing the position visually recognized in one direction by rotating the cylindrical member. A gaming machine A0, characterized in that the light emitted from the light emitting device is visually recognized through the tubular member.

遊技機A0によれば、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより形成される模様を変化させることができ、光照射装置から照射される光の演出効果を向上させることができる。 According to the game machine A0, it is possible to change the pattern formed by the difference in the brightness of the light visually recognized through the tubular member, and improve the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device. it can.

ここで、パチンコ機等の遊技機において、遊技盤に配設される拡散部材と、その拡散部材の背面側に配設される光照射装置とを備え、その光照射装置から照射される光が拡散部材により拡散され、拡散部材の正面側に配設される装飾部材が照らされる遊技機がある(例えば特開2008−113910号公報を参照)。しかし、上述した従来の遊技機では、光照射装置から照射される光が遊技者に視認される態様は、限定的である。即ち、例えば、光照射装置の光源の位置により、拡散部材の照らされる位置は決定され、光源の発光状態をいくら変化させても、拡散部材が照らされる位置(光の模様)は変化されない。そのため、遊技者に視認される光の態様は限定的なものとなり、光照射装置から照射される光の演出を限定的なものとする問題点を有していた。 Here, in a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a diffusing member arranged on the game board and a light irradiation device arranged on the back side of the diffusing member are provided, and light emitted from the light irradiation device is There is a gaming machine that is diffused by a diffusing member and illuminated by a decorative member arranged on the front side of the diffusing member (for example, see Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-113910). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the manner in which the light emitted from the light emitting device is visually recognized by the player is limited. That is, for example, the illuminated position of the diffusing member is determined by the position of the light source of the light irradiation device, and the illuminated position of the diffusing member (light pattern) does not change, no matter how the light emitting state of the light source is changed. Therefore, the form of the light visually recognized by the player is limited, and there is a problem that the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is limited.

これに対し、遊技機A0によれば、筒状部材が回転されることで、一方向視における低透過率部の位置が変化される。そのため、筒状部材が回転されることにより、一方向視において筒状部材を通して視認される、光照射装置から照射される光の明るさの度合いの分布が変化される。即ち、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより形成される模様が変化可能に形成されるので、光照射装置から照射される光の演出の態様を増加させることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A0, the position of the low transmittance portion in one-direction view is changed by rotating the tubular member. Therefore, by rotating the tubular member, the distribution of the degree of brightness of the light emitted from the light irradiation device, which is visually recognized through the tubular member in one direction, is changed. That is, since the pattern formed is changeable according to the difference in the brightness of the light visually recognized through the tubular member, it is possible to increase the mode of the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device.

なお、筒状部材が光透過部を有するとは、筒状部材が少なくとも一部において光を透過させる部分を有することを意味する。この意味において、筒状部材の態様は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、筒状部材そのものが光透過性材料から形成されても良いし、筒状部材が光透過性材料と、光を遮蔽する材料とから形成されても良い。 The tubular member having a light transmitting portion means that the tubular member has at least a part that allows light to pass therethrough. In this sense, the aspect of the tubular member is not particularly limited, and for example, the tubular member itself may be formed of a light transmissive material, or the tubular member may shield the light with a light transmissive material. It may also be formed from a material.

筒状部材を形成する材料としては、ガラスまたは樹脂材料等が例示される。例えば、樹脂材料を選択した場合は、成形型を製造することで、同一形状の筒状部材を量産することができる。 Examples of the material forming the tubular member include glass and resin materials. For example, when a resin material is selected, a cylindrical member having the same shape can be mass-produced by manufacturing a molding die.

筒状部材の周面に形成される低透過率部の態様としては、筒状部材の周面において厚みが増して形成されることで透過率を低下させる場合、筒状部材の周面に曲面や凹面を形成し、光を拡散させることで透過率を低下させる場合、筒状部材の周面が着色(例えば黒色に着色)されることで透過率を低下させる場合または表面加工(溝加工、シボ加工等)により光を散乱させることで透過率を低下させる場合等が例示される。 As a mode of the low transmittance portion formed on the peripheral surface of the tubular member, when the transmittance is reduced by increasing the thickness of the peripheral surface of the tubular member, a curved surface is formed on the peripheral surface of the tubular member. Or a concave surface to reduce the transmittance by diffusing light, when the peripheral surface of the tubular member is colored (for example, colored black) to reduce the transmittance, or surface processing (grooving, An example is a case where the transmittance is reduced by scattering light by graining).

なお、光の明るさの度合いが維持されるとは、部材を透過した光が十分に遊技者の目に届くことで、明るさが過度に損なわれないことを意味し、光の明るさの度合いが弱められるとは、部材を透過した光がほとんど目に届かず、暗く視認されることを意味する。 It should be noted that maintaining the degree of brightness of light means that the light transmitted through the member reaches the eyes of the player sufficiently so that the brightness is not excessively impaired. The degree of weakening means that the light transmitted through the member hardly reaches the eyes and is visually recognized as dark.

遊技機A0において、前記低透過率部は、前記筒状部材の軸心に対して傾斜された帯状に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A1。 In the gaming machine A0, the low-transmittance portion is formed in a belt shape inclined with respect to the axis of the tubular member.

遊技機A1によれば、遊技機A0の奏する効果に加え、低透過率部が、筒状部材の軸心に対して傾斜された帯状に形成されるので、例えば、正面視において、筒状部材が回転されることで低透過率部が軸方向に移動されるように遊技者に対して視認させることができる。即ち、光の明るさの度合いが弱められる部分(低透過率部が形成される部分)が軸方向に移動されるように視認させることができると同時に、光の明るさの度合いが弱められる部分以外の周面部である光の明るさの度合いが維持される部分も軸方向に移動されるように視認させることができる。即ち、光照射装置の光源を制御することなく、筒状部材に照射される光が筒状部材の軸方向に移動されるように遊技者に視認させることができるので、光照射装置の演出効果を向上させることができる。 According to the gaming machine A1, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A0, the low-transmittance portion is formed in a band shape inclined with respect to the axis of the tubular member. By rotating, the low transmittance portion can be visually recognized by the player as if it were moved in the axial direction. That is, the portion where the degree of light brightness is weakened (the portion where the low transmittance portion is formed) can be visually recognized as being moved in the axial direction, and at the same time, the portion where the degree of light brightness is weakened is visible. Parts other than the peripheral surface part where the degree of light brightness is maintained can be visually recognized as being moved in the axial direction. That is, without controlling the light source of the light irradiating device, it is possible to let the player visually recognize that the light irradiating the tubular member is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member, so the effect of the light irradiating device Can be improved.

例えば、低透過率部が、筒状部材の周面にらせん状に形成される場合には、筒状部材に照射される光を筒状部材の軸方向の同一方向に連続的に移動させることができる。また、低透過率部の傾斜角度を部分的に変化させることで、筒状部材が同じ速度で回転される場合でも、光の移動速度を部分的に変化させることができる。 For example, when the low-transmittance portion is formed in a spiral shape on the peripheral surface of the tubular member, the light irradiated to the tubular member should be continuously moved in the same axial direction of the tubular member. You can Further, by partially changing the inclination angle of the low transmittance portion, it is possible to partially change the moving speed of light even when the tubular member is rotated at the same speed.

ここで、筒状部材の低透過率部の傾斜角度とは、例えば、筒状部材の軸心と、その軸心と正面視において交差する低透過率部とがなす角度を意味する。 Here, the inclination angle of the low transmittance portion of the tubular member means, for example, the angle formed by the axis of the tubular member and the low transmittance portion that intersects the axis of the tubular member in a front view.

遊技機A1において、前記筒状部材の前記光照射装置に近い側の側面である一方の側面に配設される前記低透過率部と、前記筒状部材の前記一方の側面の反対の側面である他方の側面に配設される前記低透過率部とが、少なくとも前記筒状部材を挟んで前記光照射装置の反対側から前記筒状部材を視認する場合に、交差された態様で視認可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A2。 In the gaming machine A1, the low transmittance portion disposed on one side surface of the tubular member which is a side surface closer to the light irradiation device, and the side surface opposite to the one side surface of the tubular member. When the tubular member is viewed from the opposite side of the light irradiation device with at least the tubular member interposed therebetween, the low transmittance portion disposed on the other side surface can be seen in a crossed manner. A gaming machine A2 characterized in that it is formed in.

遊技機A2によれば、遊技機A1の奏する効果に加え、光照射装置から筒状部材へ照射された光を細分化することができる。 According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A1, the light emitted from the light emitting device to the tubular member can be subdivided.

光照射装置から筒状部材へ照射された光は、まず一方の側面に形成される低透過率部により分割され、次いで、他方の側面に形成される低透過率部により分割される。即ち、光が一方の側面と他方の側面との両方で分割される。よって光照射装置から筒状部材へ照射された光を細分化することができ、光照射装置の光源を増加させることなしに、筒状部材を通して視認可能な光の個数を増加させることができる。 The light emitted from the light irradiating device to the tubular member is first divided by the low transmittance portion formed on one side surface, and then divided by the low transmittance portion formed on the other side surface. That is, light is split on both one side and the other. Therefore, the light emitted from the light irradiation device to the tubular member can be subdivided, and the number of lights visible through the tubular member can be increased without increasing the number of light sources of the light irradiation device.

ここで、光が分割されるとは、光の明るさの度合いの弱められる部分である低透過率部を境に、光の明るさの度合いが維持される部分が分けられる態様で視認されることを意味する。 Here, the term “divided light” is visually recognized in such a manner that a portion where the degree of light brightness is maintained is divided with a low transmittance portion that is a portion where the degree of light brightness is weakened as a boundary. Means that.

遊技機A1又はA2において、前記低透過率部が、らせん状に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A3。 In the gaming machine A1 or A2, the low transmittance portion is formed in a spiral shape, and the gaming machine A3.

遊技機A3によれば、遊技機A1又はA2の奏する効果に加え、低透過率部が、らせん状に形成されるので、例えば正面視において、筒状部材が回転されることで低透過率部が軸方向の同一方向に継続して移動されるように遊技者に視認させることができる。 According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A1 or A2, the low-transmittance portion is formed in a spiral shape, so that the low-transmittance portion is formed by rotating the tubular member in a front view, for example. It is possible for the player to visually recognize that is continuously moved in the same axial direction.

例えば、筒状部材の両端部まで低透過率部が形成されている場合において、筒状部材の両端部が視認不能に隠されていれば、あたかも、その隠された両端部の内の一方の端部から光が発生し、その反対側の端部である他方の端部まで移動するように見せる演出をすることができる。 For example, in the case where the low-transmittance portion is formed up to both ends of the tubular member, if both ends of the tubular member are hidden invisibly, it is as if one of the hidden both ends. It is possible to produce an effect in which light is generated from one end and moves to the other end, which is the opposite end.

遊技機A1からA3のいずれかにおいて、前記低透過率部は、前記筒状部材の周面から前記筒状部材の径方向に張り出して形成されると共に前記筒状部材の周面に沿って延設され、その延設方向と垂直な断面形状において、前記筒状部材の周面に連設される両側面の内少なくとも一方の側面が、前記筒状部材の周面側に凹んだ曲面状に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A4。 In any of the gaming machines A1 to A3, the low transmittance portion is formed so as to project from the peripheral surface of the cylindrical member in the radial direction of the cylindrical member and extends along the peripheral surface of the cylindrical member. In a cross-sectional shape that is provided and is perpendicular to the extending direction, at least one side surface of both side surfaces that are continuously provided on the peripheral surface of the tubular member has a curved surface shape that is recessed toward the peripheral surface side of the tubular member. A gaming machine A4 characterized by being formed.

遊技機A4によれば、遊技機A1からA3のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、低透過率部を形成するのに必要な材料コストの増加を抑えつつ、筒状部材を通過する光の明るさの度合いの強弱の変化を際立たせることができる。 According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A1 to A3, the brightness of light passing through the tubular member is suppressed while suppressing an increase in the material cost required for forming the low transmittance portion. It is possible to highlight the change in the intensity of.

ここで、筒状部材の周面の厚みを増すことで光の透過率を低下させる場合、他の部分との光の強弱をつけるためには、低透過率部に相当の厚みが必要であり、筒状部材の材料コストが嵩む。 Here, when the light transmittance is reduced by increasing the thickness of the peripheral surface of the tubular member, a considerable thickness is required for the low transmittance portion in order to increase or decrease the light intensity with other portions. The material cost of the tubular member increases.

これに対し、遊技機A4によれば、遊技機A1からA3のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、低透過率部の側面が筒状部材の周面側に凹んだ曲面状に形成される。即ち、低透過率部の側面と筒状部材の周面とが交わる部分に凹面形状が形成され、低透過率部の側面に入射される光が凹面形状の作用により拡散される。そのため、低透過率部に相当の厚みを持たせなくとも、低透過率部の側面に照射される光が拡散され、光の明るさの度合いが弱められた状態で視認される。これにより、低透過率部の凹面形状の側面を通過して視認される光と、それ以外の部分を通過して視認される光とで光の明るさの度合いが変化され、光の明るさの度合いの強弱を際立たせることができる。よって、材料コストの増加を抑えつつ、筒状部材を通過する光の明るさに強弱を形成する効果を際立たせることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A1 to A3, the side surface of the low transmittance portion is formed into a curved surface shape that is recessed toward the peripheral surface of the tubular member. That is, a concave shape is formed at the portion where the side surface of the low transmittance portion and the peripheral surface of the tubular member intersect, and the light incident on the side surface of the low transmittance portion is diffused by the action of the concave shape. Therefore, even if the low-transmittance portion does not have a considerable thickness, the light radiated to the side surface of the low-transmittance portion is diffused and visually recognized in a state in which the degree of brightness of the light is weakened. As a result, the degree of brightness of the light is changed between the light that is visually recognized by passing through the concave side surface of the low transmittance portion and the light that is visually recognized by passing through other portions, and the brightness of light is changed. The strength of the can be emphasized. Therefore, the effect of forming the intensity of the light passing through the tubular member can be emphasized while suppressing the increase in material cost.

遊技機A4において、前記低透過率部は、張り出し端に張り出し端部を備え、前記両側面が前記張り出し端部を介して連結されると共に前記両側面が前記筒状部材の周面側に凹んだ曲面状に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A5。 In the gaming machine A4, the low-transmittance portion has a projecting end portion at a projecting end, the both side surfaces are connected through the projecting end portion, and the both side surfaces are recessed toward the peripheral surface side of the tubular member. A gaming machine A5, which is formed into an elliptic curved surface.

遊技機A5によれば、遊技機A4の奏する効果に加え、照射される光を細分化する効果を向上させることができる。即ち、低透過率部の両側面を通過する光は凹面形状の作用により光が拡散され、視認される光の明るさの度合いが弱められる一方で、両側面を結ぶ張り出し端部を通過する光は、視認される光の明るさが維持される。 According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A4, the effect of subdividing the emitted light can be improved. That is, the light passing through both sides of the low-transmittance part is diffused by the action of the concave surface, and the degree of brightness of the visible light is weakened, while the light passing through the overhanging end connecting the both sides. Keeps the brightness of visible light.

この場合、一の低透過率部に、光の明るさの度合いが弱められた状態で視認される部分(両側面)を独立して複数形成することができ、結果として、光の明るさの度合いが強い部分として視認される箇所の個数を増やすことができる。即ち、低透過率部の内、張り出し端部を、両側面に比較して光の明るさの度合いが強い部分とすることができ、よって、照射される光を細分化する効果を向上させることができる。 In this case, it is possible to independently form a plurality of portions (both side surfaces) visually recognized in a state where the degree of brightness of light is weakened in one low transmittance portion, and as a result, It is possible to increase the number of places visually recognized as a portion having a high degree. That is, of the low-transmittance portion, the projecting end portion can be a portion where the degree of brightness of light is higher than that of the both side surfaces, thus improving the effect of subdividing the irradiated light. You can

遊技機A0からA5のいずれかにおいて、前記低透過率部がらせん状に形成され、前記筒状部材は、隣り合う前記低透過率部の間に形成される周面部を備え、その周面部の周方向に垂直な断面形状が凹面形状に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A6。 In any of the gaming machines A0 to A5, the low transmittance portion is formed in a spiral shape, and the tubular member is provided with a peripheral surface portion formed between the adjacent low transmittance portions. A gaming machine A6, wherein a cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the circumferential direction is formed in a concave shape.

遊技機A6によれば、遊技機A0からA5のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、低透過率部で分割される光の境界を判別しやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A0 to A5, it is possible to easily distinguish the boundary of the light divided by the low transmittance portion.

ここで、隣り合う低透過率部に挟まれた周面部が凹面形状で形成されていなくとも、光照射装置から照射される光が低透過率部を介して視認されることにより、光は分割される。しかしこの場合、光照射装置から照射される光は、光の模様をそのまま切断したように視認されるので、光を各個別に独立したものと視認させることは難しい。 Here, even if the peripheral surface portion sandwiched between the adjacent low transmittance portions is not formed in a concave shape, the light emitted from the light irradiation device is visually recognized through the low transmittance portion, so that the light is divided. To be done. However, in this case, the light emitted from the light irradiation device is visually recognized as if the pattern of the light was cut as it is, so it is difficult to visually recognize the light as an individual light.

一方、遊技機A6によれば、光照射装置から照射された光が筒状部材を通して視認される場合に、周面部の凹面形状の作用により、光が隣り合う低透過率部の間に形成される周面部に縮小された態様で視認される。そのため、低透過率部と、その低透過率部と隣り合う筒状部材の周面部との境界から周面部の内側に向けて光を寄せた状態で視認させることができ、低透過率部で分割される光の境界を判別しやすくすることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A6, when the light emitted from the light irradiating device is visually recognized through the cylindrical member, the light is formed between the adjacent low transmittance portions due to the concave shape of the peripheral surface portion. It is visually recognized in a reduced form on the peripheral surface portion. Therefore, it is possible to visually recognize the low transmittance portion and light from the boundary between the low transmittance portion and the peripheral surface portion of the adjacent tubular member toward the inner side of the peripheral surface portion. It is possible to make it easier to distinguish the boundary of the divided light.

なお、低透過率部に囲まれる部分とは、例えば正面視において、筒状部材の正面側の低透過率部および背面側の低透過率部により囲まれる部分を意味する。 The part surrounded by the low transmittance part means, for example, a part surrounded by the low transmittance part on the front side and the low transmittance part on the back side of the tubular member in a front view.

遊技機A3からA6のいずれかにおいて、前記筒状部材が、一方の端部から、一方の端部の反対側の端部である他方の端部に近づくにつれて軸心に垂直な断面形状が拡径される態様で形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A7。 In any of the gaming machines A3 to A6, as the tubular member approaches the other end, which is the end opposite to the one end, the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axis expands. A gaming machine A7, which is formed in a diameter-wise manner.

遊技機A7によれば、遊技機A3からA6のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、筒状部材が一方の端部から他方の端部に近づくにつれて拡径される態様で形成されるので、例えば、正面視において低透過率部で囲まれる部分の面積は、一方の端部側よりも他方の端部側の方が大きくなる。よって、例えば、筒状部材が回転されることにより、光が筒状部材の一方の端部から他方の端部へ向けて移動されるように視認される場合には、低透過率部で囲まれた領域に細分化されて視認される光が、徐々に拡大される態様で視認される。これにより、光照射装置の光源を制御することなしに、光を拡大または縮小させる演出をすることができる。 According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A3 to A6, the tubular member is formed in such a manner that its diameter is increased from one end toward the other end. When viewed from the front, the area surrounded by the low transmittance portion is larger on the other end side than on the one end side. Therefore, for example, when it is visually recognized that the light is moved from one end of the tubular member toward the other end by rotating the tubular member, the light is surrounded by the low transmittance portion. The light that is subdivided into visible regions and visually recognized is visually recognized in a mode in which the light is gradually expanded. Thereby, it is possible to perform an effect of enlarging or reducing the light without controlling the light source of the light irradiation device.

遊技機A0からA6のいずれかにおいて、前記筒状部材の軸心に垂直な断面形状が、外周が楕円形状で形成され、その楕円形状の壁面の厚さが、長径方向の端から短径方向の端へ向かうにつれて抑制されることを特徴とする遊技機A8。 In any of the gaming machines A0 to A6, a cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member is formed with an elliptical outer periphery, and the thickness of the elliptical wall surface is from the end in the major axis direction to the minor axis direction. A gaming machine A8, which is suppressed toward the end of the gaming machine A8.

遊技機A8によれば、遊技機A0からA6のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、筒状部材が楕円形状で形成され、その楕円形状の壁面の厚さが、長径方向の端から短径方向の端へ向かうにつれて抑制されるので、筒状部材の長径方向の両端において凸レンズ形状が形成される。そのため、筒状部材の長径方向から光が照射される場合、光が筒状部材の軸心付近に集光される。よって、筒状部材の長径方向から光が照射される場合に、筒状部材を挟んで光を照射する光源の反対側から筒状部材を通して視認される光の模様を、筒状部材の軸心付近に集光させることができる。 According to the gaming machine A8, in addition to the effect produced by any one of the gaming machines A0 to A6, the tubular member is formed in an elliptical shape, and the thickness of the elliptical wall surface varies from the major axis direction end to the minor axis direction. Since it is suppressed toward the end, convex lens shapes are formed at both ends in the major axis direction of the tubular member. Therefore, when the light is irradiated from the major axis direction of the tubular member, the light is condensed near the axis of the tubular member. Therefore, when light is emitted from the major axis direction of the tubular member, the pattern of light visually recognized through the tubular member from the side opposite to the light source that irradiates the light with the tubular member sandwiched is shown as the axial center of the tubular member. It can be focused in the vicinity.

遊技機A8において、前記筒状部材の楕円形状断面における長径方向と短径方向との関係が、前記筒状部材の一方の端部から所定距離の位置までは維持され、その一方の端部から所定距離の位置を越えた他方の端部側では反転されることを特徴とする遊技機A9。 In the gaming machine A8, the relationship between the major axis direction and the minor axis direction in the elliptical cross section of the tubular member is maintained from one end of the tubular member to a position at a predetermined distance, and from the one end thereof. A gaming machine A9, which is reversed on the other end side beyond the position of a predetermined distance.

遊技機A9によれば、遊技機A8の奏する効果に加え、光の筒状部材の軸心付近における集光の度合いの変化を、筒状部材の一方の端部から所定距離の位置で逆転させることができる。 According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A8, the change in the degree of light collection near the axis of the tubular member is reversed at a position at a predetermined distance from one end of the tubular member. be able to.

即ち、筒状部材の一方の端部から所定距離を基準として、筒状部材の一方の端部側と筒状部材の他方の端部側とでは、例えば正面視における筒状部材の外形の変化の態様が逆転される。例えば、筒状部材の一方の端部側で遊技者の視線の方向に一致する筒状部材の方向が、長径方向から短径方向に変化される場合には、筒状部材の他方の端部側では、遊技者の視線の方向に一致する筒状部材の方向が、短径方向から長径方向に変化される。 That is, with reference to a predetermined distance from one end of the tubular member, for example, a change in the outer shape of the tubular member on one end side of the tubular member and the other end side of the tubular member in front view. Is reversed. For example, when the direction of the tubular member that matches the direction of the player's line of sight on one end side of the tubular member is changed from the major axis direction to the minor axis direction, the other end portion of the tubular member On the side, the direction of the tubular member that matches the direction of the player's line of sight is changed from the minor axis direction to the major axis direction.

そのため、光が筒状部材の軸心付近に集光される度合いの変化を、筒状部材の一方の端部から所定距離で逆転させることができ、演出効果を向上させることができる。 Therefore, it is possible to reverse the change in the degree to which light is condensed near the axis of the tubular member at a predetermined distance from one end of the tubular member, and it is possible to improve the effect.

<光源の出力方向を筒状部材の軸直角方向に傾かせる技術思想の一例>
遊技機A0からA9のいずれかにおいて、前記光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向もしくは進行方向が、前記筒状部材の軸心に垂直な平面において変更可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機B1。
<An example of a technical idea in which the output direction of the light source is tilted in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member>
In any of the gaming machines A0 to A9, the output direction or traveling direction of the light emitted from the light emitting device is formed to be changeable on a plane perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member. Gaming machine B1.

遊技機B1によれば、遊技機A0からA9のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、筒状部材の軸心に垂直な平面において光の出力方向もしくは進行方向を変更することで、筒状部材の演出効果を向上させることができる。 According to the gaming machine B1, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, by changing the output direction or traveling direction of light on a plane perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member, the effect of the tubular member is produced. The effect can be improved.

ここで、パチンコ機等の遊技機において、遊技盤に配設される拡散部材と、その拡散部材の背面側に配設される光照射装置とを備え、その光照射装置から照射される光が拡散部材により拡散され、拡散部材の正面側に配設される装飾部材が照らされる遊技機がある(例えば特開2008−113910号公報を参照)。しかし、上述した従来の遊技機では、光照射装置から照射される光が遊技者に視認される態様は、限定的である。即ち、例えば、光照射装置の光源の位置により、拡散部材の照らされる位置は決定され、光源の発光状態をいくら変化させても、拡散部材が照らされる位置(光の模様)は変化されない。そのため、遊技者に視認される光の態様は限定的なものとなり、光照射装置から照射される光の演出を限定的なものとする問題点を有していた。 Here, in a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a diffusing member arranged on the game board and a light irradiation device arranged on the back side of the diffusing member are provided, and light emitted from the light irradiation device is There is a gaming machine that is diffused by a diffusing member and illuminated by a decorative member arranged on the front side of the diffusing member (for example, see Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-113910). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the manner in which the light emitted from the light emitting device is visually recognized by the player is limited. That is, for example, the illuminated position of the diffusing member is determined by the position of the light source of the light irradiation device, and the illuminated position of the diffusing member (light pattern) does not change, no matter how the light emitting state of the light source is changed. Therefore, the form of the light visually recognized by the player is limited, and there is a problem that the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is limited.

そこで、本願出願人は、上述の遊技機に加えて、光照射装置の正面側に筒状部材が配設され、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより模様が形成され、その視認される模様が筒状部材の回転により変化され、筒状部材の光り方が変化される遊技機を開発した(本願出願時未公知)。しかし、この場合、例えば、光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向が一定に形成されると、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより形成される模様の、光の明るさの度合いが強く視認される位置や範囲もしくは弱く視認される位置や範囲を大きく変化させることはできない。そのため、筒状部材の演出の態様が限定的なものとなるという問題点を有していた。 Therefore, the applicant of the present application, in addition to the above-mentioned gaming machine, has a tubular member disposed on the front side of the light irradiation device, and a pattern is formed depending on the difference in the brightness of light visually recognized through the tubular member. , The visually recognized pattern is changed by the rotation of the tubular member, and the gaming machine in which the way of illuminating the tubular member is changed has been developed (not known at the time of filing of the present application). However, in this case, for example, when the output direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is formed to be constant, the light of the pattern formed by the difference in the brightness degree of the light visually recognized through the tubular member is formed. The position or range in which the degree of brightness is visually recognized strongly or the position or range in which the degree of brightness is visually recognized cannot be changed significantly. Therefore, there has been a problem that the mode of presentation of the tubular member is limited.

これに対し、遊技機B1によれば、遊技機A0からA9のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向もしくは進行方向が、筒状部材の軸心に垂直な平面において変更可能に形成されるので、例えば正面視において、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いが最も強く視認される位置を軸直角方向に沿って変更することができる。よって、光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向が一定に形成される場合であっても、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより形成される模様の、光の明るさの度合いが強く視認される位置や範囲もしくは弱く視認される位置や範囲を大きく変化させることができ、筒状部材の演出の態様を増加させることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B1, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, the output direction or traveling direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is perpendicular to the axial center of the tubular member. Since it is formed so as to be changeable in a plane, for example, in a front view, the position where the degree of brightness of light visually recognized through the tubular member is most strongly recognized can be changed along the axis-perpendicular direction. Therefore, even when the output direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is formed constant, the brightness of the light of the pattern formed by the difference in the brightness degree of the light visually recognized through the tubular member. It is possible to greatly change the position or range in which the degree of sharpness is visually recognized or the position or range in which the degree of weakness is visually recognized can be greatly changed, and it is possible to increase the mode of production of the tubular member.

なお、光の出力方向とは、照射される光が屈折等で曲げられる前において、光の光度が最も強い方向を意味し、光の進行方向とは、照射される光の光度が最も強い方向が屈折等により曲げられながら進行する方向を意味する。 Note that the output direction of light means a direction in which the intensity of light is strongest before the emitted light is bent by refraction or the like, and the traveling direction of light is a direction in which the intensity of the emitted light is strongest. Means the direction in which the is advanced while being bent by refraction or the like.

遊技機B1において、前記低透過率部が、らせん状に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機B2。 In the gaming machine B1, the low transmittance portion is formed in a spiral shape, and the gaming machine B2.

遊技機B2によれば、遊技機B1の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材が回転されることにより、光照射装置から筒状部材へ照射される光が筒状部材の軸心方向に移動されるように遊技者に視認させることができるので、筒状部材の軸直角方向に光を移動させる作用と光が筒状部材の軸心方向に移動されるように遊技者に視認させることができることとの相乗効果により、光が上下左右に移動されるように遊技者に視認させることができる。 According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1, by rotating the tubular member, the light emitted from the light irradiating device to the tubular member is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member. Since it can be visually recognized by the player, the action of moving the light in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member and the ability of the player to visually recognize the light being moved in the axial direction of the tubular member can be realized. The synergistic effect of allows the player to visually recognize the light as if it were moved vertically and horizontally.

遊技機B1又はB2において、前記光照射装置が、光を照射する複数の光源と、その複数の光源が固定される基盤部とを備え、その基盤部が前記筒状部材に対して揺動可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機B3。 In the gaming machine B1 or B2, the light irradiation device includes a plurality of light sources that emit light and a base portion to which the plurality of light sources are fixed, and the base portion can swing with respect to the tubular member. A gaming machine B3 characterized by being formed into a.

遊技機B3によれば、遊技機B1又はB2の奏する効果に加え、光を筒状部材の軸直角方向に移動させる部材の姿勢の変化を最小限に抑えることができる。 According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1 or B2, it is possible to minimize the change in the posture of the member that moves light in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member.

即ち、光照射装置と筒状部材との間に光の進行方向を変更させるための別部材を配置し、その別部材の姿勢を変えて光の進行方向を変更する場合、その別部材は光照射装置よりも筒状部材に近い位置に配設されるため、光源の光の出力方向を直接変化させる揺動角度よりも大きな揺動角度で別部材の姿勢を変化させることを要する。 That is, when another member for changing the traveling direction of light is arranged between the light irradiation device and the tubular member and the posture of the other member is changed to change the traveling direction of the light, the other member is Since it is arranged at a position closer to the tubular member than the irradiation device, it is necessary to change the posture of another member at a swing angle larger than the swing angle that directly changes the light output direction of the light source.

一方、遊技機B3によれば、遊技機B1又はB2の奏する効果に加え、光照射装置の光源が固定される基盤部が揺動可能に形成されるため、筒状部材と光の進行方向(もしくは出力方向)を変える位置との距離を十分にとることができる。そのため、基盤部の揺動角度を抑えつつ、光の筒状部材の軸直角方向への移動距離は確保することができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1 or B2, since the base portion to which the light source of the light irradiation device is fixed is swingably formed, the tubular member and the traveling direction of the light ( Alternatively, it is possible to secure a sufficient distance from the position where the output direction) is changed. Therefore, it is possible to secure the moving distance of light in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member while suppressing the swing angle of the base portion.

遊技機B1又はB2において、前記筒状部材と前記光照射装置との間に前記光照射装置から前記筒状部材へ向けて照射される光を屈折可能に形成される屈折部材を備え、前記光照射装置が、光を照射する複数の光源と、その複数の光源が固定される基盤部とを備え、前記屈折部材は、前記複数の光源の前記筒状部材側にそれぞれ配設されると共に前記筒状部材の軸直角方向に揺動可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機B4。 In the gaming machine B1 or B2, a refraction member is provided between the cylindrical member and the light irradiation device so as to be capable of refracting light emitted from the light irradiation device toward the cylindrical member, The irradiating device includes a plurality of light sources for irradiating light, and a base portion to which the plurality of light sources are fixed, and the refraction member is disposed on the tubular member side of the plurality of light sources and the A gaming machine B4, which is formed to be swingable in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member.

遊技機B4によれば、遊技機B1又はB2の奏する効果に加え、光照射装置の複数の光源にそれぞれ配設される屈折部材が揺動可能に形成されるので、光照射装置から照射される光の進行方向を、屈折部材の揺動により変化させることができる。この場合、屈折部材は各個別々に配設されるため、屈折部材の設計次第で、どの屈折部材を揺動させるかを任意に選択することができる。即ち、どの光源から照射される光の進行方向を変えるかを選択することができるので、光照射装置の光の演出の自由度を向上させることができる。 According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1 or B2, since the refraction members respectively arranged in the plurality of light sources of the light irradiation device are swingably formed, the light irradiation device emits light. The traveling direction of light can be changed by swinging the refraction member. In this case, since the refraction members are individually arranged, it is possible to arbitrarily select which refraction member is swung, depending on the design of the refraction member. That is, since it is possible to select which light source changes the traveling direction of the light emitted, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom of the light production of the light irradiation device.

例えば、筒状部材の軸方向に沿って光照射装置の光源が複数個配設される場合に、全ての光源が同方向に同角度で揺動されると、光の明るさの度合いが最も強く視認される領域が筒状部材の軸直角方向に平行移動される。また、例えば、筒状部材の軸心方向に沿って光照射装置の光源が複数個配設される場合に、隣り合う光源が逆方向に揺動されると、光の明るさの度合いが最も強く視認される領域がS字カーブを描いた形状に視認される態様で形成される。 For example, when a plurality of light sources of the light irradiation device are arranged along the axial direction of the tubular member, if all the light sources are swung in the same direction at the same angle, the degree of brightness of the light becomes the highest. The strongly visible region is translated in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member. Further, for example, when a plurality of light sources of the light irradiation device are arranged along the axial direction of the tubular member, if adjacent light sources are swung in the opposite directions, the degree of brightness of the light becomes the highest. The strongly visible region is formed so as to be visually recognized in the shape of an S-shaped curve.

遊技機B4において、前記筒状部材は、軸心に垂直な断面形状が、軸心からの距離が前記筒状部材の軸心から前記屈折部材までの距離よりも短い短径方向と、その短径方向よりも長い径を有する長径方向とを有する楕円形状に形成され、その長径方向を前記屈折部材に向けることで前記筒状部材と前記屈折部材とが当接され、その屈折部材が揺動可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機B5。 In the gaming machine B4, the tubular member has a cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axis, and a minor axis direction in which a distance from the axis is shorter than a distance from the axis of the tubular member to the refraction member, and a short axis thereof. It is formed in an elliptical shape having a major axis direction having a diameter longer than the radial direction, and by directing the major axis direction toward the refraction member, the tubular member and the refraction member are brought into contact with each other, and the refraction member swings. A gaming machine B5 characterized by being formed possible.

遊技機B5によれば、遊技機B4の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材が回転され、屈折部材に短径方向を向ける場合には屈折部材と短径方向とが離間することにより屈折部材は力を受けず、屈折部材は停止したままとなる。一方、屈折部材に長径方向を向ける場合には、屈折部材と長径方向とが当接されることで、屈折部材が揺動される。よって、筒状部材の回転を、筒状部材の周面に視認される光の明るさの度合いの強弱により形成される模様を変化させる用途と、屈折部材を揺動させて光の進行方向を変化させる用途とに兼用することができる。 According to the gaming machine B5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B4, when the tubular member is rotated and the minor axis direction is directed to the refracting member, the refracting member and the minor axis direction are separated from each other, so that the refracting member has a force. The refraction member remains stationary without being affected. On the other hand, when the major axis direction is directed to the refraction member, the refraction member and the major axis direction are brought into contact with each other, whereby the refraction member is swung. Therefore, the rotation of the tubular member changes the pattern formed by the intensity of the brightness of the light visually recognized on the peripheral surface of the tubular member, and the direction in which the light travels by swinging the refraction member. It can also be used for changing purposes.

なお、筒状部材が短径方向および長径方向を有する形状としては、楕円形状、星形状、鍵穴形状、長棒形状等が例示される。 Examples of the shape of the tubular member having the minor axis direction and the major axis direction include an elliptical shape, a star shape, a keyhole shape, and a long rod shape.

遊技機B1からB5のいずれかにおいて、前記光照射装置から照射される光の進行方向が変更されるのに要する駆動源は、遊技盤を流下する球の運動エネルギーであることを特徴とする遊技機B6。 In any of the gaming machines B1 to B5, the drive source required for changing the traveling direction of the light emitted from the light emitting device is kinetic energy of a ball flowing down the game board. Machine B6.

遊技機B6によれば、遊技機B1からB5のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、光照射装置から照射される光の進行方向を変化させるための駆動源を配設不要とできるので、駆動源の配設個数を抑制することができる。 According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effect produced by any one of the gaming machines B1 to B5, it is not necessary to provide a drive source for changing the traveling direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device. The number of arrangements can be suppressed.

なお、球の運動エネルギーで光の進行方向を変える態様としては、球が光照射装置に直接衝突することで光照射装置が揺動される場合や、球が光照射装置以外の別の部材である筒状部材に衝突し、その筒状部材が回転されることで光照射装置の光の進行方向が変化されることで球の運動エネルギーが光の進行方向の変化に間接的に作用する場合や、球に衝突された筒状部材が光を屈折させる屈折部材に当接し、その屈折部材の姿勢を変化させる場合等が例示される。 As a mode of changing the traveling direction of light with the kinetic energy of the sphere, when the light irradiating device is swung by the ball directly colliding with the light irradiating device, or the sphere is a member other than the light irradiating device. When the kinetic energy of the sphere indirectly acts on the change in the traveling direction of the light by colliding with a certain cylindrical member and rotating the cylindrical member to change the traveling direction of the light of the light irradiation device. Alternatively, a case where a cylindrical member collided with a sphere abuts a refracting member that refracts light and changes the posture of the refracting member is exemplified.

<筒状部材を球の運動エネルギーで回転させる技術思想の一例>
遊技機A0からA9,B1からB6のいずれかにおいて、前記筒状部材は、遊技盤を流下する球の運動エネルギーが伝達されることにより回転されることを特徴とする遊技機C1。
<Example of technical idea of rotating cylindrical member with kinetic energy of sphere>
In any of the gaming machines A0 to A9 and B1 to B6, the tubular member is rotated by transmitting the kinetic energy of a ball flowing down the gaming board, wherein the gaming machine C1 is rotated.

遊技機C1によれば、遊技機A0からA9,B1からB6のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、筒状部材を駆動させる駆動源を別で用意する必要が無いので、筒状部材を回転させる駆動源(例えば駆動モータ)を、動作させるために必要となる動力コストを削減することができる。 According to the gaming machine C1, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9 and B1 to B6, it is not necessary to separately prepare a drive source for driving the tubular member, so that the tubular member is driven to rotate. The power costs required to operate the source (eg drive motor) can be reduced.

ここで、パチンコ機等の遊技機において、遊技盤に配設される拡散部材と、その拡散部材の背面側に配設される光照射装置とを備え、その光照射装置から照射される光が拡散部材により拡散され、拡散部材の正面側に配設される装飾部材が照らされる遊技機がある(例えば特開2008−113910号公報を参照)。しかし、上述した従来の遊技機では、光照射装置から照射される光が遊技者に視認される態様は、限定的である。即ち、例えば、光照射装置の光源の位置により、拡散部材の照らされる位置は決定され、光源の発光状態をいくら変化させても、拡散部材が照らされる位置(光の模様)は変化されない。そのため、遊技者に視認される光の態様は限定的なものとなり、光照射装置から照射される光の演出を限定的なものとする問題点を有していた。 Here, in a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a diffusing member arranged on the game board and a light irradiation device arranged on the back side of the diffusing member are provided, and light emitted from the light irradiation device is There is a gaming machine that is diffused by a diffusing member and illuminated by a decorative member arranged on the front side of the diffusing member (for example, see Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-113910). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the manner in which the light emitted from the light emitting device is visually recognized by the player is limited. That is, for example, the illuminated position of the diffusing member is determined by the position of the light source of the light irradiation device, and the illuminated position of the diffusing member (light pattern) does not change, no matter how the light emitting state of the light source is changed. Therefore, the form of the light visually recognized by the player is limited, and there is a problem that the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is limited.

そこで、本願出願人は、上述の遊技機に加えて、光照射装置の正面側に筒状部材が配設され、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより模様が形成され、その視認される模様が筒状部材の回転により変化され、筒状部材の光り方が変化される遊技機を開発した(本願出願時未公知)。しかし、例えば、筒状部材を駆動モータで回転させる構造の場合、筒状部材を回転させる駆動モータの動力コストが余分にかかるという問題点を有していた。 Therefore, the applicant of the present application, in addition to the above-mentioned gaming machine, has a tubular member disposed on the front side of the light irradiation device, and a pattern is formed depending on the difference in the brightness of light visually recognized through the tubular member. , The visually recognized pattern is changed by the rotation of the tubular member, and the gaming machine in which the way of illuminating the tubular member is changed has been developed (not known at the time of filing of the present application). However, for example, in the case of the structure in which the tubular member is rotated by the drive motor, there is a problem that the power cost of the drive motor for rotating the tubular member is extra.

これに対し、遊技機C1によれば、遊技盤を流下する球の運動エネルギーにより筒状部材が回転される。よって、筒状部材を回転させる駆動モータが必要ないので、筒状部材を回転させるのに必要な動力コストを削減することができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C1, the tubular member is rotated by the kinetic energy of the sphere flowing down the gaming board. Therefore, since a drive motor for rotating the tubular member is not required, it is possible to reduce the power cost required to rotate the tubular member.

また、駆動モータを配設しない分だけ省スペースに筒状部材を設置することができる。即ち、筒状部材等の役物を遊技盤正面側や遊技盤背面側に配設するスペースは一定の範囲に限定されるところ、筒状部材を回転させる駆動モータを配設不要としたことで使用可能となるスペースを、他の移動役物を配設するスペースとして活用することができる。よって、他の移動役物の配設自由度を向上させることができる。 In addition, the cylindrical member can be installed in a space-saving manner because the drive motor is not provided. That is, the space for arranging an accessory such as a tubular member on the front side of the game board or on the rear side of the game board is limited to a certain range. By eliminating the need for a drive motor for rotating the tubular member. The usable space can be utilized as a space for disposing another moving accessory. Therefore, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom in arranging another moving accessory.

筒状部材を球の運動エネルギーで回転させる態様としては、筒状部材の側面に径方向に張り出す部分が形成され、その張り出す部分が流下する球に押されることで筒状部材が回転される態様と、筒状部材に球が衝突されることで筒状部材が回転される態様とが例示される。 As a mode in which the tubular member is rotated by the kinetic energy of the sphere, a radially projecting portion is formed on the side surface of the tubular member, and the tubular member is rotated by being pushed by the flowing ball. And an aspect in which the tubular member is rotated by the collision of the sphere with the tubular member.

遊技機C1において、前記筒状部材の側面に沿って所定の経路で球を流下させる案内部材を備え、前記低透過率部は、前記案内部材により球が流下される側の側面に帯状に張り出して形成され、前記筒状部材の周面に沿ったらせん状に形成されると共に前記案内部材により流下される球に当接される位置に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機C2。 The gaming machine C1 is provided with a guide member that allows the sphere to flow down along a side surface of the tubular member along a predetermined path, and the low-permeability portion projects in a strip shape on the side surface on the side where the sphere flows down by the guide member. The gaming machine C2 is formed in a spiral shape along the peripheral surface of the tubular member, and is formed at a position where it comes into contact with a sphere flowed down by the guide member.

遊技機C2によれば、遊技機C1の奏する効果に加えて、案内部材に沿って所定の経路で流下する球が筒状部材の低透過率部に当接し、球が低透過率部を押し進める態様で、筒状部材が回転される。そのため、球が流下する間中、継続して球から筒状部材に力が与えられるので、筒状部材を継続的に回転させることができ、光照射装置の演出効果を向上させることができる。 According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C1, a ball flowing down along a predetermined path along the guide member comes into contact with the low transmittance portion of the tubular member, and the ball pushes the low transmittance portion. In an aspect, the tubular member is rotated. Therefore, since the force is continuously applied from the sphere to the tubular member while the sphere flows down, the tubular member can be continuously rotated, and the effect of the light irradiation device can be improved.

遊技機C2において、前記低透過率部は、前記筒状部材の軸心に対する傾斜角度の大きさが変化される折れ曲がり部を有することを特徴とする遊技機C3。 In the gaming machine C2, the low transmittance portion has a bent portion in which a size of an inclination angle with respect to an axis of the tubular member is changed, and the gaming machine C3.

遊技機C3によれば、遊技機C2の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材の回転する速度を、折れ曲がり部を境に変化させることができる。 According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C2, the rotating speed of the tubular member can be changed with the bent portion as a boundary.

ここで、筒状部材の低透過率部が球に押されることで筒状部材が回転される場合、球の自重により筒状部材が回転されることになるので、球から筒状部材に与えられる力に変動が生じにくく、筒状部材の回転速度が一定に保たれ易い。そのため、筒状部材の回転による演出が単調となりやすい。 Here, when the tubular member is rotated by pushing the low transmittance portion of the tubular member by the sphere, the tubular member is rotated by the weight of the sphere. The applied force is unlikely to change, and the rotation speed of the tubular member is easily kept constant. Therefore, the effect produced by the rotation of the tubular member tends to be monotonous.

これに対し、遊技機C3によれば、筒状部材の低透過率部の傾斜角度が折れ曲がり部で変化されるので、低透過率部の傾斜角度の変化前と変化後とでは、球が筒状部材の外周面を軸心方向に所定距離流下する場合の筒状部材の回転角度が異なるため、球の流下速度が同じであれば、低透過率部の傾斜角度の変化前と変化後とでは、筒状部材の回転速度が変化される。例えば、球の鉛直方向への流下速度が等しい場合、低透過率部の傾斜角度が小さくなると、筒状部材の回転速度は小さくなる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C3, since the inclination angle of the low-transmittance portion of the tubular member is changed at the bent portion, the sphere is a cylinder before and after the change of the inclination angle of the low-transmittance portion. Since the rotation angle of the cylindrical member when flowing down the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical member by a predetermined distance in the axial direction is different, if the falling speed of the sphere is the same, before and after the change of the inclination angle of the low transmittance portion Then, the rotation speed of the tubular member is changed. For example, in the case where the spheres have the same vertical velocity, the rotational speed of the tubular member decreases as the inclination angle of the low transmittance portion decreases.

そのため、当接される球の自重により筒状部材が回転されるという球の速度変化が生じにくい場合でも、筒状部材の回転速度を変化させることができる。これにより、形成可能な筒状部材の回転速度を増やすことができる。 Therefore, the rotational speed of the tubular member can be changed even when the rotational speed of the spherical member is less likely to change due to the weight of the abutting sphere rotating. Thereby, the rotational speed of the tubular member that can be formed can be increased.

また、流下する球の位置が視認しづらい状況においても、流下する球の位置と筒状部材の回転速度の変化のタイミングとを対応づけることで、筒状部材の回転速度の変化を確認することで球が流下している位置を確認することができる。例えば、筒状部材から球が排出される直前で低透過率部の傾斜角度が変化される態様で低透過率部が形成されていると、筒状部材の回転速度の変化がいつ生じるかを確認することで、球が筒状部材の端から排出されるタイミングを確認することができる。 Also, even in a situation where the position of the falling ball is hard to see, the change in the rotating speed of the tubular member can be confirmed by associating the position of the falling ball with the timing of the change in the rotating speed of the tubular member. You can check the position where the ball is flowing down with. For example, when the low transmittance portion is formed in such a manner that the inclination angle of the low transmittance portion is changed immediately before the sphere is discharged from the tubular member, it is possible to determine when the rotation speed of the tubular member changes. By checking, it is possible to check the timing at which the balls are discharged from the end of the tubular member.

遊技機C2又はC3において、前記案内部材が前記筒状部材から離れる方向に変形可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機C4。 In the gaming machine C2 or C3, the gaming machine C4, wherein the guide member is formed so as to be deformable in a direction away from the tubular member.

遊技機C4によれば、遊技機C2又はC3の奏する効果に加え、何らかの理由で一時的に筒状部材が回転不能となった場合に、球が流下せず停止されたとしても、案内部材が筒状部材から離れる方向に変形されることで、球の流下が再開され、それに伴って継続して遊技を行うことができる。 According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine C2 or C3, when the tubular member is temporarily unrotatable for some reason, even if the ball does not flow down and is stopped, the guide member is By being deformed in the direction away from the tubular member, the flow of the ball is restarted, and along with that, the game can be continued.

即ち、筒状部材が何らかの原因で回転不能となると、案内部材に沿って流下する球が低透過率部に当接されることで停止されるため、球が流下せず遊技を継続することが困難になる。 That is, when the tubular member becomes unrotatable for some reason, the ball flowing down along the guide member is stopped by being brought into contact with the low transmittance portion, so that the ball does not flow down and the game can be continued. It will be difficult.

通常であれば、ここで遊技を停止して、遊技機を修理する必要がある。しかし、更に球が案内部材に案内されると、案内部材上に球が複数個堆積されることにより、案内部材に大きな荷重がかかる。すると、案内部材が筒状部材から離れる方向に変形され、筒状部材の側面と案内部材との距離が確保され、球が低透過率部および案内部材の間から脱落され、球の流下が再開されるので、遊技を継続することができる。 Normally, it is necessary to stop the game here and repair the gaming machine. However, when the balls are further guided by the guide member, a large load is applied to the guide member due to the plurality of balls accumulated on the guide member. Then, the guide member is deformed in the direction away from the tubular member, the distance between the side surface of the tubular member and the guide member is secured, the sphere is dropped from between the low transmittance portion and the guide member, and the flow of the sphere is restarted. Therefore, the game can be continued.

案内部材が過荷重により変形可能な場合としては、案内部材が弾性ゴムで形成される場合や、案内部材が薄肉の金属板で形成される場合が例示される。 Examples of the case where the guide member is deformable due to overload include a case where the guide member is formed of elastic rubber and a case where the guide member is formed of a thin metal plate.

遊技機C2からC4のいずれかにおいて、前記案内部材が、前記筒状部材の軸心を通ると共に前記光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向に直交する平面と交差される前記筒状部材の一対の側面部分の内、少なくとも一方の側面に対向して配設されることを特徴とする遊技機C5。 In any one of the gaming machines C2 to C4, the guide member has a tubular member that passes through an axis of the tubular member and intersects a plane orthogonal to an output direction of light emitted from the light irradiation device. A gaming machine C5, which is disposed so as to face at least one side surface of the pair of side surface portions.

遊技機C5によれば、遊技機C2からC4のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、案内部材が、光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向から離間された位置に配設されるので、光照射装置から照射される光が案内部材および案内部材に沿って流下する球に遮光される影響を小さくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effect that any one of the gaming machines C2 to C4 has, the guide member is arranged at a position separated from the output direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device, so that the light irradiation is performed. It is possible to reduce the influence of the light emitted from the device being blocked by the guide member and the sphere flowing down along the guide member.

ここで、例えば、光照射装置から照射される光が筒状部材の軸心からずれた位置に照射される場合には、一対の側面部分のそれぞれと、光の出力方向との距離がそれぞれ異なるが、案内部材が光の出力方向から、より離間される方の側面部分に対向して配設されることで、より光照射装置から照射される光が案内部材および案内部材に沿って流下する球に遮光される影響を小さくすることができる。 Here, for example, when the light emitted from the light emitting device is emitted to a position deviated from the axis of the tubular member, the distance between each of the pair of side surface portions and the light output direction is different. However, since the guide member is disposed so as to face the side surface portion that is farther away from the light output direction, the light emitted from the light irradiation device further flows down along the guide member and the guide member. It is possible to reduce the influence of being blocked by the sphere.

また、例えば、筒状部材の外周側に低透過率部が形成され、それに伴い筒状部材の外周側に案内部材が配設される場合には、筒状部材の内周側に案内部材を配設する必要が無いので、正面視において筒状部材へ向けて光照射装置から照射される光が案内部材および案内部材に沿って流下する球によって遮光される影響を更に小さくすることができる。 Further, for example, when the low transmittance portion is formed on the outer peripheral side of the tubular member and the guide member is arranged on the outer peripheral side of the tubular member accordingly, the guide member should be provided on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member. Since it is not necessary to dispose the light, it is possible to further reduce the influence of the light emitted from the light irradiation device toward the tubular member being shielded by the guide member and the sphere flowing down along the guide member in the front view.

遊技機C1において、前記筒状部材は、周面から張り出して形成されると共に流下する球が衝突可能な位置に形成される伝達部を備え、その伝達部は、流下する球が衝突する面であると共に前記筒状部材の軸心に対して傾斜して形成される被衝突面を有することを特徴とする遊技機C6。 In the gaming machine C1, the cylindrical member is provided with a transmission portion formed so as to project from the peripheral surface and at a position where a falling ball can collide, and the transmission portion is a surface on which the falling ball collides. A gaming machine C6, which has a colliding surface formed to be inclined with respect to the axis of the tubular member.

遊技機C6によれば、遊技機C1の奏する効果に加え、球に衝突される伝達部の被衝突面が筒状部材の軸心に対して傾斜して形成されるので、球が伝達部に衝突される際に生じる力を筒状部材の回転方向に効果的に作用させることができる。 According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C1, the colliding surface of the transmission portion colliding with the ball is formed to be inclined with respect to the axial center of the tubular member, so that the ball is transmitted to the transmission portion. The force generated at the time of collision can be effectively applied in the rotating direction of the tubular member.

ここで、パチンコ機等の遊技機において、遊技盤に配設される拡散部材と、その拡散部材の背面側に配設される光照射装置とを備え、その光照射装置から照射される光が拡散部材により拡散され、拡散部材の正面側に配設される装飾部材が照らされる遊技機がある(例えば特開2008−113910号公報を参照)。しかし、上述した従来の遊技機では、光照射装置から照射される光が遊技者に視認される態様は、限定的である。即ち、例えば、光照射装置の光源の位置により、拡散部材の照らされる位置は決定され、光源の発光状態をいくら変化させても、拡散部材が照らされる位置(光の模様)は変化されない。そのため、遊技者に視認される光の態様は限定的なものとなり、光照射装置から照射される光の演出を限定的なものとする問題点を有していた。 Here, in a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a diffusing member arranged on the game board and a light irradiation device arranged on the back side of the diffusing member are provided, and light emitted from the light irradiation device is There is a gaming machine that is diffused by a diffusing member and illuminated by a decorative member arranged on the front side of the diffusing member (for example, see Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-113910). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the manner in which the light emitted from the light emitting device is visually recognized by the player is limited. That is, for example, the illuminated position of the diffusing member is determined by the position of the light source of the light irradiation device, and the illuminated position of the diffusing member (light pattern) does not change, no matter how the light emitting state of the light source is changed. Therefore, the form of the light visually recognized by the player is limited, and there is a problem that the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is limited.

そこで、本願出願人は、上述の遊技機に加えて、光照射装置の正面側に筒状部材が配設され、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより模様が形成され、その視認される模様が筒状部材の回転により変化され、筒状部材の光り方が変化される遊技機を開発した(本願出願時未公知)。しかし、この場合、例えば、筒状部材の側面に形成される帯状の張り出し部分が、流下する球に当接され、球の自重で回転される仕組みで形成されると、球は筒状部材の側面に形成される帯状の張り出し部分に当接されることで流下速度が抑えられ(減速され)、その後は筒状部材に到達した際の球の流下速度に寄らず、球の自重と筒状部材の回転方向の摩擦との吊り合い関係により、球はほぼ等速で流下する。よって、筒状部材の回転速度を大きく変化させることは難しいという問題点を有していた。 Therefore, the applicant of the present application, in addition to the above-mentioned gaming machine, has a tubular member disposed on the front side of the light irradiation device, and a pattern is formed depending on the difference in the brightness of light visually recognized through the tubular member. , The visually recognized pattern is changed by the rotation of the tubular member, and the gaming machine in which the way of illuminating the tubular member is changed has been developed (not known at the time of filing of the present application). However, in this case, for example, if the strip-shaped projecting portion formed on the side surface of the tubular member is formed by a mechanism in which the strip-shaped overhanging portion is brought into contact with the flowing down sphere and is rotated by the weight of the sphere, the sphere becomes The downflow speed is suppressed (decelerated) by contacting the strip-shaped overhanging portion formed on the side surface, and thereafter, the weight of the ball and the tubular shape do not depend on the downflow speed of the ball when reaching the tubular member. Due to the suspension relationship with the friction in the rotational direction of the member, the sphere flows down at a substantially constant velocity. Therefore, there is a problem that it is difficult to greatly change the rotation speed of the tubular member.

これに対し、遊技機C6によれば、遊技機C1の奏する効果に加え、球が伝達部に衝突すると、流下する球の速度により異なる大きさの運動エネルギーが伝達部を通して筒状部材に伝達され、その運動エネルギーにより筒状部材が軸直角方向に回転されることから、流下する球の速度を異ならせることにより、筒状部材が回転する速度を異ならせることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C1, when the ball collides with the transmission part, kinetic energy of different magnitude depending on the velocity of the flowing ball is transmitted to the tubular member through the transmission part. Since the tubular member is rotated in the direction perpendicular to the axis by the kinetic energy, the speed at which the tubular member rotates can be made different by making the velocity of the flowing sphere different.

遊技機C6において、前記伝達部が複数形成され、それらの複数の伝達部は、流下する球に衝突されることで前記筒状部材を一方の回転方向へ向けて回転させる回転力を前記筒状部材に生じさせる態様で前記被衝突面が形成されるものと、流下する球に衝突されることで前記筒状部材を一方の回転方向の反対方向である他方の回転方向へ向けて回転させる回転力を前記筒状部材に生じさせる態様で前記被衝突面が形成されるものとが少なくとも配設されることを特徴とする遊技機C7。 In the gaming machine C6, a plurality of the transmission parts are formed, and the plurality of the transmission parts are configured to generate a rotational force that causes the tubular member to rotate in one rotation direction by being collided with a flowing ball. Rotation for rotating the tubular member in the other rotation direction, which is the opposite direction of the one rotation direction, by colliding with the falling ball and the surface to be collided formed in a member A gaming machine C7, wherein at least a collision surface is formed so as to generate a force on the tubular member.

遊技機C7によれば、遊技機C6の奏する効果に加え、球が伝達部に衝突されることで、筒状部材が一方もしくは他方の双方向へ向けて回転可能に形成される。そのため、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの強弱により形成される模様の変化の方向を双方向に形成することができる。 According to the gaming machine C7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C6, the cylindrical member is formed so as to be rotatable in one direction or the other direction in both directions due to the ball colliding with the transmission portion. Therefore, it is possible to bidirectionally form the change direction of the pattern formed depending on the intensity of the brightness of light visually recognized through the tubular member.

なお、流下する球に衝突されることで筒状部材を一方の回転方向へ向けて回転させる回転力を筒状部材に生じさせる態様で被衝突面が形成されるとは、被衝突面の法線であって、流下する球に対向する側に伸びる法線が、筒状部材の一方の回転方向の反対方向である他方の回転方向へ向けられる態様で被衝突面が形成されることを意味する。 It should be noted that the collision surface is formed in such a manner as to generate a rotational force in the cylindrical member that causes the cylindrical member to rotate in one rotation direction by being collided with the falling ball. It means that the surface to be collided is formed in such a manner that a normal line extending to the side facing the flowing down sphere is directed in the other rotation direction which is the opposite direction to the one rotation direction of the tubular member. To do.

また、流下する球に衝突されることで筒状部材を一方の回転方向へ向けて回転させる回転力を筒状部材に生じさせる態様で形成される被衝突面と、流下する球に衝突されることで筒状部材を一方の回転方向の反対方向である他方の回転方向へ向けて回転させる回転力を筒状部材に生じさせる態様で形成される被衝突面とが、単一の伝達部に形成されていても良い。 In addition, the colliding surface formed in such a manner as to generate a rotational force in the tubular member that causes the tubular member to rotate in one rotation direction by being collided with the falling ball is collided with the falling ball. Thus, the collision surface formed in a manner that causes the tubular member to generate a rotational force that causes the tubular member to rotate in the other rotation direction, which is the opposite direction to the one rotation direction, forms a single transmission part. It may be formed.

遊技機C6又はC7において、前記伝達部は、前記筒状部材の内周側に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機C8。 In the gaming machine C6 or C7, the gaming machine C8, wherein the transmission portion is formed on an inner peripheral side of the tubular member.

遊技機C8によれば、遊技機C6又はC7の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材が回転するのに要するスペースを最小限に抑えることができる。 According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C6 or C7, the space required for the tubular member to rotate can be minimized.

ここで、筒状部材の外周側に伝達部が形成される場合、筒状部材の伝達部と他の部材との衝突を避けるために、筒状部材の回転時に形成される伝達部の軌跡上には空間を形成しておく必要がある。そのため、筒状部材の配設スペースが大きくなり、それに伴い他の役物を配設するスペースが抑制される。 Here, when the transmission portion is formed on the outer peripheral side of the tubular member, in order to avoid a collision between the transmission portion of the tubular member and another member, on the locus of the transmission portion formed when the tubular member is rotated. It is necessary to form a space in. Therefore, the space for disposing the tubular member is increased, and accordingly, the space for disposing the other accessory is suppressed.

これに対し、遊技機C8によれば、遊技機C6又はC7の奏する効果に加え、球の衝突力で筒状部材を回転させる伝達部が筒状部材の内周側に形成されるので、筒状部材を配設するスペースが抑制され、それに伴い、他の役物を配設するスペースを大きく確保することができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C6 or C7, the transmission portion that rotates the tubular member by the collision force of the ball is formed on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member, The space for disposing the shaped member is suppressed, and accordingly, a large space for disposing the other accessory can be secured.

遊技機C6からC8のいずれかにおいて、前記伝達部は、前記筒状部材の側面付近においては、流下する球に衝突されることで前記筒状部材を一方の回転方向へ向けて回転させる回転力を前記筒状部材に生じさせる態様で形成される一方、前記筒状部材の側面から離間した位置においては、流下する球に衝突されることで前記筒状部材を一方の回転方向の反対方向である他方の回転方向へ向けて回転させる回転力を前記筒状部材に生じさせる態様で形成されることを特徴とする遊技機C9。 In any one of the gaming machines C6 to C8, the transmission portion causes a rotational force that causes the tubular member to rotate in one rotational direction by being collided with a flowing ball near the side surface of the tubular member. Is formed in the tubular member, while at a position apart from the side surface of the tubular member, the tubular member is collided with a flowing ball so that the tubular member is rotated in a direction opposite to one rotation direction. A gaming machine C9, characterized in that the gaming machine C9 is formed in such a manner that a rotational force that causes the tubular member to rotate in the other rotational direction is generated.

遊技機C9によれば、遊技機C6からC8のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、球が伝達部のどこに衝突するかによって、筒状部材の回転速度や回転方向を異ならせることができる。これにより、筒状部材の動きをより不規則にすることができる。 According to the gaming machine C9, in addition to the effect produced by any one of the gaming machines C6 to C8, the rotational speed and the rotating direction of the tubular member can be varied depending on where the ball collides with the transmission section. Thereby, the movement of the tubular member can be made more irregular.

筒状部材は球に衝突される際に与えられる力で回転される。ここで、例えば、回転可能に形成された筒状部材に回転方向の力を与える場合、軸心に近い位置で筒状部材に力を与えるよりも、軸心から離れた位置で筒状部材に力を与える方が筒状部材に与える回転トルクが大きくなり、筒状部材の回転速度を大きくすることができる。 The cylindrical member is rotated by the force applied when it collides with the sphere. Here, for example, when applying a force in the rotational direction to a rotatably formed tubular member, rather than applying a force to the tubular member at a position close to the axis, the tubular member is placed at a position distant from the axis. When the force is applied, the rotational torque applied to the tubular member is increased, and the rotational speed of the tubular member can be increased.

即ち、例えば、伝達部が筒状部材の内周側に形成される場合には、球が筒状部材の側面付近で伝達部に衝突すると、筒状部材に大きな回転トルクが生じ、筒状部材が一方の回転方向に大きな速度で回転される。一方で、球が筒状部材の軸心付近で伝達部に衝突すると、筒状部材に生じる回転トルクは小さくなり、筒状部材が他方の回転方向に回転される回転速度は小さくなる。そのため、球が筒状部材の伝達部に、どの位置で衝突するかによって筒状部材の回転方向および回転速度を変化させる演出をすることができる。よって、筒状部材の回転方向や回転速度を不規則にすることができる。 That is, for example, when the transmission portion is formed on the inner peripheral side of the tubular member, when the sphere collides with the transmission portion near the side surface of the tubular member, a large rotational torque is generated in the tubular member, and the tubular member Is rotated at a high speed in one rotation direction. On the other hand, when the sphere collides with the transmission portion near the axis of the tubular member, the rotational torque generated in the tubular member is reduced, and the rotational speed at which the tubular member is rotated in the other rotational direction is reduced. Therefore, it is possible to produce an effect in which the rotation direction and the rotation speed of the tubular member are changed depending on where the ball collides with the transmission portion of the tubular member. Therefore, the rotating direction and the rotating speed of the tubular member can be made irregular.

<装飾部材の模様により、光の移動する方向を変化させる技術思想の一例>
遊技機A0からA9,B1からB6又はC1からC9のいずれかにおいて、前記筒状部材を遮蔽する態様で配設されると共に光透過部を有する装飾部材を備え、その装飾部材は、光の透過性の低い部分であって、複数列形成されると共に前記筒状部材の軸心に対して傾斜された方向に沿って帯状に延設される低透過率部を有し、前記筒状部材の低透過率部は、前記筒状部材の周面に沿ったらせん状に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機D1。
<An example of a technical idea of changing the moving direction of light according to the pattern of the decorative member>
In any of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B1 to B6, or C1 to C9, a decoration member is provided that is arranged to shield the tubular member and has a light transmitting portion, and the decoration member transmits light. A portion having low transparency, having a low transmittance portion formed in a plurality of rows and extending in a strip shape along a direction inclined with respect to the axis of the tubular member, The low-transmittance portion is formed in a spiral shape along the peripheral surface of the tubular member, wherein the gaming machine D1.

遊技機D1によれば、遊技機A0からA9,B1からB6又はC1からC9のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、筒状部材へ向けて照射される光を、筒状部材の軸心に対して傾斜された方向に移動される態様で遊技者に視認させることができる。 According to the gaming machine D1, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B1 to B6, or C1 to C9, the light emitted toward the tubular member is directed to the axial center of the tubular member. It is possible for the player to visually recognize in a mode in which the player is moved in the inclined direction.

ここで、パチンコ機等の遊技機において、遊技盤に配設される拡散部材と、その拡散部材の背面側に配設される光照射装置とを備え、その光照射装置から照射される光が拡散部材により拡散され、拡散部材の正面側に配設される装飾部材が照らされる遊技機がある(例えば特開2008−113910号公報を参照)。しかし、上述した従来の遊技機では、光照射装置から照射される光が遊技者に視認される態様は、限定的である。即ち、例えば、光照射装置の光源の位置により、拡散部材の照らされる位置は決定され、光源の発光状態をいくら変化させても、拡散部材が照らされる位置(光の模様)は変化されない。そのため、遊技者に視認される光の態様は限定的なものとなり、光照射装置から照射される光の演出を限定的なものとする問題点を有していた。 Here, in a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a diffusing member arranged on the game board and a light irradiation device arranged on the back side of the diffusing member are provided, and light emitted from the light irradiation device is There is a gaming machine that is diffused by a diffusing member and illuminated by a decorative member arranged on the front side of the diffusing member (for example, see Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-113910). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the manner in which the light emitted from the light emitting device is visually recognized by the player is limited. That is, for example, the illuminated position of the diffusing member is determined by the position of the light source of the light irradiation device, and the illuminated position of the diffusing member (light pattern) does not change, no matter how the light emitting state of the light source is changed. Therefore, the form of the light visually recognized by the player is limited, and there is a problem that the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is limited.

そこで、本願出願人は、上述の遊技機に加えて、光照射装置の正面側に筒状部材が配設され、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより模様が形成され、その視認される模様が筒状部材の回転により変化され、筒状部材の光り方が変化される遊技機を開発した(本願出願時未公知)。しかし、この場合、光が筒状部材の軸心方向や軸直角方向に移動されるように視認させることには適しているが、例えば光が軸心に傾斜した方向に移動されるように視認させることは難しいという問題点を有していた。 Therefore, the applicant of the present application, in addition to the above-mentioned gaming machine, has a tubular member disposed on the front side of the light irradiation device, and a pattern is formed depending on the difference in the brightness of light visually recognized through the tubular member. , The visually recognized pattern is changed by the rotation of the tubular member, and the gaming machine in which the way of illuminating the tubular member is changed has been developed (not known at the time of filing of the present application). However, in this case, it is suitable for visually recognizing that the light is moved in the axial direction or the direction orthogonal to the axial direction of the tubular member, but for example, it is visually recognized that the light is moved in the direction inclined to the axial center. There was a problem that it was difficult to do.

これに対し、遊技機D1によれば、筒状部材を遮蔽する態様で配設される装飾部材に低透過率部が筒状部材の軸心に傾斜して複数列形成されるので、筒状部材の回転により筒状部材の低透過率部が筒状部材の軸心方向へ移動される態様で視認されることに伴い筒状部材の軸方向に移動される態様で視認される光を、装飾部材の低透過率部に沿って移動される態様で遊技者に視認させることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, since the low transmittance portion is formed in a plurality of rows inclining to the axis of the tubular member in the decorative member arranged so as to shield the tubular member, the tubular member is tubular. The light that is visually recognized in the manner in which the low-transmittance portion of the tubular member is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member by the rotation of the member is visually recognized in the manner in which it is moved in the axial direction of the tubular member. It is possible for the player to visually recognize the moving member along the low transmittance portion of the decorative member.

また、装飾部材の低透過率部により、装飾部材を通して視認される光を低透過率部ごとに分割することができ、光を細分化することができる。これにより、光照射装置から照射される光の演出効果を向上させることができる。 Further, the low transmittance portion of the decorative member can divide the light visually recognized through the decorative member into the low transmittance portions, and the light can be subdivided. Thereby, the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device can be improved.

装飾部材の低透過率部としては、部分的に粗加工されて光を散乱させることで透過率を低下させる場合や、部分的に厚く形成される場合や、部分的に凹レンズ形状に形成される場合等が例示される。 The low-transmittance portion of the decorative member is partially roughened to reduce light transmittance by scattering light, partially thickened, or partially concave lens-shaped. The case is exemplified.

なお、装飾部材が光透過部を有するとは、装飾部材が少なくとも一部において光を透過させる部分を有することを意味する。この意味において、装飾部材の態様は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、装飾部材そのものが光透過性材料から形成されても良いし、装飾部材が光透過性材料と、光を遮蔽する材料とから形成されても良い。 The decorative member having a light transmitting portion means that the decorative member has at least a part that transmits light. In this sense, the form of the decorative member is not particularly limited, and for example, the decorative member itself may be formed of a light transmissive material, or the decorative member may be a light transmissive material and a light shielding material. May be formed from.

遊技機D1において、前記装飾部材の低透過率部の延設方向に垂直な平面における前記装飾部材の断面形状が、前記装飾部材の前記複数列の低透過率部の内、隣り合った前記低透過率部間において、凹面形状に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機D2。 In the gaming machine D1, the cross-sectional shape of the decorative member in a plane perpendicular to the extending direction of the low-transmittance portion of the decorative member is such that the low-transmittance portions adjacent to each other in the low-transmittance portions of the plurality of rows of the decorative member. A gaming machine D2, which is formed in a concave shape between the transmissivity portions.

遊技機D2によれば、遊技機D1の奏する効果に加え、隣り合う低透過率部により光が細分化される効果を顕著にすることができる。 According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D1, the effect of light being subdivided by the adjacent low transmittance portions can be made remarkable.

ここで、例えば、光が移動される方向として視認される方向を、筒状部材の軸心方向から、筒状部材の軸心に対して傾斜された方向に変化させる方法としては、筒状部材の軸心方向に対して傾斜された長穴形状の開口を有する板で遮蔽する方法が挙げられる。しかし、この場合には、開口の境界付近で光の回折が生じるため、開口を通して視認される光が開口の面積よりも広がって視認されやすい。そのため、例えば、長穴形状の開口が複数列形成される場合には、隣り合う開口の近接端間の間隔よりも、開口から視認される光の近接端の間隔が狭くなる。そのため、開口ごとの光の境界を判別しづらくなる。 Here, for example, as a method of changing the direction visually recognized as the direction in which light is moved from the axial center direction of the tubular member to the direction inclined with respect to the axial center of the tubular member, a tubular member There is a method of shielding with a plate having an elongated hole-shaped opening that is inclined with respect to the axial direction. However, in this case, since the light is diffracted near the boundary of the opening, the light visually recognized through the opening spreads more easily than the area of the opening and is easily visually recognized. Therefore, for example, when a plurality of elongated hole-shaped openings are formed, the distance between the adjacent ends of the light visually recognized from the openings is narrower than the distance between the adjacent ends of the adjacent openings. Therefore, it becomes difficult to distinguish the boundary of light for each opening.

一方、遊技機D2によれば、装飾部材の隣り合う低透過率部間の断面形状が凹面形状で形成されることで、その凹面形状の部分を通って視認される光は、凹面形状の作用によって、隣り合う低透過率部を結ぶ方向に縮小される態様で視認される。そのため、低透過率部により分割される光の境界を判別しやすくさせることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D2, the cross-sectional shape between the adjacent low transmittance portions of the decorative member is formed in a concave shape, so that the light visually recognized through the concave portion acts as the concave shape. Is visually recognized in a mode in which it is reduced in a direction connecting adjacent low transmittance portions. Therefore, it is possible to easily identify the boundary of the light divided by the low transmittance portion.

遊技機D1又はD2において、前記装飾部材は、複数列に形成される前記装飾部材の前記低透過率部と交差する態様で延設されると共に、その延設方向に垂直な断面形状の幅方向の寸法が張り出し端に近づくほど短縮される態様で形成されると共に、その幅方向の両側面が装飾部材側に凹んだ曲面状に形成される帯状部を備えることを特徴とする遊技機D3。 In the gaming machine D1 or D2, the decorative member is extended in a manner intersecting with the low transmittance portion of the decorative member formed in a plurality of rows, and the width direction of a cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the extending direction. The game machine D3 is characterized in that it is formed in such a manner that its dimension is shortened as it approaches the projecting end, and both side surfaces in the width direction thereof are formed in a curved surface shape that is recessed toward the decorative member side.

遊技機D3によれば、遊技機D1又はD2の奏する効果に加え、低透過率部に沿って移動される光が帯状部を横切る際に、帯状部の両側面が装飾部材側に凹んだ曲面状に形成されることにより形成される凹面形状の作用によって、帯状部の幅方向に縮小されて視認される。そのため、移動される光の外形を、移動の過程で縮小させたり、縮小された状態から元の状態に戻したりすることで、光の外形を変化させる演出を行うことができる。 According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D1 or D2, when light traveling along the low transmittance portion traverses the belt-shaped portion, both side surfaces of the belt-shaped portion are concave toward the decorative member. By the action of the concave shape formed by being formed into a strip shape, the strip portion is visually reduced in the width direction. Therefore, it is possible to perform an effect of changing the outer shape of the light by reducing the outer shape of the moved light in the process of movement or returning the reduced state to the original state.

遊技機D3において、前記帯状部が、少なくとも一の前記装飾部材の前記低透過率部において、その低透過率部の一方の側に形成される前記帯上部の形成位置と、その一方の側の反対側である他方の側に形成される前記帯状部の形成位置とが低透過率部の延設方向にずらされて形成されることを特徴とする遊技機D4。 In the gaming machine D3, the strip-shaped portion is formed on one side of the low-transmittance portion of the low-transmittance portion of at least one of the decoration members, and the formation position of the strip upper portion, A gaming machine D4, characterized in that the formation position of the strip-shaped portion formed on the other side which is the opposite side is shifted in the extending direction of the low transmittance portion.

遊技機D4によれば、遊技機D3の奏する効果に加え、光が低透過率部に沿って移動される態様で視認される場合に、一の低透過率部の幅方向の内、一方の側では光の外形が縮小される一方、その一方の側の反対側である他方の側では光の外形が維持されることにより、一の低透過率部の幅方向両側において光の外形の変化が異なったものとなるので、光の外形の変化を判別しやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D3, when light is visually recognized in a manner of being moved along the low transmittance portion, one of the low transmittance portions in the width direction is While the outer shape of the light is reduced on one side, the outer shape of the light is maintained on the other side, which is the opposite side to the one side, so that the outer shape of the light changes on both sides in the width direction of one low transmittance portion. Are different from each other, it is possible to easily discriminate a change in the outer shape of light.

<球の影を光の演出に利用する技術思想の一例>
遊技機A0からA9,B1からB6,C1からC9又はD1からD4のいずれかにおいて、球が前記光照射装置から照射される光を遮りながら流下することを特徴とする遊技機E1。
<An example of a technical idea that uses the shadow of a sphere to produce light>
The gaming machine E1 characterized in that, in any of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B1 to B6, C1 to C9 or D1 to D4, a ball flows down while blocking the light emitted from the light irradiation device.

遊技機E1によれば、遊技機A0からA9,B1からB6,C1からC9又はD1からD4のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、光照射装置から照射される光が球により遮られるので、視認される光に球の影が生じ、結果として視認される光の形状を変化させることができる。 According to the gaming machine E1, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B1 to B6, C1 to C9, or D1 to D4, the light emitted from the light irradiation device is blocked by the sphere, so that it is visually recognized. A shadow of a sphere is generated in the light that is generated, and as a result, the shape of the visually recognized light can be changed.

ここで、パチンコ機等の遊技機において、遊技盤に配設される拡散部材と、その拡散部材の背面側に配設される光照射装置とを備え、その光照射装置から照射される光が拡散部材により拡散され、拡散部材の正面側に配設される装飾部材が照らされる遊技機がある(例えば特開2008−113910号公報を参照)。しかし、上述した従来の遊技機では、光照射装置から照射される光が遊技者に視認される態様は、限定的である。即ち、例えば、光照射装置の光源の位置により、拡散部材の照らされる位置は決定され、光源の発光状態をいくら変化させても、拡散部材が照らされる位置(光の模様)は変化されない。そのため、遊技者に視認される光の態様は限定的なものとなり、光照射装置から照射される光の演出を限定的なものとする問題点を有していた。 Here, in a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a diffusing member arranged on the game board and a light irradiation device arranged on the back side of the diffusing member are provided, and light emitted from the light irradiation device is There is a gaming machine that is diffused by a diffusing member and illuminated by a decorative member arranged on the front side of the diffusing member (for example, see Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-113910). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the manner in which the light emitted from the light emitting device is visually recognized by the player is limited. That is, for example, the illuminated position of the diffusing member is determined by the position of the light source of the light irradiation device, and the illuminated position of the diffusing member (light pattern) does not change, no matter how the light emitting state of the light source is changed. Therefore, the form of the light visually recognized by the player is limited, and there is a problem that the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is limited.

そこで、本願出願人は、上述の遊技機に加えて、光照射装置の正面側に筒状部材が配設され、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより模様が形成され、その視認される模様が筒状部材の回転により変化され、筒状部材の光り方が変化される遊技機を開発した(本願出願時未公知)。しかし、この場合、筒状部材を通して視認される光の形状は、筒状部材の形状に左右されるため、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの強弱による模様の変化は規則的なものとなり、その演出効果も限定的となるという問題点を有していた。 Therefore, the applicant of the present application, in addition to the above-mentioned gaming machine, has a tubular member disposed on the front side of the light irradiation device, and a pattern is formed depending on the difference in the brightness of light visually recognized through the tubular member. , The visually recognized pattern is changed by the rotation of the tubular member, and the gaming machine in which the way of illuminating the tubular member is changed has been developed (not known at the time of filing of the present application). However, in this case, since the shape of the light visually recognized through the tubular member depends on the shape of the tubular member, the change in the pattern due to the strength of the brightness of the light visually observed through the tubular member is regular. However, there is a problem that the effect of the production is limited.

これに対し、遊技機E1によれば、流下する球が光照射装置の照射する光を遮るため、球の流下する部分で視認される光に影を生じ、視認される光の模様を変化させることができる。また、球が光を遮ることで生じる影は、流下する球の個数や、球の流下位置により様々な態様で視認されるため、光の明るさの度合いの強弱による模様の種類を増やすことができ、演出効果を向上させることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E1, the flowing ball blocks the light emitted by the light irradiation device, so that the light visually recognized in the part where the ball flows down changes the pattern of the visually recognized light. be able to. In addition, since shadows generated by the sphere blocking light are visually recognized in various modes depending on the number of spheres flowing down and the position where the spheres flow down, it is possible to increase the types of patterns depending on the intensity of light. It is possible to improve the effect.

遊技機E1において、球が流下する経路が複数形成されることを特徴とする遊技機E2。 In the gaming machine E1, a plurality of paths through which the balls flow down are formed, the gaming machine E2.

遊技機E2によれば、遊技機E1の奏する効果に加え、球が流下する経路が複数用意される。よって、球が流下する経路を異ならせることにより、視認される球の影の移動経路を変化させることができる。 According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E1, a plurality of paths along which the balls flow down are prepared. Therefore, by changing the path along which the sphere flows down, it is possible to change the moving path of the shadow of the sphere that is visually recognized.

遊技機E2において、前記筒状部材を遮蔽する態様で配設されると共に光透過部を有する装飾部材を備え、その装飾部材は、前記筒状部材の軸心に対して傾斜して複数列形成される光の透過性の低い部分である低透過率部を有し、前記装飾部材の前記筒状部材側の側面に前記経路が形成可能とされることを特徴とする遊技機E3。 In the gaming machine E2, a decorative member is provided which is arranged so as to shield the tubular member and has a light transmitting portion, and the decorative member is formed in a plurality of rows inclined with respect to the axis of the tubular member. A gaming machine E3, which has a low transmittance portion that is a portion having low light transmittance, and the path can be formed on a side surface of the decorative member on the side of the tubular member.

遊技機E3によれば、遊技機E2の奏する効果に加え、装飾部材は低透過率部により光を分割させる用途と、球の流下経路を変化させる用途とに兼用される。よって、装飾部材とは別の部材を配設することにより球の流下経路を変化させる場合に比較して、必要な部材の配設個数を削減できるので、材料コストおよび組立てコストを抑制することができる。 According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine E2, the decorative member is used both for dividing the light by the low transmittance portion and for changing the flow path of the sphere. Therefore, as compared with the case where the flow path of the sphere is changed by disposing a member different from the decorative member, the number of necessary members arranged can be reduced, so that the material cost and the assembly cost can be suppressed. it can.

遊技機E3において、前記筒状部材の前記低透過率部は、前記筒状部材の径方向外側に張り出して2重らせん状に形成されると共に所定の経路で流下する球が当接可能な位置に形成され、前記筒状部材の前記低透過率部に球が当接されることで前記筒状部材が回転可能に形成され、前記2重らせん状に形成される低透過率部の内の1方のらせん状の低透過率部に球が当接される場合には、前記装飾部材に形成される1の前記経路を球が流下する一方で、前記1方のらせん状の低透過率部とは異なる他方のらせん状の低透過率部に球が当接される場合には、前記装飾部材に形成される1の前記経路とは異なる経路で球が流下することを特徴とする遊技機E4。 In the gaming machine E3, the low-permeability portion of the tubular member is formed in a double spiral shape so as to project radially outward of the tubular member, and a position where a ball flowing down along a predetermined path can come into contact therewith. The cylindrical member is rotatably formed by contacting the low transmittance portion of the tubular member with the sphere, and the low transmittance portion of the double spiral is formed. When the sphere is brought into contact with the one spiral low transmittance portion, the sphere flows down the one path formed in the decorative member while the one spiral low transmittance is provided. When the sphere abuts on the other spiral low-transmittance part different from the part, the sphere flows down on a route different from the one route formed on the decorative member. Machine E4.

遊技機E4によれば、遊技機E3の奏する効果に加え、球が筒状部材のどの位置に当接するかにより、球が複数の経路の内どの経路で流下されるかが決められるため、球を一定の経路で筒状部材に到達させながら、球が筒状部材に当接した後の流下経路を複数に変化させることができる。 According to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E3, it is determined which path of the plurality of paths the ball flows down depending on which position of the tubular member the ball contacts. It is possible to change the descending path after the sphere has abutted against the cylindrical member into a plurality of descending paths, while allowing the to reach the cylindrical member through a constant path.

即ち、例えば、装飾部材に形成される複数の経路に沿って球を流下させる場合に、球を各経路に案内する部材を用意する必要があるとすると、必要部材が多くなる。また、一の経路から、球を複数の経路に分岐させる場合には、各経路に球を分岐させる分岐路や、球の流下する経路を変化させるスイッチなどの機能部材を配設する必要があり、それに伴って材料コストや組立てコストが増加する。 That is, for example, if it is necessary to prepare a member that guides the sphere to each path when the sphere flows down along a plurality of paths formed in the decorative member, the number of necessary members increases. Further, when a sphere is branched into a plurality of routes from one route, it is necessary to dispose a branching route for branching the sphere into each route and a functional member such as a switch for changing a route along which the sphere flows down. As a result, material costs and assembly costs increase.

それに対して、遊技機E4によれば、球を一定の経路で筒状部材に到達するように案内する場合であっても、筒状部材が回転されることで筒状部材の姿勢が変化され、球に当接される筒状部材の箇所が変化される。これにより、球が当接される筒状部材の低透過率部が、1方のらせん状の低透過率部と他方のらせん状の低透過率部とで選択され、それに伴い、球が装飾部材に形成される1の経路を流下するか、他の経路を流下するかで球の流下経路が変化される。即ち、球を複数の経路で流下させる効果を維持しながら、球を各経路に案内する部材を不要とできる。よって、材料コストや組立てコストを低減しながら、球が筒状部材に当接した後の流下経路を複数に変化させることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E4, the posture of the tubular member is changed by rotating the tubular member even when guiding the sphere so as to reach the tubular member along a certain path. , The location of the tubular member that abuts the sphere is changed. As a result, the low-transmittance portion of the tubular member with which the sphere abuts is selected from one spiral low-transmittance portion and the other spiral low-transmittance portion, and the sphere is decorated accordingly. The flow path of the sphere is changed depending on whether the flow path is one path formed on the member or another path. That is, it is possible to eliminate the need for a member that guides the sphere to each path while maintaining the effect of letting the sphere flow down in a plurality of paths. Therefore, while reducing the material cost and the assembly cost, it is possible to change the flow-down path after the ball comes into contact with the tubular member to a plurality of paths.

遊技機A0からA9,B1からB6,C1からC9,D1からD4又はE1からE4のいずれかにおいて、前記遊技機はスロットマシンであることを特徴とする遊技機F1。中でも、スロットマシンの基本構成としては、「複数の識別情報からなる識別情報列を動的表示した後に識別情報を確定表示する可変表示手段を備え、始動用操作手段(例えば操作レバー)の操作に起因して識別情報の動的表示が開始され、停止用操作手段(ストップボタン)の操作に起因して、或いは、所定時間経過することにより、識別情報の動的表示が停止され、その停止時の確定識別情報が特定識別情報であることを必要条件として、遊技者に有利な特別遊技状態を発生させる特別遊技状態発生手段とを備えた遊技機」となる。この場合、遊技媒体はコイン、メダル等が代表例として挙げられる。 Any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B1 to B6, C1 to C9, D1 to D4, or E1 to E4, wherein the gaming machine is a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the slot machine is “provided with a variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying the identification information sequence including a plurality of identification information, and for operating the starting operation means (for example, the operation lever). The dynamic display of the identification information is started due to the operation, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. It is a gaming machine provided with special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player, on condition that the final identification information is specific identification information. In this case, typical examples of game media include coins and medals.

遊技機A0からA9,B1からB6,C1からC9,D1からD4又はE1からE4のいずれかにおいて、前記遊技機はパチンコ遊技機であることを特徴とする遊技機F2。中でも、パチンコ遊技機の基本構成としては操作ハンドルを備え、その操作ハンドルの操作に応じて球を所定の遊技領域へ発射し、球が遊技領域内の所定の位置に配設された作動口に入賞(又は作動口を通過)することを必要条件として、表示手段において動的表示されている識別情報が所定時間後に確定停止されるものが挙げられる。また、特別遊技状態の発生時には、遊技領域内の所定の位置に配設された可変入賞装置(特定入賞口)が所定の態様で開放されて球を入賞可能とし、その入賞個数に応じた有価価値(景品球のみならず、磁気カードへ書き込まれるデータ等も含む)が付与されるものが挙げられる。 Any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B1 to B6, C1 to C9, D1 to D4 or E1 to E4, wherein the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine, an operation handle is provided, and a ball is fired to a predetermined game area in response to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is moved to an operation port arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning (or passing through the operating port), there is one in which the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is fixedly stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special game state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning port) arranged at a predetermined position in the game area is opened in a predetermined manner to make it possible to win a ball, and the value depending on the number of winning prizes. The value (including not only the gift ball but also the data written to the magnetic card, etc.) is given.

遊技機A0からA9,B1からB6,C1からC9,D1からD4又はE1からE4のいずれかにおいて、前記遊技機はパチンコ遊技機とスロットマシンとを融合させたものであることを特徴とする遊技機F3。中でも、融合させた遊技機の基本構成としては、「複数の識別情報からなる識別情報列を動的表示した後に識別情報を確定表示する可変表示手段を備え、始動用操作手段(例えば操作レバー)の操作に起因して識別情報の変動が開始され、停止用操作手段(例えばストップボタン)の操作に起因して、或いは、所定時間経過することにより、識別情報の動的表示が停止され、その停止時の確定識別情報が特定識別情報であることを必要条件として、遊技者に有利な特別遊技状態を発生させる特別遊技状態発生手段とを備え、遊技媒体として球を使用すると共に、前記識別情報の動的表示の開始に際しては所定数の球を必要とし、特別遊技状態の発生に際しては多くの球が払い出されるように構成されている遊技機」となる。
<その他>
パチンコ機等の遊技機において、遊技盤に配設される拡散部材と、その拡散部材の背面側に配設される光照射装置とを備え、その光照射装置から照射される光が拡散部材により拡散され、拡散部材の正面側に配設される装飾部材が照らされる遊技機が知られている(例えば、特許文献1:特開2008−113910号公報)。
上述した従来の遊技機では、光照射装置から照射される光が遊技者に視認される態様は、限定的である。即ち、例えば、光照射装置の光源の位置により、拡散部材の照らされる位置は決定され、光源の発光状態をいくら変化させても、拡散部材が照らされる位置(光の模様)は変化されない。そのため、遊技者に視認される光の態様は限定的なものとなり、光照射装置から照射される光の演出を限定的なものとする問題点を有していた。
そこで、本願出願人は、上述の遊技機に加えて、光照射装置の正面側に筒状部材が配設され、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより模様が形成され、その視認される模様が筒状部材の回転により変化され、筒状部材の光り方が変化される遊技機を開発した(本願出願時未公知)。しかし、この場合、例えば、光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向が一定に形成されると、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより形成される模様の、光の明るさの度合いが強く視認される位置や範囲もしくは弱く視認される位置や範囲を大きく変化させることはできない。そのため、筒状部材の演出の態様が限定的なものとなるという問題点を有していた。
本技術的思想は、上記例示した問題点を解決するためになされたものであり、光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向が一定に形成される場合であっても、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより形成される模様の、光の明るさの度合いが強く視認される位置や範囲もしくは弱く視認される位置や範囲を大きく変化させることができる遊技機を提供することを目的とする。
<手段>
この目的を達成するために、技術的思想1の遊技機は、遊技盤に回転可能に軸支されると共に光透過部を有する筒状部材と、その筒状部材へ向けて光を照射する光照射装置と、を備え、前記筒状部材は、光の透過率の低い部分であり、前記筒状部材の周面に形成されると共に前記筒状部材が回転されることにより一方向視において視認される位置が変化される態様で形成される低透過率部を備えると共に、遊技盤を流下する球の運動エネルギーが伝達されることにより回転され、前記光照射装置から照射される光が前記筒状部材を通して視認され、前記光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向もしくは進行方向が、前記筒状部材の軸心に垂直な平面において変更可能に形成される。
なお、筒状部材が光透過部を有するとは、筒状部材が少なくとも一部において光を透過させる部分を有することを意味する。この意味において、筒状部材の態様は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、筒状部材そのものが光透過性材料から形成されても良いし、筒状部材が光透過性材料と、光を遮蔽する材料とから形成されても良い。
技術的思想2の遊技機は、技術的思想1記載の遊技機において、前記筒状部材と前記光照射装置との間に前記光照射装置から前記筒状部材へ向けて照射される光を屈折可能に形成される屈折部材を備え、前記光照射装置が、光を照射する複数の光源と、その複数の光源が固定される基盤部とを備え、前記屈折部材は、前記複数の光源の前記筒状部材側にそれぞれ配設されると共に前記筒状部材の軸直角方向に揺動可能に形成される。
技術的思想3の遊技機は、技術的思想2記載の遊技機において、前記筒状部材は、軸心に垂直な断面形状が、軸心からの距離が前記筒状部材の軸心から前記屈折部材までの距離よりも短い短径方向と、その短径方向よりも長い径を有する長径方向とを有する楕円形状に形成され、その長径方向を前記屈折部材に向けることで前記筒状部材と前記屈折部材とが当接され、その屈折部材が揺動可能に形成される。
技術的思想4の遊技機は、技術的思想1から3のいずれかに記載の遊技機において、前記光照射装置から照射される光の進行方向が変更されるのに要する駆動源は、遊技盤を流下する球の運動エネルギーである。
<効果>
技術的思想1記載の遊技機によれば、光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向もしくは進行方向が、筒状部材の軸心に垂直な平面において変更可能に形成されるので、例えば正面視において、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いが最も強く視認される位置を軸直角方向に沿って変更することができる。よって、光照射装置から照射される光の出力方向が一定に形成される場合であっても、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより形成される模様の、光の明るさの度合いが強く視認される位置や範囲もしくは弱く視認される位置や範囲を大きく変化させることができ、筒状部材の演出の態様を増加させることができる。
また、筒状部材が回転されることで、一方向視における低透過率部の位置が変化される。そのため、筒状部材が回転されることにより、一方向視において筒状部材を通して視認される、光照射装置から照射される光の明るさの度合いの分布が変化される。即ち、筒状部材を通して視認される光の明るさの度合いの違いにより形成される模様が変化可能に形成されるので、光照射装置から照射される光の演出の態様を増加させることができる。
更に、遊技盤を流下する球の運動エネルギーにより筒状部材が回転される。よって、筒状部材を回転させる駆動モータが必要ないので、筒状部材を回転させるのに必要な動力コストを削減することができる。
また、駆動モータを配設しない分だけ省スペースに筒状部材を設置することができる。即ち、筒状部材等の役物を遊技盤正面側や遊技盤背面側に配設するスペースは一定の範囲に限定されるところ、筒状部材を回転させる駆動モータを配設不要としたことで使用可能となるスペースを、他の移動役物を配設するスペースとして活用することができる。よって、他の移動役物の配設自由度を向上させることができる。
技術的思想2記載の遊技機によれば、技術的思想1記載の遊技機の奏する効果に加え、光照射装置の複数の光源にそれぞれ配設される屈折部材が揺動可能に形成されるので、光照射装置から照射される光の進行方向を、屈折部材の揺動により変化させることができる。この場合、屈折部材は各個別々に配設されるため、屈折部材の設計次第で、どの屈折部材を揺動させるかを任意に選択することができる。即ち、どの光源から照射される光の進行方向を変えるかを選択することができるので、光照射装置の光の演出の自由度を向上させることができる。
技術的思想3記載の遊技機によれば、技術的思想2記載の遊技機の奏する効果に加え、筒状部材が回転され、屈折部材に短径方向を向ける場合には屈折部材と短径方向とが離間することにより屈折部材は力を受けず、屈折部材は停止したままとなる。一方、屈折部材に長径方向を向ける場合には、屈折部材と長径方向とが当接されることで、屈折部材が揺動される。よって、筒状部材の回転を、筒状部材の周面に視認される光の明るさの度合いの強弱により形成される模様を変化させる用途と、屈折部材を揺動させて光の進行方向を変化させる用途とに兼用することができる。
技術的思想4記載の遊技機によれば、技術的思想1から3のいずれかに記載の遊技機の奏する効果に加え、光照射装置から照射される光の進行方向を変化させるための駆動源を配設不要とできるので、駆動源の配設個数を抑制することができる。
Any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B1 to B6, C1 to C9, D1 to D4 or E1 to E4, wherein the gaming machine is a combination of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Machine F3. Among them, the basic configuration of the fused gaming machine is "provided with variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying the identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information, and starting operation means (for example, operation lever). The variation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time elapses. It is provided with special game state generation means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player, provided that the fixed identification information at the time of stop is the specific identification information, and a ball is used as a game medium, and the identification information is also provided. The game machine is configured such that a predetermined number of balls are required to start the dynamic display of, and a large number of balls are paid out when a special game state occurs.
<Other>
In a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a diffusing member arranged on the game board and a light irradiation device arranged on the back side of the diffusing member are provided, and the light emitted from the light irradiation device is diffused by the diffusing member. There is known a game machine in which a decorative member that is diffused and arranged on the front side of the diffusing member is illuminated (for example, Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-113910).
In the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine, the mode in which the light emitted from the light emitting device is visually recognized by the player is limited. That is, for example, the illuminated position of the diffusing member is determined by the position of the light source of the light irradiation device, and the illuminated position of the diffusing member (light pattern) does not change, no matter how the light emitting state of the light source is changed. Therefore, the form of the light visually recognized by the player is limited, and there is a problem that the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is limited.
Therefore, the applicant of the present application, in addition to the above-mentioned gaming machine, has a tubular member disposed on the front side of the light irradiation device, and a pattern is formed depending on the difference in the brightness of light visually recognized through the tubular member. , The visually recognized pattern is changed by the rotation of the tubular member, and the gaming machine in which the way of illuminating the tubular member is changed has been developed (not known at the time of filing of the present application). However, in this case, for example, when the output direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is formed to be constant, the light of the pattern formed by the difference in the brightness degree of the light visually recognized through the tubular member is formed. The position or range in which the degree of brightness is strongly recognized or the position or range in which the degree of brightness is recognized weakly cannot be changed significantly. Therefore, there has been a problem that the mode of presentation of the tubular member is limited.
The present technical idea has been made in order to solve the above-mentioned problems, and even when the output direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is formed to be constant, it is visually recognized through the tubular member. Provided is a gaming machine capable of greatly changing the position or range in which the degree of light brightness is strongly recognized or the position or range in which the pattern is formed depending on the difference in the brightness of light. The purpose is to do.
<Means>
In order to achieve this object, a gaming machine according to the technical idea 1 is a tubular member that is rotatably supported by a gaming board and has a light transmitting portion, and a light that emits light toward the tubular member. An irradiation device is provided, and the tubular member is a portion having a low light transmittance, and the tubular member is formed on the peripheral surface of the tubular member and is visually recognized in one direction by rotating the tubular member. Is provided with a low transmittance portion formed in a manner in which the position is changed, and is rotated by the kinetic energy of a sphere flowing down the game board being transmitted, and the light emitted from the light irradiating device is the cylinder. The output direction or traveling direction of the light which is visually recognized through the cylindrical member and is emitted from the light emitting device is formed to be changeable in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cylindrical member.
The tubular member having a light transmitting portion means that the tubular member has at least a part that allows light to pass therethrough. In this sense, the aspect of the tubular member is not particularly limited, and for example, the tubular member itself may be formed of a light transmissive material, or the tubular member may shield the light with a light transmissive material. It may also be formed from a material.
The gaming machine according to the technical idea 2 is the gaming machine according to the technical idea 1, in which light emitted from the light emitting device toward the tubular member is refracted between the tubular member and the light emitting device. A refraction member that is formed so that the light irradiation device includes a plurality of light sources that irradiate light, and a base portion to which the plurality of light sources are fixed, and the refraction member includes the plurality of light sources. It is arranged on the tubular member side and is formed so as to be swingable in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member.
The gaming machine of technical idea 3 is the gaming machine described in technical idea 2, wherein the tubular member has a cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axis, and the distance from the axis is the bending from the axis of the tubular member. It is formed in an elliptical shape having a minor axis direction shorter than the distance to the member and a major axis direction having a diameter longer than the minor axis direction, and the tubular member and the cylindrical member by directing the major axis direction toward the refraction member. The bending member is brought into contact with the bending member, and the bending member is swingably formed.
The game machine according to the technical idea 4 is the game machine according to any one of the technical ideas 1 to 3, in which the drive source required for changing the traveling direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is a game board. It is the kinetic energy of the sphere flowing down.
<Effect>
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, the output direction or traveling direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is formed so as to be changeable in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the tubular member. In, the position where the degree of brightness of the light visually recognized through the tubular member is most strongly recognized can be changed along the axis-perpendicular direction. Therefore, even when the output direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device is formed constant, the brightness of the light of the pattern formed by the difference in the brightness degree of the light visually recognized through the tubular member. It is possible to greatly change the position or range in which the degree of sharpness is visually recognized or the position or range in which the degree of weakness is visually recognized can be greatly changed, and it is possible to increase the mode of production of the tubular member.
In addition, the position of the low transmittance portion in one direction is changed by rotating the tubular member. Therefore, by rotating the tubular member, the distribution of the degree of brightness of the light emitted from the light irradiation device, which is visually recognized through the tubular member in one direction, is changed. That is, since the pattern formed is changeable according to the difference in the brightness of the light visually recognized through the tubular member, it is possible to increase the mode of the effect of the light emitted from the light irradiation device.
Further, the cylindrical member is rotated by the kinetic energy of the sphere flowing down the game board. Therefore, since a drive motor for rotating the tubular member is not required, it is possible to reduce the power cost required to rotate the tubular member.
In addition, the cylindrical member can be installed in a space-saving manner because the drive motor is not provided. That is, the space for arranging an accessory such as a tubular member on the front side of the game board or on the rear side of the game board is limited to a certain range. By eliminating the need for a drive motor for rotating the tubular member. The usable space can be utilized as a space for disposing another moving accessory. Therefore, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom in arranging another moving accessory.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, the refraction members respectively arranged in the plurality of light sources of the light irradiation device are formed to be swingable. The traveling direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device can be changed by swinging the refraction member. In this case, since the refraction members are individually arranged, it is possible to arbitrarily select which refraction member is swung, depending on the design of the refraction member. That is, since it is possible to select which light source changes the traveling direction of the light emitted, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom of the light production of the light irradiation device.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, when the cylindrical member is rotated and the minor axis direction is directed to the refractive member, the refractive member and the minor axis direction are used. Due to the separation of and, the refracting member receives no force, and the refracting member remains stopped. On the other hand, when the major axis direction is directed to the refraction member, the refraction member and the major axis direction are brought into contact with each other, whereby the refraction member is swung. Therefore, the rotation of the tubular member changes the pattern formed by the intensity of the brightness of the light visually recognized on the peripheral surface of the tubular member, and the direction in which the light travels by swinging the refraction member is changed. It can also be used for changing purposes.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 4, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any one of the technical ideas 1 to 3, a drive source for changing the traveling direction of the light emitted from the light irradiation device. It is possible to suppress the number of drive sources to be provided because it is not necessary to provide.

10 パチンコ機(遊技機)
13 遊技盤
1200,2200,3200,4200,5200 筒状部材(回転部材)
1220,2220,3220,4220,5220 本体部(筒状部)
1230,2230,3230 低透過率部
1232 凹設側面部(両側面、第1透過率部
1231 張り出し端部
1240,2240,3240 周面部(第2の透過率部)
1400,2400,4400 光照射装置
1410,2410 基盤部
1420,1421,1423 光源
1500,2500 装飾部材
1511,2511 低透過率部
1512,2512 帯状部
2233 折れ曲がり部
2531 分岐溝(球が流下する経路)
3300 伝達部
3310 第1被衝突面(被衝突面)
3320 第2被衝突面(被衝突面)
4430 屈折部材
M 位置
10 Pachinko machines (gaming machines)
13 Game board 1200, 2200, 3200, 4200, 5200 Cylindrical member (rotating member)
1220, 2220, 3220, 4220, 5220 Body part (cylindrical part)
1230, 2230, 3230 Low transmittance portion 1232 Recessed side surface portion (both sides , first transmittance portion )
1231 Overhanging end portions 1240, 2240, 3240 Peripheral surface portion (second transmittance portion)
1400, 2400, 4400 Light irradiation device 1410, 2410 Base part 1420, 1421, 1423 Light source 1500, 2500 Decorative member 1511, 2511 Low transmittance part 1512, 2512 Band part 2233 Bent part 2531 Branch groove (path through which sphere flows down)
3300 Transmission unit 3310 First collision surface (collision surface)
3320 Second collision surface (collision surface)
4430 Refraction member M position

Claims (2)

遊技盤に回転可能に軸支されると共に所定の厚みを有する光透過部と、筒状部と、その筒状部の内側に形成され直線方向に延びる貫通路とを有する回転部材と、前記遊技盤の前方に向けて光を照射する光照射装置と、を備え、
前記回転部材は、第1の光の透過率で構成される部分であり、前記筒状部の周面に形成され、前記回転部材が回転されることにより一方向視において視認される位置が変化される態様で形成される第1透過率部と、その第1透過率部より高い透過率で光を透過する第2の透過率部と、を備えると共に、遊技盤を流下する遊技球の運動エネルギーが伝達されることにより回転され、
流下する遊技球の前側に位置する前記第2の透過率部を透過した前記光照射装置から照射される光の視認される模様を変更可能に構成されることを特徴とする遊技機。
A light transmitting portion having a predetermined thickness while being rotatably supported on the game board, a rotary member having a cylindrical portion, and its tubular portion through passage formed inside Ru extend in a linear direction of the A light irradiation device for irradiating light toward the front of the game board,
The rotating member is a portion composed of the first light transmittance, is formed on the circumferential surface of the tubular portion, and the position visually recognized in one direction is changed by rotating the rotating member. And a second transmissivity part that transmits light with a transmissivity higher than that of the first transmissivity part, and the movement of the game ball flowing down the game board. It is rotated by transmitting energy,
A game machine characterized in that a visible pattern of light emitted from the light irradiating device that has passed through the second transmittance portion located on the front side of a flowing down game sphere can be changed.
前記回転部材は回転可能とされることを特徴とする請求項1記載の遊技機。 The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the rotating member is rotatable.
JP2018233218A 2018-12-13 2018-12-13 Amusement machine Active JP6717362B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018233218A JP6717362B2 (en) 2018-12-13 2018-12-13 Amusement machine

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018233218A JP6717362B2 (en) 2018-12-13 2018-12-13 Amusement machine

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2013272873A Division JP6451048B2 (en) 2013-12-27 2013-12-27 Game machine

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2020101351A Division JP2020138088A (en) 2020-06-11 2020-06-11 Game machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2019037869A JP2019037869A (en) 2019-03-14
JP6717362B2 true JP6717362B2 (en) 2020-07-01

Family

ID=65724958

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2018233218A Active JP6717362B2 (en) 2018-12-13 2018-12-13 Amusement machine

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6717362B2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020138088A (en) * 2020-06-11 2020-09-03 株式会社三洋物産 Game machine

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020138088A (en) * 2020-06-11 2020-09-03 株式会社三洋物産 Game machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2019037869A (en) 2019-03-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2023086996A (en) game machine
JP6451051B2 (en) Game machine
JP6717362B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6717363B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6717364B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6717365B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6451049B2 (en) Game machine
JP6451050B2 (en) Game machine
JP2023090861A (en) game machine
JP6451048B2 (en) Game machine
JP2020138091A (en) Game machine
JP2020138088A (en) Game machine
JP2020138089A (en) Game machine
JP2020138090A (en) Game machine
JP6711374B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP2020108860A (en) Game machine
JP2020108844A (en) Game machine
JP6693102B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6690208B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6693103B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP7127706B2 (en) game machine
JP7279828B2 (en) game machine
JP7211464B2 (en) game machine
JP7136239B2 (en) game machine
JP2020108861A (en) Game machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20181225

A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20190115

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20191029

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20191025

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20200106

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20200512

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20200525

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 6717362

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250